i§ 


ST.  PAU  L,  MINN . U.  S.A. 

3-23-  W- WATER  ST.  AT  WABASHA 


Saint  Paul 

Sheet  Metal  Products 


Catalog 


yy 


A new  name  for  an  old  business — 

The  new  name  of  Saint  Paul  Corrugating  Company,  succeeds  the  old 
one  of  St.  Paul  Roofing,  Cornice  & Ornament  Company,  largely  as  a 
convenience  to  the  trade,  many  of  whom  believed  the  old  one  was 
unnecessarily  long.  Moreover,  changes  brought  about  by  time,  have 
placed  upon  the  words  used  in  the  old  name*  an  emphasis  to  which 
they  were  no  longer  entitled. 

The  trade  is  assured  that  the  reputation  for  fair  and  honorable  dealing 
so  well  earned  under  the  old  name,  will  be  maintained  under  the  new. 

SAINT  PAUL  CORRUGATING  CO„ 


r r 


President. 


St.  Paul  Corrugating  Company 

323  West  Water  Street,  at  Wabasha  Street 

Saint  Paul,  Minn.,  U.  S.  A. 


General  Catalog 

“G” 


Complete  Line 

of 

Sheet  Metal  Products 


St.  Paul  Corrugating  Company 

Manufacturers  : : St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Telephone  Riverview  3703  3 23  W.  Water  St.,  at  Wabasha  St. 


Copyright  1927 


o 


A PERSONAL  WORD 


The  We  trust  that  the  receipt  of  this  catalog  may  be  taken  as  an  evidence  of 

Introductory  our  desire  to  enjoy  the  continued  favor  of  old  customers,  and  to  establish 

Handshake.  friendly  business  relations  with  new  ones.  A glance  through  its  pages 

will  convince  you  of  our  ability  to  serve  you  more  extensively  and  satis- 
factorily than  ever. 

Few  similar  publications  will  be  found  to  be  as  complete  and  up-to-date  in  every 
respect.  By  the  liberal  use  of  faithful  illustrations,  we  have  avoided  the  necessity  for 
lengthy  descriptive  matter,  and  we  have  presented  much  valuable  information  in  a simple, 
convenient  form  for  ready  reference.  For  this  reason  alone,  it  is  entitled  to  a permanent 
place  in  your  files. 


Tell  Us  If  the  catalog  doesn’t  appear  to  cover  your  exact  requirements,  don’t 

Your  hesitate  to  drop  us  a line.  There  is  no  class  of  sheet  metal  work  that  we 

Troubles.  are  not  perfectly  equipped  to  handle.  We  want  you  to  feel  free  to  consult 

us  about  the  economical  use  of  sheet  metal  in  all  sorts  of  building  and 
decorative  operations.  Upon  application  we  will  gladly  submit  original  designs  for  any 
special  purpose,  with  estimates  of  the  cost.  Whenever  we  can  assist  you,  by  advice,  with 
special  information  or  by  helpful  suggestions,  in  planning,  or  executing  sheet  metal  work, 
our  experience  and  knowledge  are  at  your  service.  We  want  all  roads  to  lead  down  hill 
to  our  factory. 


Telling  We  are  but  stating  the  simple  truth  when  we  say  that  no  concern  in  the 

the  Truth  western  country  is  better  equipped  or  offers  wider  facilities  in  the  sheet 

About  metal  line.  At  the  head  of  this  large  modern  plant  are  practical  men  who 

Ourselves.  have  been  identified  with  the  sheet  metal  industry  for  many  years.  Many 

of  our  most  popular  products  are  patented  and  produced  exclusively  by  us. 
Improved  machinery,  modern  methods,  and  a big  volume  of  business  enable  us  to  offer 
advantages  of  price  hard  to  duplicate.  You  will  always  find  us  abreast  of  the  times  and 
prepared  to  furnish  the  latest  improvements  in  our  line.  The  basis  upon  which  our  trade 
is  built,  is  superior  service  and  generous  values. 


Hoping  to  merit,  in  increasing  degree,  the  continued  good  will  and  patronage  of  the 
trade,  we  are, 


Yours  for  progress, 

ST.  PAUL  CORRUGATING  COMPANY. 

INDEX  ON  LAST  6 PAGES. 


2 


OUR  LOCATION  IN  SAINT  PAUL 


AN  IMPORTANT  ADVANTAGE  TO  THE  TRADE 


BEING  located  in  St.  Paul  is  an  advantage  to  the  trade  in  this  section 
of  the  country  that  should  not  be  overlooked,  for  it  means  a valuable 
saving  in  time  and  money  over  the  eastern  factories. 

Less  time  is  consumed  in  correspondence,  your  orders  reach  us  sooner, 
less  time  is  required  for  goods  to  reach  their  destination,  freight  rates  are 
lower,  and  the  liability  of  loss  or  damage  is  very  greatly  reduced. 

The  abundant  trackage  facilities  at  our  plant  and  consequent  direct 
connection  with  the  railroad  systems  centering  here,  insure  prompt 
shipment  and  a minimum  of  handling  on  goods  received  or  forwarded. 

You  serve  your  own  best  interests  in  assisting  with  your  trade  to  build 
up  and  maintain  a large  modern  sheet  metal  plant  and  supply  house  at  this 
great  distributing  center.  For,  not  only  do  you  thus  establish  a source  of 
supply  at  the  most  direct  and  logical  point,  but  you  also  contribute  to  the 
general  prosperity  of  our  entire  section  of  the  country. 

That  these  advantages  have  been  generously  recognized,  is  plainly 
evidenced  by  the  remarkable  growth  of  our  business  in  the  past  years. 
We  gratefully  acknowledge  the  important  part  played  by  our  patrons  in 
helping  us  build  up  here  a sheet  metal  industry  that  ranks  with  the  best 
in  the  country,  and  we  know  you  appreciate  the  successful  manner  in  which 
we  have  supplied  the  demand.  Our  record  in  the  past  is  a guarantee  that 
we  will  prove  equal  to  the  task  of  keeping  at  the  front  in  the  future,  and 
of  deserving,  in  full  measure,  our  present  reputation  of  being 


THE  LEADING  SHEET  METAL  PLANT  OF  THE  WEST 


o 


ASK  FOR  NET  PRICES  AND  DISCOUNTS 

TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS 


PRICES: 

List  prices  only  are  given  herein,  unless  otherwise  specified.  Net  prices  and  discounts 
furnished  upon  application.  All  quotations  are  for  prompt  acceptance  only,  and  prices 
quoted  are  subject  to  change  without  notice.  All  orders  sent  us  without  previous 
quotations  will  be  invoiced  at  our  regular  net  prices,  which  will  be  as  low  as  if  quoted 
before  receiving  the  order. 

SHIPMENTS: 

All  contracts  made  subject  to  strikes,  accidents  and  other  contingencies  unavoidable  or 
beyond  our  control.  State  whether  shipment  is  to  go  by  freight,  truck  line  or  express, 
and  via  what  railway  or  steamboat  line.  We  make  every  effort  to  prevent  delays  on 
shipments  in  transit.  Goods  are  always  carefully  packed,  checked  and  marked,  but  our 
responsibility  for  the  safe  delivery  of  a shipment  ceases  when  the  transportation  com- 
pany receipts  for  the  shipment  in  good  order.  Questions  relating  to  delays  or  dam- 
ages in  transit  should  be  taken  up  with  the  carrier. 

TERMS: 

Sixty  days  net,  with  approved  credit,  or  2 per  cent  off  if  paid  within  10  days  from 
date  of  invoice.  Those  desiring  credit  must  have  good  commercial  rating,  or  furnish 
references  from  whom  satisfactory  information  can  be  obtained,  before  shipment  will 
be  made.  Otherwise,  we  shall  expect  instructions  to  ship  goods  to  our  order  and  send 
bill  of  lading  attached  to  sight  draft  through  bank  for  the  amount  of  invoice,  less  2 per 
cent  cash  discount. 

CLAIMS: 

All  claims  for  errors  against  invoices  must  be  made  on  receipt  of  goods.  Make  no 
corrections  on  invoices.  If  any  claim  for  error  or  overcharge,  ask  for  a credit  memo- 
randum. 

REMITTANCES: 

All  accounts  are  subject  to  sight  draft  after  maturity.  No  extension  will  be  allowed 
nor  more  than  sixty  days  credit  given,  except  by  special  agreement  to  parties,  financially 
responsible,  on  note  bearing  8 per  cent  interest  after  sixty  days.  Remit  by  New  York, 
Chicago  or  St.  Paul  Exchange,  its  equivalent,  or  express  or  postoffice  money  order,  and 
not  by  personal  check  (unless  exchange  is  added). 

RETURNS: 

Materials  which  have  been  shipped  according  to  order  or  through  error  must  not  be 
returned  without  our  consent,  and  when  returned  for  any  reasons,  notify  us  promptly 
by  letter,  and  attached  bill  of  lading  which  you  obtain  from  your  local  agent. 

TELEGRAMS  AND  TELEPHONES: 

All  charges  on  telegrams  and  telephone  messages  must  be  prepaid. 

AGENCIES: 

We  cannot  give  an  exclusive  agency  in  any  city,  but  we  aim  to  protect  the  local  dealer 
who  is  carrying  our  staple  materials  in  stock,  and  on  special  materials  not  carried  in 
stock,  in  the  way  of  prices.  We,  however,  cannot  refuse  to  deal  direct  with  the  con- 
sumer when  compelled  to  meet  the  competition  of  other  factories. 

INDEX  ON  LAST  6 PAGES 


4 


TO  THE  TRADE 


A general  demand  from  owners  and  builders  for  better  merchandise,  has  prompted  us 
to  offer  many  of  the  items  we  manufacture,  in  “COPPER-ALLOY”  and  “GOH1”  pure  iron. 
Common  steel  sheets  still  will  be  used  in  the  manufacture  of  our  lines,  but  the  trade  can  get 
such  items  as  eaves  trough,  conductor  pipe,  ridge  roll,  hip  tile  and  shingles,  valley,  etc.,  in 
"COPPER-ALLOY”  and  “GOHI”  pure  iron  as  well. 

Always  specify  what  kind  of  material  is  wanted:  whether 
1st.  Common  or  Commercial  2nd.  Copper  Alloy  3rd.  “GOHI”  pure  iron. 


COMMON  OR  COMMERCIAL  SHEETS 

These  terms  are  used  to  distinguish  the  steel 
sheets  we  use  in  the  fabrication  of  much  of  our 
line,  from  "COPPER-ALLO Y”  steel,  and  “GOHI 
pure  iron. 

There  is  nothing  common  about  them.  They  are 
distinctly  uncommon,  in  fact,  these  sheets  are  the 
best  that  can  be  obtained  in  this  grade,  and  are 
guaranteed  to  be  dead  soft  and  tight  coated.  One 
trial  is  enough  to  convince.  Form  them  as  you 
please,  they  will  not  peel  or  break  under  the 
severest  tests. 

“COPPER-ALLOY” 

Rust  Resisting  Alloyed  Steel 

For  the  manufacture  of  sheet  metal  products 
for  exterior  use,  such  as  roofing,  siding,  ridge  roll, 
conductor  pipe,  eaves  trough,  culverts,  etc.;  or  for 
interior  use  in  metal  lath,  corner  bead,  etc., 
“COPPER-ALLOY”  sheets  are  recognized  as 
superior  value  for  the  price  per  ton,  per  year  or 
actual  service. 

Next  in  importance  to  a properly  made  black 
sheet  of  the  right  analysis,  are  the  kind,  quality  and 
uniformity  of  coating.  As  a chain  is  no  stronger 
than  its  weakest  link,  so  a galvanized  sheet  is  no 
better  than  the  poorest  coated  spot  on  its  surface. 

The  trade  using  galvanized  sheets  has  learned 
that  “COPPER-ALLOY”  sheets  are  uniformly  well 
galvanized  with  prime  zinc  which  experience  has 
shown  to  be  the  best  and  most  economical  coating 
for  any  sheet  iron  or  steel  product. 

The  process  of  making  “COPPER-ALLOY” 
sheets  must  start  with  the  right  grade  of  iron  ore. 
Every  process  from  the  raw  product  to  the  finished 
sheet  must  be  exacting — impurities  must  be  re- 
duced and  eliminated  and  the  Copper-Alloy  added 
in  the  proper  manner  to  alloy  it  with  the  molten 
and  refined  steel. 


GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  PURE  IRON 

Every  user  of  Sheet  Metal  Building  Mate- 
rial should  investigate  and  learn  of  the 
superior  rust-resisting  and  lasting  qualities 
of  “Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  over  other 
Iron  and  Steel  formed  products. 


“Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  contains  of  impuri- 
ties, namely:  Carbon,  Manganese,  Sulphur,  Phos- 
phorous and  Silicon,  a total  of  only  .035  of  1%  to 
.125  of  1%,  or  approximately  not  exceeding  % of 
1%.  Steel  contains  at  least  ten  times  this  amount 
of  impurities,  and  is  consequently  inferior  in  lasting 
qualities,  as  these  impurities  are  dangerous  rust  and 
corrosion  agents. 

“Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  is  absolutely  uni- 
form in  quality,  being  manufactured  from  the  high- 
est grade  of  selected  materials,  assuring  the  desired 
results;  that  is — the  Best  Rust-Resisting  Metal  for 
any  and  all  conditions. 

It  is  a well-known  fact  that  impurities  in  Iron 
and  Steel  hasten  and  aid  corrosion.  (See  U.  S. 
Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Bulletin  No.  239  and  other 
Reports.)  “Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  contains 
less  impurities  or  corrosion  agents  than  other  iron, 
and  far  less  than  any  steel. 

It  conforms  to  the  theories  of  noted  metallurgical 
authorities  as  to  what  a superior  rust-resisting 
metal  should  be— A PURE  IRON  COPPER 
ALLOY. 

“Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  value  as  a rust- 
resisting  metal  has  been  tested  and  approved  by  the 
leading  Engineers,  Architects,  and  the  United 
States  Government. 

It  will  give  longer  life  and  is  MORE  DURABLE 
than  re-worked  Muck  Bar,  Charcoal  Iron,  Steel,  or 
other  Iron  Sheet  Metal. 

On  account  of  its  superior  working  qualities, 
labor  costs  are  reduced  and  are  actually  less  than 
in  working  up  Steel  or  other  Iron  Sheets. 

Lasting  qualities  considered,  it  makes  the  cost 
cheaper  than  any  other  Sheet  Metal  Building  Mate- 
rial you  can  use.  It  means  economy  and  satisfac- 
tion. 

If  you  use  “Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  Sheet 
Metal  Products,  you  will  avoid  the  replacing  of 
your  Sheet  Metal  work  every  few  years,  as  “Genu- 
ine Open  Hearth  Iron”  will  last  for  an  indefinite 
period  under  any  ordinary  conditions. 

“Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  is  manufactured  by 
a firm  whose  reputation  for  Sterling  Products  has 
long  been  established. 

It  is  sold  entirely  on  its  merits  and  in  no  other 
way. 

“Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron”  is  the  Best  by  Any 
and  Every  Test. 


5 


¥?¥?¥?  ¥?¥?¥?  ¥?«?¥?  ¥?¥?¥? 


o 


“EASY  BEAD*’  EAVES  TROUGH 


“Easy  Bead”  eaves  trough  has  a free  bead  (no  lip  projecting 
inwardly)  a 2"  long  open  slip  joint  which  insures  easy  fit  and  every 
piece  is  well  rounded  and  true.  “Easy  Bead”  saves  time  and  solder. 

“Easy  Bead”  is  registered  in  the  U.  S.  patent  office.  We  are 
originators  and  sole  manufacturers. 

Packed  250  Lineal  Feet  to  a Crate,  Half  Right  and  Half  Left 


Single  Bead  Slip  Joint  Eaves  Trough 
Also  made  Lap  Joint 


SINGLE  BEAD,  SLIP  JOINT 


List  prices,  per  100  lineal  feet,  in  Crate  Lots  of  250  feet,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size — 

3/4" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

No.  28  gauge 

$19.00 

$21.00 

$22.00 

$27.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

55  lbs. 

61  lbs. 

79  lbs. 

93  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 

23.00 

25.00 

26.00 

33.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

65  lbs. 

75  lbs. 

89  lbs. 

106  lbs. 

No.  24  gauge 

35.00 

36.00 

42.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

96  lbs. 

113  lbs. 

135  lbs. 

SINGLE  BEAD,  LAP  JOINT 

List  prices,  per  100  lineal  feet,  in  Crate  Lots  of  250  feet,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size — 

3J4" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

No.  28  gauge 

$17.00 

$19.00 

$20.00 

$25.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

60  lbs. 

77  lbs. 

91  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 

21.00 

23.00 

24.00 

31.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

73  lbs. 

87  lbs. 

107  lbs. 

No.  24  gauge 

33.00 

34.00 

40.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

93  lbs. 

110  lbs. 

131  lbs. 

Double  Bead  Slip  Joint  Eaves  Trough 
Also  made  Lap  Joint 
DOUBLE  BEAD,  SLIP  JOINT 

List  prices,  per  100  lineal  feet,  in  Crate  Lots  of  250  feet,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size — 3 y2"  4"  5 " 6" 

. 28  gauge $25.00  $27.00  $29.00  $35.00 

nght,  100  ft.,  crated 69  lbs.  71  lbs.  89  lbs.  107  lbs. 

i.  26  gauge 30.00  32.00  34.00  42.00 

;ight,  100  ft.,  crated 80  lbs.  83  lbs.  100  lbs.  122  lbs. 

i.  24  gauge 46.00  47.00  57.00 

sight,  100  ft.,  crated 103  lbs.  129  lbs.  


DOUBLE  BEAD,  LAP  JOINT 


List  prices,  per  100  lineal  feet,  in  Crate  Lots  of  250  feet,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size—  314"  4"  5"  6" 

. 28  gauge $23.00  $25.00  $27.00  $33.00 

sight,  100  ft.,  crated 69  lbs.  71  lbs.  87  lbs.  102  lbs. 

1.  26  gauge 28.00  30.00  32.00  40.00 

sight,  100  ft.,  crated 80  lbs.  85  lbs.  102  lbs.  118  lbs. 

1.  24  gauge 44.00  45.00  55.00 

sight,  100  ft.,  crated 106  lbs.  133  lbs.  154  lbs. 


Owing  to  varying  weights  of  crating  lumber,  weights  are  approximate. 

List  prices  apply  on  common  steel,  Copper-Alloy  and  GOHI  pure  iron.  Slip  joint 
eaves  trough  is  packed  half  right  and  half  left. 

Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  copper  eaves  trough  on  request. 

Crating  small  lots  will  be  charged  at  cost. 

Having  a bead  on  both  sides,  this  trough  is  reversible,  either  side  being  turned  to  build- 
ing. Place  slip  joint  to  the  right  to  run  water  to  the  right,  and  slip  joint  to  the  left  to  run 
water  to  the  left. 


For  less  than  crate  lots  add  lc  per  foot  net  extra  to  prevailing  prices. 


6 


o 


PERFECT”  ONE-PIECE  MITERS 


Made  specially  for  “Easy  Bead”  Eaves  Trough  but  will  fit  any  standard  make  of  trough. 
They  fit  the  trough  and  make  a square  lasting  corner.  The  “draw”  of  the  metal  is  taken 
up  in  a way  that  strengthens  the  corner  and  leaves  a deep  open  passage  for  the  water. 

You  needn’t  hesitate  to  use  these  miters;  they  are  the  perfect  solution  of  the  miter 
problem. 


Single  Bead,  Slip  Joint 
Outside  Miter 
Made  Right  and  Left 


Double  Bead,  Slip  Joint 
Outside  or  Inside 
Made  Right  and  Left 


Single  Bead,  Slip  Joint 
Inside  Miter, 

Made  Right  and  Left 


Single  Bead,  Lap  Joint 
Outside  Miter 
Also  Made  Double  Bead 


List  prices  per  dozen  in  dozen  lots. 
SINGLE  BEAD,  SLIP  JOINT 


Size- 

No.  28  gauge... 

3x/2 

$4.50 

4" 

$4.75 

5" 

$5.25 

6" 

$6.40 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

14  lbs. 

15  lbs. 

18  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge... 

5.00 

5.25 

5.75 

7.00 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

15  lbs. 

16  lbs. 

20  lbs. 

23  lbs. 

Size- 

No.  28  gauge... 

SINGLE  BEAD,  LAP  JOINT 

3J4" 

$3.50 

4" 

$3.75 

5" 

$4.25 

6" 

$5.40 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

14  lbs. 

15  lbs. 

18  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge... 

4.00 

4.25 

4.75 

6.00 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

16  lbs. 

20  lbs. 

23  lbs. 

Size- 

No.  28  gauge... 

DOUBLE  BEAD,  SLIP  JOINT 

3^" 

$5.50 

4" 

$5.75 

5" 

$6.25 

6" 

$7.40 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

1 5 lbs. 

16  lbs. 

19  lbs. 

23  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge... 

6.00 

6.25 

6.75 

8.00 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

16  lbs. 

17  lbs. 

21  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

Size- — 

No.  28  gauge... 

DOUBLE  BEAD,  LAP  JOINT 

3/2" 

$4.50 

4" 

$4.75 

5" 

$5.25 

6" 

$6.40 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

15  lbs. 

16  lbs. 

19  lbs. 

23  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge... 

5.00 

5.25 

5.75 

7.00 

Weight,  dozen 

in 

box 

16  lbs. 

17  lbs. 

19  lbs. 

24  lbs. 

List  prices  apply  on  common  steel,  Copper-Alloy,  and  GOHI  pure  iron. 

Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  cooper  miters  on  request.  Boxing  on  less  than  dozen  lots  at  cost. 

ONE-Piece  Eaves  Trough  Miters  are  made  in  45  different  styles  and  sizes.  Four  of  them  are  illus- 
trated here. 

Note  how  the  “draw”  of  the  metal  is  taken  up.  strengthening  the  corner  and  still  leaving  a smooth 
open  passage  for  the  water  to  flow  through.  “Perfect”  Miters  reauire  no  corner  splices  to  conceal  dis- 
connected beads.  Beads  are  continuous  making  a real  One-Piece  Miter. 

In  ordering  “Perfect”  One-Piece  Miters  always  state  whether  Right  or  Left  Hand  are  wanted  and  if 
they  are  wanted  for  inside  or  outside  corners.  Also  state  whether  Single  or  Double  Bead  are  desired. 
Lacking  this  information  we  shall  ship  Single  Bead,  half  Right  and  half  Left  and  half  Inside  and  half 
Outside. 


7 


o 


EAVES  TROUGH  ENDS  AND  DROPS 


Made  for  use  with  “Easy  Bead”  eaves  trough,  but  will  fit  any  standard  make  of  trough. 
“D”  End  consists  of  a 12  long  piece  of  trough,  with  drop  seamed  in.  The  “C”  End  Cap 
shown  below,  can  be  slipped  on  either  end,  making  it  suitable  for  right  or  left  hand  use. 
Made  with  single  or  double  bead  as  follows: 

3%"  “D”  Ends  with  2"  drops 

4"  “D”  Ends  with  2 and  3"  drops 

5”  “D”  Ends  with  3 drops 

6"  “D”  Ends  with  4"  drops 


“D”  Eaves  Trough  End 
and  Drop 

List  prices  per  dozen 

in  dozen 

lots. 

Size — 

“D”  ENDS,  SINGLE  BEAD 

3 54" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

No.  28  gauge.  .. 

$2.75 

$3.00 

$3.30 

$3  95 

Weight,  dozen, 

in  cartons 

7 lbs. 

8 lbs. 

9 lbs. 

10  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge.... 

3.10 

3 40 

3.75 

4.50 

Weight,  dozen, 

in  cartons 

8 lbs. 

9 lbs. 

10  lbs. 

11  lbs. 

Size — 

“D”  ENDS,  DOUBLE  BEAD 

354" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

No.  28  gauge.... 

$3.40 

$3.65 

$3.95 

$4.75 

Weight,  dozen, 

in  cartons 

8 lbs. 

10  lbs. 

1 1 lbs. 

12  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge.... 

3.90 

4.15 

4.50 

5.40 

Weight,  dozen. 

in  cartons 

9 lbs. 

11  lbs. 

12  lbs. 

13  lbs. 

“C”  End  Caps,  slip  joint  seamed  in — not  soldered,  made 
full  depth  for  “Easy  Bead”  eaves  trough  but  will  fit  any 
standard  single  or  double  bead  make  of  trough. 

“C”  Eaves  Trough  End  Cap 

List  prices  per  dozen  in  dozen  lots. 


Size — 

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  dozen,  in  cartons 

No.  26  gauge 

Weight,  dozen,  in  cartons 


“C” 


END  CAP  ONLY 


354" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

$1.45 

$1.65 

$1.75 

$2.10 

1 54  lbs. 

2 lbs. 

254  lbs. 

3 lbs. 

1.65 

1.90 

2.00 

2.40 

2 lbs. 

254  lbs. 

3 lbs. 

354  lbs. 

“B”  DROP 


“B”  Drop  Eaves  Trough  Drop,  made  to  fit  “Easy  Bead” 
eaves  trough  or  any  other  standard  make  of  trough. 


“B”  Eaves  Trough  Drop 

List  prices  per  dozen  in  dozen  lots. 


“B”  DROP  ONLY 


Size — 

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  dozen,  in  cartons 

2" 

$0.90 

154  lbs. 

3" 

$1.10 

2 lbs. 

4" 

$1.35 

4 lbs. 

5" 

$1.45 

5 lbs. 

6'' 

$1.75 
7 lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 

Weight,  dozen,  in  cartons 

1.00 

2 lbs. 

1.25 

254  lbs. 

1.50 

454  lbs. 

1.65 

6 lbs. 

2.00 
8 lbs. 

List  prices  apply  on  common  steel,  Copper-Alloy  and  GOHI  pure  iron. 


Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  copper  fittings  on  request. 
Crating  or  boxing  of  small  lots  will  be  charged  at  cost. 


8 


EAVES  TROUGH  HANGERS 


Standard  Wire  Hangers,  Triple  Twist 


WIRE  EAVES  TROUGH  HANGERS 

Triple  Twist  wire  hanger,  made  from  No.  11 
galvanized  wire,  in  both  single  and  double  bead. 
Packed  one  gross  in  a box. 

Packed  96-8  stems  and  48-10  stems  to  the  gross. 
If  all  10  stems  are  wanted,  add  50c  per  gross. 

List  prices  per  gross  in  gross  lots. 


Size — 

Single  Bead  

Weight,  gross  lots,  in  cartons 

Double  Bead  

gross  lots,  in  cartons 


Extension  Wire  Hangers 


Size- 

Single  Bead  

Weight,  gross  lots,  in  boxes. 

Double  Bead  

Weight,  gross  lots,  in  boxes. 


3*/4" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

$2.75 

$2.75 

$3.00 

$3.50 

18  lbs 

20  lbs 

23  lbs. 

26  lbs. 

3.00 

3.00 

3.25 

3.75 

20  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

26  lbs. 

30  lbs. 

EXTENSION  WIRE  HANGERS 


Made  from  heavy  galvanized  wire  in  both 

single  and  double 

bead.  Packed  one  gross  in  a box. 

Packed  96-8  stems  and  48-10” 

stems  to 

the  gross. 

If  all 

10”  stems  are  wanted,  add  50c  per 

gross. 

3*A" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

$2.75 

$2.75 

$3.00 

$3.50 

22  lbs. 

24  lbs. 

27  lbs. 

29  lbs. 

3.00 

3.00 

3.25 

3.75 

24  lbs 

26  lbs. 

30  lbs. 

33  lbs. 

Galvanized  Steel  Eaves  Trough  Hangers,  made  of  black 
steel  galvanized  after  formed,  except  rods  and  nuts  which 
are  black.  Made  with  rod  and  nut  hangers  and  straps  riv- 
eted on,  in  single  and  double  bead.  Strong,  durable,  labor- 
saving  hangers. 

Unless  otherwise  specified,  rod  and  nut  hangers  will  be 
sent.  If  all  rods  or  straps  are  ordered  11”  long,  add  75c 
gross;  if  all  9”  add  25c  gross  to  list  prices. 

Sizes  given  are  inside  of  bead.  If  not  otherwise  speci- 
fied we  send  y2"  bead  for  3 y2,  4 and  5",  and  Vg"  bead  for  6". 

Strap  hangers  are  entirely  galvanized,  and  on  rod  and 
nut  hangers,  cross  pieces  only. 

Hanger  Tong  as  shown,  for  clinching  steel  hangers,  net  price  each $0.85 

List  prices  per  gross  in  gross  lots. 


STEEL  RODS  AND  NUT  HANGERS 


Size- — 

3*4" 

4" 

5" 

6" 

Single  Bead  .. 

$4.25 

$4.50 

$4.75 

$5.25 

Weight,  gross 

lots, 

in 

cartons 

28  lbs. 

31  lbs. 

37  lbs. 

41  lbs. 

Double  Bead 

4.50 

4.75 

5.00 

5.50 

Weight,  gross 

lots, 

in 

cartons 

30  lbs. 

STEEL  STRAP  HANGERS 

33  lbs. 

41  lbs. 

45  lbs. 

Single  Bead  .. 

$3.75 

$4.00 

$4.25 

$4.75 

Weight,  gross 

lots, 

in 

cartons 

38  lbs. 

40  lbs. 

46  lbs. 

50  lbs. 

Double  Bead 

4.00 

4.25 

4.50 

5.00 

Weight,  gross 

lots, 

in 

cartons 

Prices 

45  lbs. 

on  Copper  Wire  Hangers  on 

47  lbs. 
request. 

54  lbs. 

58  lbs. 

AMT 


o 


STOCK  GUTTERS  AND  FITTINGS 

Packed  in  crates  containing  250  lineal  feet 

Prices  are  for  Galvanized  Steel  in  10-Foot  Lengths  when  Ordered  in  Quantities  of  250 
Lineal  Feet  or  More  at  a Time.  Prices  on  Miters  and  Ends  are  for  Any  Quantity  when 
Ordered  with  Gutters. 


8535 


£3$  • - 


I II  it  in.  . 


A*-- 


... 


■ ■ H'l  Hill*— 


Style  "J”  O.  G.  Gutter 
Width  top,  inches — 

354  . 4 *4  554  654 

Width  bottom,  inches — 

2 3 354  4 

Depth  front,  inches — 

2Va  3/2  4 ■/*  sy2 

Depth  back,  inches — 

2Vs  434  47/8  6 

Girth,  in. ..10  13  15  18 


Style  109  O.  G.  Gutter 
Width  top,  inches — 

3>/2  4*4  5*4 

Width  bottom,  inches — 

2Ya  3 33,4 

Depth  front,  inches — 

23/*  334  4>4 

Depth  back,  inches — 

3 'A  4 'A  5 

Girth,  in. ..10  13  15 


6'/2 

4 

5 ‘,4 

6 

18 


Style  “E"  Box  Gutter 

Width,  ins 5 6 7 8 

Depth,  ins 4 434  5l/i  6 

Girth,  ins 15  18  22  24 


\ '■■■  ■- 'd— ..  - 1 

Style  “A”  Plain  Roof  Gutter 

Girth,  ins 15  18  20  24 

Height  front,  inches — 

2 Va  33/6  35/s  45/6 


Style  “B”  Plain  Roof  Gutter 

Girth,  ins 15  18  20 

Height  front,  inches — 

33/6  4 5 


Style  “G”  O.  G.  Gutter 

Width,  ins 4 5 

24  Depth  ins 4 454 

Girth,  ins 13  15 

6 


6 

5 

18 


8 

61 

22 


Style  No.  110  Box  Gutter 

Width,  ins 354  4 54  5 54  6 54 

Depth,  ins 354  4 54  5 534 

Girth,  ins 13  15  18  20 


Style  “F”  Box  Gutter 

Width,  ins 5 6 7 

Depth,  ins 354  4 434 

Girth,  ins 15  18  20 


8 

5 

22 


List  Prices  per  100 


GUTTERS 

Lineal  Feet  in  Crate  Lots  of  250  ft. 


Girth,  inches  

. 10 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

No.  28  gauge 

$20.00 

$25.00 

$29.00 

$32.00 

$35.00 

$38.00 

$42.00 

$48.00 

$60.00 

$65.00 

Wt.  100  ft.  crated 

81  lbs. 

94  lbs. 

101  lbs. 

107  lbs. 

116  lbs. 

122  lbs. 

137  lbs. 

154  lbs. 

171  lbs. 

188  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 

. 24.00 

31.00 

36.00 

40.00 

43.00 

46.00 

50.00 

58.00 

65.00 

70.00 

Wt.  100  ft.  crated 

96  lbs. 

111  lbs. 

120  lbs. 

128  lbs. 

137  lbs. 

145  lbs. 

162  lbs. 

177  lbs. 

194  lbs. 

214  lbs. 

No.  24  gauge 

. 34.00 

40.00 

45.00 

50.00 

53.00 

56.00 

60.00 

68.00 

75.00 

85.00 

Wt.  100  ft.  crated  1 16  lbs. 

136  lbs. 

147  lbs. 

157  lbs.  168  lbs. 
MITERS 

List  Prices,  Each. 

178  lbs. 

200  lbs. 

219  lbs. 

240  lbs. 

263  lbs. 

No.  28  gauge 

. $1.20 

$1.50 

$1.75 

$1.95 

$2.10 

$2.30 

$2.50 

$2.90 

$3.60 

$3.90 

No.  26  gauge 

1.45 

1.85 

2.15 

2.40 

2.60 

2.75 

3.00 

3.50 

3.90 

4.20 

No.  24  gauge 

. 2.05 

2.40 

2.70  3.00  3.20  3.35 

ENDS 

Loose,  List  Prices,  Each. 

3.60 

4.10 

4.50 

5.10 

No.  28  gauge 

. $0.60 

$0.75 

$0.88 

$0.98 

$1.05 

$1.15 

$1.25 

$1.45 

$1.80 

$1.95 

No.  26  gauge 

.75 

.95 

1.10 

1.20 

1.30 

1.40 

1.50 

1.75 

1.95 

2.10 

No.  24  gauge 

. 1.05 

1.20 

1.35  1.50  1.60 

ENDS 

Soldered  On,  List  Prices, 

1.70 

Each. 

1.80 

2.05 

2.25 

2.55 

No.  28  gauge 

. $1.80 

$2.25 

$2.65 

$2.95 

$3.15 

$3.45 

$3.75 

$4.35 

$5.40 

$5.85 

No.  26  gauge 

. 2.25 

2.85 

3.30 

3.60 

3.90 

4.20 

4.50 

5.25 

5.85 

6.30 

No.  24  gauge 

. 3.15 

3.60 

4.05 

4.50 

4.80 

5.10 

5.40 

6.15 

6.75 

7.65 

Extra  High  Back,  per 

inch  of  girth. 

per  100 

ft 

....$3.00 

gutter  outlets  are  to  be  located. 

In  ordering  Miters  for  Styles  “A”  and  “B”  Gutters  state  exact  pitch  of  roof. 

2lny  stock  gutter  can  be  had  with  extra  high  back  or  with  graded  or  pitched  bottom . 
List  prices  apply  on  common  steel,  Copper-Alloy  and  GOHI  pure  iron. 

Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  copper  on  request. 


10 


o 


COMBINATION  GUTTERS  AND  FITTINGS 


Style  “M”  combination  gutter  and  cornice. 


Width,  inches  3*4  4}4  5 14 

Depth,  inches  2%  3*4  4 14 

Roof  flange,  inches 3^4  4 514 

Total  girth,  inches 24  30  36 


GUTTER 


No.  28  gauge 

Gutter  list 

prices,  per  100  lineal  feet. 
$65.00 

$80.00 

$95.00 

$108.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

200  lbs. 

245  lbs. 

285  lbs. 

335  lbs. 

No  26  gauge 

70.00 

90.00 

110.00 

123.00 

Weight.  100  ft.,  crated 

235  lbs. 

285  lbs 

335  lbs. 

380  lbs. 

No.  24  gauge 

80.00 

110.00 

140.00 

155.00 

Weight,  100  ft.,  crated 

280  lbs. 

350  lbs. 

410  lbs. 

470  lbs. 

No.  28  gauge 

Miters, 

MITERS 

double,  list  price,  each. 
$3.90 

$4.80 

$5.70 

$6.50 

No.  26  gauge 

4.20 

5 40 

6.60 

7.35 

No.  24  gauge 

4.80 

6.60 

8.40 

9.30 

No.  28  gauge 

Ends, 

ENDS 

loose,  list  price,  each. 
$1.90 

$2.40 

$2.85 

$3.25 

No.  26  gauge 

2.10 

2.70 

3.30 

3.70 

No.  24  gauge 

2.40 

3.30 

4.20 

4.65 

No.  28  gauge 

ENDS 

Ends,  soldered  on,  list  price,  each. 
$5.70 

$7.20 

$8.55 

$9.75 

No.  26  gauge 

6.30 

8.10 

9.90 

11.10 

No.  24  gauge 

7.20 

9.90 

12.60 

13.95 

Lengths  of 

Gutter  Hooks  or 

Straps  required  to  fasten  dif- 

ferent  Gutters 

Gutters  Nos. 

109,  110  and  Style 

“J” 

3^4"  wide 

10"  long  Straps 

4 1/2"  wide 

10"  long  Straps 

5*4"  wide 

12"  long  Straps 

6*4"  wide 

12"  long  Straps 

Gutters,  Styles  “E”,  “F”  and  “G” 

4"  wide 

12"  long  Hooks 

5"  wide 

12"  long  Hooks 

6"  wide 

15"  long  Hooks 

7"  wide 

15"  long  Hooks 

8"  wide 

20"  long  Hooks 

Gutters,  Styles  “A”  and  “B” 

15"  girth 

10"  long  Hooks 

18"  girth 

12"  long  Hooks 

20"  girth 

........12"  long  Hooks 

24"  girth 

15"  long  Hooks 

GUTTER  HOOKS 

Total  Length  Price,  Each  Total  Length 

10  inches  $0.22  15  inches  

12  inches  24  20  inches  


Price,  Each 

$0  27 

30 


STRAP  GUTTER  HANGERS 


Total  Length  Price,  Each  Total  Length 

10  inches  $0.15  15  inches  

12  inches  16  20  inches  


GUTTER  OUTLETS 

10  inches  long 

Price,  Each 

$0.18 

20 


3 

4 


Round 


Price 
Loose 
inch. ...$0.40 
inch 50 


Price 

Soldered  on 
$1.25 
1.50 


Square 


Price 

Loose 

5 inch. ...$0.60 

6 inch 80 


Price 

Soldered  on 
$2.00 
2.50 


List  prices  apply  on  common  steel,  Copper-Alloy  and  GOHI  pure  iron. 
Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  copper  on  request. 


11 


© 


CONDUCTOR  PIPE 

"St.  Paul”  conductor  pipe  made  of  prime,  tight  coated  stock,  in  10-ft.  lengths,  plain  or 
round  and  square  corrugated.  Every  length  straight,  tight  seams,  corrugations  deep  and 
uniform,  packed  250  lineal  feet  in  a crate;  also  nested  two  or  more  sizes  to  a crate. 


Round  Corrugated  Conductor  Pipe 


List  prices,  per  100  lineal  feet,  in  crate  lots  of  250  feet,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size,  inches  

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft 

No.  26  gauge 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft, 

No.  24  gauge 

Weight,,  crated,  100  ft. 


2 

$18.00 

61  lbs. 

3 

$20.00 

84  lbs. 

4 

$28.00 
104  lbs. 

5 

$39.00 
124  lbs. 

6 

$50.00 
165  lbs. 

23.00 

72  lbs. 

24.00 

94  lbs. 

34.00 
121  lbs. 

46.00 
147  lbs. 

58.00 
189  lbs. 

34.00 
133  lbs. 

46.00 
166  lbs. 

60.00 
201  lbs. 

72  00 
233  lbs. 

Plain  Round  Conductor  Pipe 


List  prices,  per  100  lineal  feet,  in  crate  lots  of  250  feet,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size,  inches  

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft 

No.  26  gauge 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft. 

No.  24  gauge 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft. 


2 

$18.00 

55  lbs. 

3 

$20.00 

85  lbs. 

4 

$28.00 
104  lbs. 

5 

$39.00 
124  lbs. 

6 

$50.00 
165  lbs. 

23.00 

64  lbs. 

24.00 

96  lbs. 

34,00 
119  lbs. 

46.00 
145  lbs. 

58.00 
190  lbs. 

34.00 
135  lbs. 

46.00 
166  lbs. 

60.00 
197  lbs. 

72.00 
234  lbs. 

Square  Corrugated  Conductor  Pipe 


List  price,  per  100  lineal  feet, 

in  crate  lots  of  250  ft., 

F.  O.  B. 

St.  Paul. 

Size,  inches  



23/8x354 

2*4*454 

3^4x5 

Capacity  in  round  corrugated,  inches 

2 

3 

4 

5 

No.  28  gauge 

$23.00 

$24.00 

$31.00 

$42.00 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft 

58  lbs 

81  lbs. 

103  lbs. 

123  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 

29.00 

30.00 

38.00 

50.00 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft 

70  lbs. 

92  lbs. 

120  lbs. 

150  lbs. 

No.  24  gauge 

40.00 

50.00 

65.00 

Weight,  crated,  100  ft 

112  lbs. 

150  lbs. 

184  lbs. 

Carried  in  stock  in  Nos.  28  and  26  gauge.  No.  24  gauge  is  made  up  specially. 
Crating  of  small  lots  will  be  charged  at  cost. 

For  less  than  crate  lots  add  lc  per  foot  net  extra  to  prevailing  prices. 

List  prices  apply  on  common  steel,  Copper-Alloy  and  GOHI  pure  iron. 

Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  copper  on  request. 


12 


ELBOWS.  SHOES  AND  FUNNELS  FOB  CONDUCTOR  PIPE 


Made  of  One  Piece  of  Metal  and  Galvanized  after  Formation  Making  Them  Perfectly  Water 

Tight.  Made  in  Three  Styles. 


CORRUGATED  ROUND  CONDUCTOR  PIPE  ELBOWS  AND  SHOES 


No.  0 No.  1 No.  2 No.  3 No.  4 Shoe 

30  Degrees  45  Degrees  60  Degrees  75  Degrees  90  Degrees  75  Degrees 


PLAIN  ROUND  CONDUCTOR  PIPE  ELBOWS  AND  SHOES 


No.  0 No.  1 No.  2 No.  3 No.  4 Shoe 

30  Degrees  45  Degrees  60  Degrees  75  Degrees  90  Degrees  75  Degrees 

In  ordering  always  specify  number  of  Elbow  as  well  as  size. 

List  Prices  per  Dozen  on  Galvanized  Round  Corrugated  and  Plain  Round  Elbows  and  Shoes. 
Size,  inches  2 3 4 5 6 


Elbows,  No.  28  gauge 

$3.60 

$4.32 

$7.20 

$15.00 

$18.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 

13  lbs. 

19  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

30  lbs. 

Elbows,  No.  26  gauge 

3.60 

4.32 

7.20 

15.00 

18.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 

13  lbs. 

15  lbs. 

23  lbs. 

30  lbs. 

35  lbs. 

Shoes,  No.  28  gauge 

4.80 

5.76 

9.00 

18.00 

21.60 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 

13  lbs. 

19  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

30  lbs. 

SQUARE  CORRUGATED  CONDUCTOR  PIPE,  ELBOWS  AND  SHOES 

§f§  wm 


Style  “A”  Style  “B”  Shoe 

Flat  Turn  Side  Turn  Flat  Turn 

Both  Styles  “A”  and  “B”  Square  Corrugated  Elbows  can  be  furnished 
from  stock.  Shoe  is  75  degrees. 

List  Prices  per  Dozen  on  Galvanized  Square  Corrugated  Elbows  and  Shoes. 


in  No.  3 60-degree  angle 


Size,  inches  

I%x2  % 

23/8x3J4 

23/4x41/4 

33/x5 

Capacity  in  Round  Corrugated, 

inches.. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Elbows,  No.  28  gauge 

$4.80 

$6.00 

$7.80 

$12.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 

12  lbs. 

20  lbs. 

26  lbs. 

Elbows,  No.  26  gauge 

4.80 

6.00 

7.80 

12.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 

14  lbs. 

24  lbs. 

31  lbs. 

Shoes,  No.  28  gauge 

6.00 

7.20 

9.60 

15.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 

13  lbs. 

21  lbs. 

26  lbs. 

Elbows  can  be  supplied  in 

No.  24 

gauge  and  Shoes  in  No.  26 

and  No.  24 

gauge  on  short 

notice  but 

are  not  carried  in  stock. 

Prices  on  Elbows  and  Shoes  made  from  14  and  16  oz.  copper  on  request. 


FUNNELS 

For  Round  and  Round  Corrugated  Conductor  Pipe. 


Made  of  No.  26  gauge  galvanized.  Funnel 
List  Prices  per  Dozen,  F. 
Diameter  of  Pipe 


is  locked 
O.  B.  St. 


No. 

No. 

No. 


F-2 

F-3 

F-4 


2- inch 

3- inch 

4- inch 


and  tube 
Paul. 
Weight,  in  box 
per  Dozen 
25  lbs. 

28  lbs. 

32  lbs. 


soldered  on. 


Prices 

$7.20 

9.60 

12.00 


Funnels  for 
Conductor  Pipe 


o 


RAINWATER  CUT-OFFS.  STRAINERS  AND  OTHER  FITTINGS 


GALVANIZED  AFTER  FORMATION 
Made  in  Three  Styles. 


Round  “Young’s”  Plain 

Corrugated  Combination  Round 

Cut'oli  ^5r*l  cut-off  cut-off 

List  Prices  per  Dozen  on  all  Round  Cut-offs. 

Size,  inches  2 3 4 5 6 

Round  Corrugated,  No.  28  gauge $7.50  $8.00  $11.00  $20.00  $24.00 

Plain  Round,  No.  28  gauge 7.00  8.00  11.00  20.00  24.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 8 lbs.  10  lbs.  21  lbs.  25  lbs.  31  lbs. 

"‘‘Young’s”  Combination  

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 16  lbs.  24  lbs.  

Round  Corrugated  and  Plain  Round  can  also  be  supplied  in  No.  26  gauge  on  short  notice,  but  are 
not  carried  in  stock  in  that  weight. 

Prices  on  14  and  16  oz.  copper  cut-offs  quoted  upon  request. 

SQUARE  CORRUGATED  CUT-OFFS 

List  Prices  per  Dozen  on  Sauare  Corrugated  Cut-offs. 

Size,  inches  I%x2%  234x3%  2%x4%  3%x5 

Capacity  in  Round  Corrugated,  inches....  2 3 4 5 

Square  Corrugated,  No.  28  gauge $8.00  $10.00  $14.00  $24.00 

u**ll  v Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 12  lbs.  14  lbs.  24  lbs.  28  lbs. 

GALVANIZED  WIRE  STRAINERS 

Every  outlet  should  be  equipped  with  one  of  our  Wire  Strainers.  They  prevent 
leaves  and  other  refuse  entering  the  pipe.  Ours  are  galvanized  after  formation  and 
will  not  rust. 


Size,  inches  2 3 

Galvanized  for  Round  Openings $1.50  $2.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  carton 3 lbs.  4 lbs. 

The  flexibility  of  these  strainers  permit  their  use  on  square  openings. 
Prices  on  copper  wire  strainers  upon  request. 

BRANCH  “Y”  FOR  CONDUCTOR  PIPE 


4 

$3.00 
6 lbs. 


5 

$3.50 
8 lbs. 


6 

$4.00 
1 1 lbs. 


BY  2,  for  2-inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe 

BY  3,  for  3-inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe 

BY  4,  for  4-inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe 

BY  20,  for  2-inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe 

BY  30,  for  3-inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe 

BY  40,  for  4-inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe 

STRAIGHT  “Y”  FOR  CONDUCTOR  PIPE 


2- inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe. 

3- inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe. 

4- inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe. 

2- inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe. 

3- inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe. 

4- inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe. 


Weight,  Dozen, 
Wood  Box 
18  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

15  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

Weight,  Dozen, 
Wood  Box 
17  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

16  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

25  lbs. 


T’s  FOR  CONDUCTOR  PIPE 


T 2.  for  2-inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe 
T 3,  for  3-inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe 

wi  | l rr T 4,  for  4-inch  Round  Corrugated  Pipe 

T 20,  for  2-inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe 
T 30,  for  3-inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe 
T 40,  for  4-inch  Square  Corrugated  Pipe 
Made  of  Sections  of  Conductor  Pipe  accurately  mitered  and  soldered  water-tight 
the  busy  tinner.  Made  of  No.  26  gauge  galvanized. 


Weight,  Dozen, 
Wood  Box 
18  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

18  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

25  lbs. 


List  Price, 
Dozen 
$8.00 
10.00 

13.00 
9.00 

11.00 

14.00 

List  Price, 
Dozen 
$8.00 

10.00 

13.00 
9.00 

11.00 

14.00 

List  Price, 
Dozen 
$8.00 

10.00 

13.00 
9.00 

11.00 

14.00 

Time  savers  to 


Square  fittings  are  made  with  “flat”  side  against  the  wall. 


14 


HOOKS  AND  HANGERS  FOR  CONDUCTOR  PIPE 


T inned 

Size,  inches  .... 

Round,  for  wood 

Weight,  100  in  carton 
Round,  for  brick 


Packed  in  Boxes  Containing  100  Hooks  of  a Kind 
Plain  Sickle  Conductor  Pipe  Hooks  are  tinned  after 
made  and  will  not  break  in  driving.  Prices  are  for  full 
box  lots  of  100  hooks. 

HOOKS  AND  HANGERS  FOR  CONDUCTOR  PIPE 
Plain  Sickle  Hooks,  malleable  tinned.  List  prices  per 
100  in  100  piece  lots. 

2 

$3.50 

8 lbs. 

4.60 


Weight,  100  in  carton. 


10  lbs. 


3 

$6.00 

12  lbs. 

6.75 
14  lbs. 


4 

$7.20 
16  lbs. 

9.70 
18  lbs. 


Hinged  Conductor  Pipe  Hooks  are  tinned  and  de- 
signed to  hold  the  pipe  away  from  the  wall  to  permit 
painting  behind  the  pipe.  Prices  are  for  full  box  lots  of 
100  hooks. 


Corrugated  Hinged 
Hooks  for  wood. 

Tinned 

Size,  inches  

Round,  for  wood 

Weight,  100  in  carton. 

Round,  for  brick 

Weight,  100  in  carton. 


List  Prices  per  100,  in  100  piece  lots. 

2 3 

$7.85  $10.35 

18  lbs.  22  lbs. 

9.50  12.30 

19  lbs.  23  lbs. 


4 

$14.50 
24  lbs. 

17.50 
26  lbs. 


Plain  Sickle  Hook 
for  brick. 
Tinned 

5 6 

$12.30  $16.40 

20  lbs.  26  lbs. 

13.20  18.50 

22  lbs.  30  lbs. 


Corrugated  Hinged 
Hooks  for  brick, 
Tinned 

5 6 

$20.75  $28.50 

28  lbs.  31  lbs. 

21.80  29.40 

30  lbs.  33  lbs. 


Direct  Drive 
for  wood. 
Galvanized 


ROUND  DIRECT  DRIVE  HOOKS 

Round  Direct  Drive  Conductor  Pipe  Hooks  are  strong 
and  inexpensive.  Galvanized  after  being  formed.  Prices 
are  for  full  box  lots  of  100  hooks. 


Size,  inches  

Round,  for  wood 

Weight,  100  in  carton. 

Round,  for  brick 

Weight,  100  in  carton. 


Direct 

Drive 

for  b 

rick, 

Galvanized 

2 

254 

3 

4 

5 

6 

$3.00 

$4.00 

$5.00 

$7.00 

$10.00 

$12.00 

9 lbs. 

12  lbs. 

13  lbs. 

22  lbs. 

31  lbs. 

35  lbs. 

3.50 

4.50 

5.50 

8.50 

12.00 

15.00 

1 1 lbs. 

14  lbs. 

15  lbs. 

25  lbs. 

33  lbs. 

38  lbs. 

Direct  Drive 
for  brick. 
Galvanized 


SQUARE  DIRECT  DRIVE  HOOKS 

Square  Direct  Drive  Conductor  Pipe  Hooks  are  strong 
and  inexpensive.  Galvanized  after  being  formed.  Prices 
are  for  full  box  lots  of  100  hooks. 

List  Prices  per  100,  in  100  piece  lots. 


Direct  Drive 
for  wood. 
Galvanized 


Size,  inches  2 254  3 4 5 6 

Square,  for  wood $3.00  $4.00  $5.00  $7.00  $10.00  $12.00 

Weight,  100  in  carton 10  lbs.  12  lbs.  13  lbs.  23  lbs.  34  lbs.  37  lbs. 

Square,  for  brick 3.50  4.50  5.50  8.50  12.00  15.00 

Weight,  100  in  carton 12  lbs.  14  lbs.  15  lbs.  27  lbs.  36  lbs.  40  lbs. 


Two-inch  corrugated  pipe,  round  or  square  corrugated,  requires  254"  round  or  square  hooks.  Two- 
inch  hook  prices  cover  2"  hooks  for  2"  plain  round  pipe. 


Wire  Hangers  for  Conductor  Pipe  can  be  used  on  either  wood  or  brick  walls. 
Made  of  galvanized  wire  and  will  hold  pipe  away  from  the  wall  permitting  both  to  be 
painted.  List  prices  are  for  full  box  lots. 


Size- — Wt.,  100  in  Carton  Gauge  of  Wire  List  Price 

2- inch 2 lbs.  12  $4.50 

3- inch 3 lbs.  11  5.00 

4- inch 5 lbs.  10  6.00 

5- inch 7 lbs.  9 7.00 

6- inch 10  lbs.  8 8.00 

15 


o 


FLASHING  HOOKS,  CONDUCTOR  HEADS  AND  ENDS 


Flashing  Hooks 


FLASHING  HOOKS 

Galvanized,  packed  100  hooks  per  box.  List  prices  per  100. 


No.  FH  15,  lx/2  inches  long $0.70 

No.  FH  25,  2*4  inches  long 1.10 

No.  FH  35,  3*4  inches  long 2.00 

No.  FH  55,  Sy2  inches  long 3.40 


The  5r4-inch  size  is  suitable  for  Square  Conductor  Pipe. 


Conductor 


Pipe  Ends 


Panelled  Conductor  Pipe  Ends 


CONDUCTOR  PIPE  ENDS 

No.  3 G,  Galvanized,  354x3*4- inch,  price  per  pair $0.35 

No.  3 C,  Copper,  3^4x3x4-inch,  price  per  pair 75 

(For  2 and  3-inch  pipe.) 

No.  5 G,  Galvanized,  5x5-inch,  price  per  pair 40 

No.  5 C,  Copper,  5x5-inch,  price  per  pair 85 

(For  4 and  5-inch  pipe.) 


Can  be  used  with  any  Conductor  Pipe  but  will  make  an 
exceptionally  attractive  trim  when  used  with  square  corru- 


gated pipe. 

PANELLED  CONDUCTOR  PIPE  ENDS 

No.  30  G,  Galvanized,  3I4x3I4-inch  Ends,  price  each $1.50 

No.  30  C,  Copper,  3x2x3x4-inch  Ends,  price  each 2.00 

(For  2 and  3-inch  pipe.) 

No.  50  G,  Galvanized,  5x5-inch  Ends,  price  each 2.00 

No.  50  C,  Copper,  5x5-inch  Ends,  price  each 2.50 

(For  4 and  5-inch  Ends.) 


Ends  are  soldered  to  side  and  front  panels,  and  then  backed 
with  metal  to  stiffen.  Make  excellent  trim  for  square  con- 
ductor pipe. 


CONDUCTOR  HEADS 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel,  Zinc  and  Copper,  to  Fit  Any  Size  Pipe. 
Special  Designs  of  Any  Kind  Made  to  Order. 


No.  CH73  No.  CH68  No.  CH69  No.  CH71  No.  CH67  No.  CH72 


Conductor  Heads  are  made  with  open  back  and  pipe  passing  through  from  top  to  bottom  to  fit  3-inch, 
4-inch  and  5-inch  round  and  round  corrugated  pipe,  and  2?  gxS^-inch,  234x4%-inch  an<^  3%x5-inch  square 
pipe. 

When  ordering  conductor  heads  for  square  pipe,  state  how  pipe  will  be  placed  against  building — 
whether  the  wide  or  narrow  side  will  be  turned  against  it. 

Prices  on  zinc  and  copper  conductor  heads  will  be  quoted  on  request. 

Can  make  prices  on  special  conductor  heads  upon  being  furnished  with  blue  prints  or  sketches. 

List  Prices  Conductor  Heads,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Design  No.  Width,  Top  Height,  Overall  Galv.  Steel,  Each 

CH  67  10-in.  15-in.  $11.00 

CH  68  1614-in.  13-in.  7.50 

CH  69  16-in.  15-in.  17.50 

CH  71  11-in.  15-in.  8.00 

CH  72  11-in.  1554-in.  15.00 

CH  73  9:4-in.  15-in.  13.00 


lb 


ALMQUIST  RAIN  WATER  FILTER 


ITS  OPERATION 

Water  from  the  roof  enters  “A”  passing 
upward  through  charcoal  “B”  into  top  of 
filter  “D”  where  it  enters  pipe  “E”  draining 
into  cistern. 

All  sediment,  dirt,  bugs,  leaves,  etc., 
washed  from  roof,  settles  into  trap  at  bot- 
tom of  filter  where  they  can  be  easily  re- 
moved by  opening  cap  “F”. 


FILTER  YOUR  RAIN  WATER 

with  an  ALMQUIST  Rain  Water  Filter. 

Filtering  removes  all  impurities  and 
places  at  your  disposal  the  pure  soft  rain 
water  just  as  it  comes  from  the  clouds. 

It  removes  all  alkali  so  that  rain  water 
can  be  used  for  cooking  without  fear  of 
corroding  or  eating  out  any  kind  of  cooking 
utensils. 

The  ALMQUIST  Filter  is  not  an  experi- 
ment, it  is  a proven  success,  simple  in  opera- 
tion yet  thorough  in  its  work  of  cleansing 
and  purifying  the  water,  and  when  in- 
stalled; not  only  acts  as  a filter  but  takes 
the  place  of  a cut  off  from  the  cistern  as 


well. 

Size 

No. 

Pipe 

Diam. 

Height 

Weight  Each 

30 

3 in. 

12  in. 

14  in. 

12  lbs.  $7.00 

40 

4 in. 

16  in. 

16  in. 

14  lbs.  8.00 

Caps 

with  Clamps 

Each,  .50 

Packed  two 

in  a crate 

complete, 

with  charcoal. 

ASBESTOS  FIBRE  PLASTIC  ROOFING  CEMENT 

ST.  PAUL  PLASTIC  CEMENT  will  quickly  and  perman- 
ently seal  cracks  and  holes  and  prevent  leaks  in  metal,  felt, 
composition  and  gravel  roofs.  It  is  the  best,  simplest  and  most 
economical  method  for  repairing  old  leaky  roofs,  sidewalk  lights, 
joining  roofs  to  walls  and  chimneys,  lining  old  worn  gutters, 
mending  skylights,  slate  and  tile. 

ST.  PAUL  PLASTIC  CEMENT  is  always  ready  for  use.  There  is  nothing  to  mix  or 
stir,  nothing  to  heat  up  or  melt.  It  can  be  applied  in  any  kind  of  weather,  either  in  sun- 
shine, rain  or  snow,  and  on  all  surfaces  and  in  any  position,  even  on  the  under  side  of  a 
horizontal  surface. 

ST.  PAUL  PLASTIC  CEMENT  will  not  get  hard  and  brittle  under  extreme  cold. 
Neither  will  it  soften  and  run  under  the  heat  of  the  sun.  It  stays  where  it  is  put,  expand- 
ing and  contracting  with  the  old  surface  over  which  it  has  been  applied. 

ST.  PAUL  PLASTIC  CEMENT  is  economical,  very  light  in  weight  and  consequently 
bulky,  one  pound  will  go  as  far  as  three  pounds  of  the  ordinary  heavy  mineral  plaster  that 
will  shrink  and  crack  after  it  is  dry. 

ST.  PAUL  PLASTIC  CEMENT  is  invaluable  to  the  tinner  and  roofer;  a water  tight 
joint  can  always  be  obtained.  It  is  the  only  thing  to  use  on  old  rusty  tin  that  cannot  be 
soldered.  It  does  not  deteriorate  in  the  package  and  can  be  kept  indefinitely. 

A quantity  of  ST.  PAUL  PLASTIC  CEMENT  always  on  hand  is  a good  economy  and 
a wise  precaution.  Put  up  in  following  sized  containers: 

600  pound  steel  drums.  25  pound  steel  kits. 

400  pound  steel  Y2  drums.  10  pound  cans  (12  in  case). 

100  pound  steel  kegs.  5 pound  cans  (12  in  case). 

50  pound  steel  kits. 


FORMED  AND  ROLL  VALLEY  AND  FLASHINGS 


FORMED  VALLEYS 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel  Only  in  10-Foot  Lengths 


' T < I 


List  Prices  per  100  ft.  in  250  ft.  lots,  bundled  and  wired. 


Girth,  inches  .. 

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  100  ft., 
No.  26  gauge.... 
Weight,  100  ft., 

^ -2- 

‘ 

,Ll  LI 


10 

14 

20 

24 

28 

$20.00 

$32.00 

$48.00 

$65.00 

$75.00 

65  lbs. 

91  lbs. 

130  lbs. 

156  lbs. 

183  lbs. 

24.00 

40.00 

58.00 

70.00 

80.00 

76  lbs. 

106  lbs. 

151  lbs. 

182  lbs. 

211  lbs. 

; valley^  1,WLUt 
.JHroliS; 


% 4ij 

:U 


EXTRAS  ON  ROLL  VALLEY 


CALV  ; 


Hi  ROLLS. 

.i 


3 


Painting  Tin  Valley — 
1 side,  100  ft.,  NET 


For  single  cross  lock  and  solder,  100  ft.  NET 

All  widths  have  wood  ends  to  protect. 

Valley  in  Rolls 
Galvanized  and 
Tin 


. 10 

14 

20 

24 

28 

.$0.15 

$0.25 

$0.35 

$0.40 

$0.50 

. .30 

.50 

.70 

.80 

1.00 

1 .50 

.70 

.90 

1.00 

1.20 

GALVANIZED  VALLEY  IN  ROLLS 

Made  in  50  ft.  and  100  ft.  rolls,  with  double  cross  lock  not  soldered,  and  single  lock,  soldered. 

List  Prices  per  100  ft.  in  full  rolls,  wired. 


Girth,  inches  

Double  Cross  Lock,  not  soldered,  No.  28  gauge. 

Weight,  100  ft 

Double  Cross  Lock,  not  soldered,  No.  26  gauge. 
Weight,  100  ft 


Weight.  10C 
Single  Lock 
Weight,  100 


soldered,  No. 


10 

14 

20 

24 

28 

$20.00 

$32.00 

$48.00 

$65.00 

$75.00 

65  lbs. 

91  lbs. 

130  lbs. 

156  lbs. 

183  lbs. 

24.00 

40.00 

58.00 

75.00 

85.00 

76  lbs. 

106  lbs. 

151  lbs. 

182  lbs. 

211  lbs. 

20.00 

32.00 

48.00 

65.00 

75.00 

65  lbs. 

91  lbs. 

130  lbs. 

156  lbs. 

183  lbs. 

24.00 

40.00 

58.00 

75.00 

85.00 

76  lbs. 

106  lbs. 

151  lbs. 

182  lbs. 

211  lbs. 

IN  ROLLS 

Made  in 
from  8 lb.  I. 

Girth,  inches 


TIN  VALL 

50  and  100  ft.  rolls,  with  double  cross  lock,  not  soldered,  and  single 
C and  I X.  long  terne  roofing  tin,  10  foot  long  sheets. 

List  Prices  per  100  ft.  in  full  rolls,  wired. 


lock,  soldered,  made 


"Weight,  100  ft 

Double  Cross  Lock,  not  soldered,  I.  X.  tern 

Weight.  100  ft 

Single  Cross  Lock,  soldered,  I.  C.  terne  tin. 

Weight.  100  ft 

Single  Cross  Lock,  soldered,  I.  X.  terne  tir 
Weight,  100  ft 


10 

14 

20 

24 

28 

$10.00 

$14.00 

$20.00 

$24.00 

$28.00 

50  lbs. 

80  lbs. 

100  lbs. 

130  lbs. 

160  lbs. 

11.50 

16.00 

22.50 

27.00 

31.50 

62  lbs. 

87  lbs. 

124  lbs. 

149  lbs. 

174  lbs. 

10.00 

14.00 

20.00 

24.00 

28.00 

50  lbs. 

80  lbs. 

100  lbs. 

130  lbs. 

160  lbs. 

11.50 

16.00 

22.50 

27.00 

31.50 

62  lbs. 

87  lbs. 

124  lbs. 

149  lbs. 

174  lbs. 

FLASHINGS 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel  or  Tin. 
Packed  in  bundles  of  100  pieces  each. 


Size 
4x5,  per 
Weight, 

5x7,  per 
Weight, 

7x10,  per  1,000  pieces. 
Weight,  1000  pieces,  w 


, inches — 

1,000  pieces. 

1.000  pieces, 

1.000  pieces. 
1000  pieces,  1 


Galvanized 

Tin 

. $15.00 

$12.00 

..  110  lbs. 

100  lbs. 

23.00 

17.00 

. 130  lbs. 

120  lbs. 

40.00 

33.00 

..  170  lbs. 

150  lbs. 

Flashings  Galvanized 
Steel  or  Tin 


o 


ST.  PAUL  JUDGE  AND  HIP  TILE  MAKE  A DISTINCTIVE  ROOF  FINISH 


The  beauty  of  a dwelling  is  largely  in  the  roof  design,  and  finish  used.  Steel  will  lend  itself  more 
readily  to  those  attractive  finishing  touches  which  make  one  building  stand  out  prominently  from  among 
others,  than  any  other  material.  The  ST.  PAUL  line  of  Ridge  and  Hip  Tile  has  long  been  known  for 
its  attractiveness,  fine  workmanship  and  general  adaptability.  It  is  complete  in  every  detail. 


For  every  hip  or  ridge  finish  made,  there  is  a 
complete  line  of  terminals  and  starters,  and  they 
are  all  carefully  proportioned  to  each  other  to  pro- 
vide a finish  for  any  kind  of  a roof  that  for  appear- 
ance and  finish  is  unmatched.  Whether  a bungalow, 
two  story  dwelling  of  the  hip  or  gable  type,  or  a 
duplex,  new  or  old,  there  is  a finish  made  that  can 
be  used  to  advantage. 


— 


Aside  from  the 
beautifying  effect 
gained  by  the  use 
of  ST. PAUL  Hip 
and  Ridge  Tile, 
no  other  finish  is 
more  practical. 

These  finishes  are 
easily  put  up  and 
if  properly  laid, 
will  provide  an 
ideal,  weather- 
proof job.  They  will  not  curl,  warp  or  rot 
away  like  boards  and  are  so  designed  that  they 
can  be  used  on  both  hips  and  ridges;  in  fact,  the 
same  finish  should  be  used  on  both  hips  and  ridges 
to  secure  the  best  possible  results. 

GENERAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  APPLYING 
ST.  PAUL  RIDGE  AND  HIP  TILE 

New  Buildings — Shingle  to  the  ridge  or  hip  as 
you  would  with  any  other  finish  and  nail  the  hip  and 
ridge  tile  selected  over  the  shingles.  Start  at  the 
eaves  end  for  hips,  using  a starter  at  that  point.  As 
the  next  step,  nail  the  terminal  in  place  at  the  other 
end.  Lay  the  hip  tile,  whether  individual  or  con- 
tinuous, over  each  other,  beginning  at  the  starter,  so 
that  the  pieces  will  lay  with  the  weather  and  not 
against  it. 

To  finish  ridges,  nail  terminal  at  left  hand  end 
and  then  follow  with  tile  from  left  to  right.  Before 
nailing  on  the  last  piece  at  right,  nail  on  the  other 
terminal  and  then  nail  in  place  the  last  tile  or  piece 
of  finish. 

Always  use  a cord  or  line  nailed  at  both  points 
of  each  hip  or  ridge  to  insure  laying  the  finish  in  a 
straight,  unvarying  line.  This  is  more  necessary  in 
laying  individual  tile  than  with  continuous  finishes 
although  it  is  a good  rule  to  follow  in  both  cases. 

Old  Buildings — Remove  old  boards  and  replace 
the  shingles  broken  off  before  putting  on  the  finish, 
unless  a large  finish  is  used  and  boards  are  narrow, 
in  which  case  the  finish  can  be  nailed  over  boards. 


Typical 
Homes  on 
Which  St.  Paul 
Hip  and  Ridge 
Tile  are  used 


In  other  respects  follow  the  same  directions  given 
under  new  buildings. 

WHAT  FINISH  TO  USE  FOR  A GIVEN 
BUILDING 

The  amount  which  one  wishes  to  invest  in  a 
suitable  roof  trim,  largely  governs  the  style  or  kind 
to  select.  For  hip  roofs,  whether  on  one  or  two 
story  dwellings,  use  the  individual  tile,  giving  pref- 
erence to  the  854-in.  long  pieces  for  one  story  and 
the  12-in.  long  for  two  story  structures.  For  gable 
roof  dwellings,  like  Dutch  Colonials,  the  same  rule 
applies.  But  whichever  is  selected  use  the  same 
size  on  all  roofs.  Do  not  use  12-in.  long  on  the  main 
roof  of  a two  story  dwelling  and  854-in.  long  on  the 
porches.  These  rules  also  apply  to  continuous  de- 
signs. 


Always  lay  the  heavy  or  bold  end  toward  the 
eaves  on  hips  and  to  the  right  on  ridges. 


19 


o 


INDIVIDUAL  RIDGE  AND  II1P  TILE  WITH  TRIMMINGS 


Made  of  Tight  Coated  Galvanized  Steel,  Carefully  Stamped  and  Very  Bold 
Use  One  Starter  at  Eaves  of  every  Hip 


Individual  Individual 

Tile  Starter 


Number  Pcs.,  Weight,  Bundled  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul 


No. 

Width,  Ins. 

Length,  Ins. 

Girth,  Ins. 

100  ft. 

100  ft. 

List  Price,  100  ft. 

12-A 

5 54 

sya 

11 54 

142 

90  lbs. 

$22.00 

12-B 

sy* 

12 

11 54 

100 

80  lbs. 

18.00 

For  Use  on  Hips  and  Ridges. 


Eaves  Starter  (for  Nos.  12A  and  12B  Tile)  List  Price,  Each 

No.  112-A,  8 1/2  inches  long,  for  No.  12A.  Each $0.35 

No.  112-B,  12  inches  long,  for  No.  12B.  Each 40 


\ 


Illustration  shows  No.  12-A  individual  tile  assembled.  Note  the  bold  effect.  To  get  the  best  effect 
use  this  finish  on  both  hips  and  ridges.  Use  one  No.  112  starter  at  the  eaves  end  of  each  hip  and  a term- 
inal at  the  other  to  get  the  best  effect. 


RIDGE  TERMINALS 

For  above  Hip  Tile 

Stamped  of  Tight  Coated  Galvanized  Steel  and  Made  to  Fit  No.  12  Individual  Tile. 
These  Can  be  Adjusted  to  Fit  Any  Ordinary  Pitch  of  Roof. 


No.  123  Hip  terminal 
10  Inches  High 
Made  to  fit  No.  12  Tile  and 
can  be  used  on  any  roof  with 
ordinary  pitch. 


No.  124  Gable  Terminal 
10  Inches  High 
Made  to  fit  No.  12  Tile  and 
can  be  used  on  any  roof  with 
ordinary  pitch. 


No.  125  Peak  Terminal 
10  Inches  High 
Made  to  fit  No.  12  Tile  and 
can  be  used  on  any  roof  with 
ordinary  pitch. 


List  Prices,  Dozen,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  123  Hip,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  45  lbs $33.00 

No.  124  Gable,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  35  lbs 36.00 

No.  125  Peak,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  30  lbs 42.00 


Stamped  in  parts  and  assembled.  Boxing  extra. 

Use  a Terminal  at  each  end  of  Ridge  or,  if  building  is  square,  at  Peak 


20 


o 


CONTINUOUS  HIP  SII1NGUES  AND  TRIMMINGS 

Made  of  tight  coated  galvanized  steel.  Unusually  bold.  Note  particularly  that  dimen- 
sions given  are  the  width  across  the  base  from  edge  to  edge  and  the  length  noted  is  from 
center  to  center  of  shingle.  It  is  common  practice  to  represent  the  girth  of  material  used  as 
the  width  and  the  over-all  measurement  of  each  shingle  as  the  length. 

Prices  are  for  lots  of  250  lineal  feet  or  more  in  5-foot  lengths. 


No.  22  Continuous  Hip  Shingles,  stamped  in  5 foot  lengths.  Width  of  each  Shingle  7 inches,  length 
of  each  Shingle  9V2  inches,  girth  10  inches. 

Weight  per  100  lineal  feet,  65  lbs. 

Price  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Per  100  lineal  feet $11.50 


No.  122  Eaves  Starter  for  No.  22  Hip  Shingles,  List 
price,  each  $0.20 


No.  122 

Matches  No.  22 


USE  A STARTER 
AT  EAVES 
OF 

EVERY  HIP 


RIDGE  TERMINALS 

For  above  Hip  Shingles 

Stamped  of  Galvanized  Iron  and  Securely  Soldered  Together. 


No.  127  Hip  Terminal 
10  Inches  High 

Made  to  fit  No.  22  hip  shingle 
and  can  be  used  on  any  roof 
with  ordinary  pitch. 


No.  128  Gable  Terminal 
10  Inches  High 
Made  to  fit  No.  22  hip  shingle 
and  can  be  used  on  any  roof 
with  ordinary  pitch. 


No.  129  Peak  Terminal 
10  Inches  High 

Made  to  fit  No.  22  hip  shingle 
and  can  be  used  on  any  roof 
with  ordinary  pitch. 


List  Prices,  Dozen,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  127  Hip,  weight  dozen,  boxed  30  lbs $31.20 

No.  128  Gable,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  25  lbs 33.00 

No.  129  Peak,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  30  lbs 36.00 


Stamped  in  parts  and  assembled.  Boxing  extra. 

Use  a Terminal  at  each  end  of  Ridge  or,  if  building  is  square,  at  Peak 


21 


CONTINUOUS  HIP  SHINGLES  AND  TRIMMINGS 


Made  of  tight  coated  galvanized  steel.  Unusually  bold.  Note  particularly  that  dimen- 
sions given  are  the  width  across  the  base  from  edge  to  edge  and  the  length  noted  is  from 
center  to  center  of  shingle.  It  is  common  practice  to  represent  the  girth  of  material  used  as 
the  width  and  the  over-all  measurement  of  each  shingle  as  the  length. 

Prices  are  for  lots  of  250  lineal  feet  or  more  in  5-foot  lengths. 


No.  19  Continuous  Hip  Shingle,  stamped  in  5 foot  lengths.  Width  of  each  shingle  5 y2  inches, 
length  of  each  shingle  8l/2  inches,  girth  8y2  inches. 

Weight  per  100  lineal  feet  54  lbs. 

Price  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Per  100  lineal  feet $9.50 


No.  119 

Matches  No.  19 


No.  119  Eaves  Starter  for  No.  19  Hip  Shingles. 

List  Price,  Each $0.18 


USE  A STARTER 
AT  EAVES 
OF  EVERY  HIP 


RIDGE  TERMINALS 

For  above  Hip  Shingles 


No.  130  Hip  Terminal 
6 Inches  High 

Made  to  fit  Nos.  19  and  24 
hip  shingles  and  can  be  used  on 
any  roof  with  ordinary  pitch. 


No.  131  Gable  Terminal 
6 Inches  High 

Made  to  fit  Nos.  19  and  24 
hip  shingles  and  can  be  used  on 
any  roof  with  ordinary  pitch. 


No.  132  Peak  Terminal 
6 Inches  High 

Made  to  fit  Nos.  19  and  24 
hip  shingles  and  can  be  used  on 
any  roof  with  ordinary  pitch. 


List  Prices,  Dozen,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  130  Hip,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  25  lbs $10.20 

No.  131  Gable,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  18  lbs 10.20 

No.  132  Peak,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  28  lbs 24.00 


Nos.  130  and  132  are  stamped  of  8 lb.  terne  tin  in  one  piece  and  hot  galvanized  after  stamping. 
No.  132  is  stamped  in  parts  and  assembled. 


Use  a Terminal  at  each  end  of  Ridge  or,  if  building  is  square,  at  Peak 


22 


o 


CONTINUOUS  HIP  SHINGLES  AND  TRIMMINGS 

Made  of  tight  coated  galvanized  steel.  Note  particularly  that  dimensions  given  are  the 
width  across  the  base  from  edge  to  edge  and  the  length  noted  is  from  center  to  center  of 
shingle.  It  is  common  practice  to  represent  the  girth  of  material  used  as  the  width  and  the 
over-all  measurement  of  each  shingle  as  the  length. 

Prices  are  for  lots  of  250  lineal  feet  or  more  in  5-foot  lengths. 


j ji  j i i m i i Iuijjijj  1 1 1 1 ;i  hTi  i;  ii 


No.  24  Continuous  Hip  Shingles  stamped  in  5 foot  lengths.  Width 
of  each  shingle  4 inches,  length  of  each  shingle  6 inches,  girth  5 inches. 


Weight  per  100  lineal  feet,  33  lbs. 
Price  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Per  100  lineal  feet $5.30 

. . 

No.  25  Continuous  Hip  Shingle,  stamped  in  5 foot  lengths.  Width 
of  each  shingle  3*4  inches,  length  of  each  shingle  5 inches,  girth  4 ins. 

Weight  per  100  lineal  feet  26  lbs. 

Price  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Per  100  lineal  feet 


.$4.75 


No.  124 

Matches  No.  24 

No.  124  Eaves  Starter  for 
No.  24  Hip  Shingles. 

List  price,  dozen $1.25 


No.  125 

Matches  No.  25 


No.  125  Eaves  Starter  for 
No.  25  Hip  Shingles. 

List  price,  dozen $1.00 


Use  a Starter  at  Eaves  of 
Every  Hip. 


RIDGE  TERMINALS 

For  above  Hip  Shingles 


No.  134  Hip  Terminal 

Made  to  fit  Nos.  24  and  25 
hip  shingles  and  can  be  used  on 
any  roof  with  ordinary  pitch. 


No.  135  Gable  Terminal 

Made  to  fit  Nos.  24  and  25 
hip  shingles  and  can  be  used  on 
any  roof  with  ordinary  pitch. 


No.  136  Peak  Terminal 
Made  to  fit  Nos.  24  and  25 
hip  shingles  and  can  be  used  on 
any  roof  with  ordinary  pitch. 


List  Prices,  Dozen,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  134  Hip,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  9 lbs $8.40 

No.  135  Gable,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  8 lbs 8.40 

No.  136  Peak,  weight  dozen,  boxed,  6 lbs 12.00 


Stamped  of  8 lb.  terne  tin  and  hot  galvanized  after  stamping. 

Use  a Terminal  at  each  end  of  Ridge  or,  if  building  is  square,  at  Peak 


23 


PLAIN  RIDGE  ROLL  AND  ANGLE  CAP  WITH  TRIMMINGS 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel  in  10-Foot  Lengths. 


O 


PLAIN  RIDGE  ROLL 


Size  of  roll,  inches 

Width  of  apron,  inches.. 
Total  girth,  inches 

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  100  ft.,  bundled 

No.  26  gauge 

Weight,  100  ft.,  bundled 

No.  24  gauge 

Weight,  100  ft.,  bundled. 


irA 

154 

2 

254 

3 

134 

2 

254 

3 

354 

7 

8 

10 

12 

14 

lots  of  250  feet. 

$16.00 

$18.00 

$20.00 

$25.00 

$32.00 

46  lbs. 

52  lbs. 

65  lbs. 

78  lbs. 

91  lbs. 

21.00 

23.00 

24.00 

31.00 

40.00 

53  lbs. 

60  lbs. 

75  lbs. 

91  lbs. 

106  lbs. 

32.00 

34.00 

40.00 

50.00 

77  lbs. 

96  lbs. 

116  lbs. 

135  lbs. 

PLAIN  ANGLE  RIDGE  CAP 

List  Prices  per  100  ft.  in  lots  of  250  feet. 

Girth,  inches  

No.  28  gauge 

Weight,  100  ft.,  bundled 

No.  26  gauge 

Weight,  100  ft.,  bundled 


7 

8 

10 

$16.00 

$18.00 

$20.00 

46  lbs. 

52  lbs. 

65  lbs. 

21.00 

23.00 

24.00 

53  lbs. 

60  lbs. 

75  lbs. 

COMMON  TERMINAL  AND  GLOBE  FINIALS 


GLOBE 
FINIAL 
Seamed,  not 
soldered.  Hot 
galvanized  af- 
t e r being 
formed.  No 
joints  to  break 
open  or  parts 
to  fall  off. 


List  Price,  per  dozen,  in  dozen  lots, 

F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul $10.00 

Weight,  dozen,  in  box,  20  lbs. 


List  Price,  per  dozen 
No.  150  Terminal,  for  154  in.  ridge  roll  $4.00 

No.  149  Terminal,  for  2 in.  ridge  roll  5.00 

F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


List  Prices  per  Dozen,  in  dozen  lots, 
F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Diam. 

Diam. 

Wt.,  Dozen 

List  Price 

Roll 

Ball 

in  box 

Dozen 

1 54  in. 

254  in. 

4 lbs. 

$4.00 

154  in. 

254  in. 

5 lbs. 

4.00 

2 in. 

354  in. 

7 lbs. 

5.00 

254  in. 

4 in. 

9 lbs. 

6.00 

No.  44  Gable 
T e r m i n a 1, 
height  7 in. 
Will  fit  1 54  in., 
1 54  in.  and  2 
in.  Ridge  Roll 
and  any  pitch 
of  roof. 


STAMPED  RIDGE  TERMINAL 
For  Plain  or  Corrugated  Ridge  Roll. 
Made  of  8-lb.  terne  tin,  hot  galvanized 
after  stamping. 


For  above  Hip  and  Ridge  Finish 


No.  45  Gable  Term- 
inal, 10  in.  high,  can  be 
used  on  any  roof,  with 
an  ordinary  pitch. 

For  use  with  plain 
ridge  cap,  and  154,  154 
and  2 in.  Ridge  Roll. 
Cannot  be  used  with 
ridges  having  a larger 
roll  than  2 in.  diameter. 


No.  46  Hip  Term- 
inal, 10  in.  high,  can  be 
used  on  any  roof  with 
an  ordinary  pitch. 

List  Price,  dozen, 

F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 
No.  45  Gable,  wt.  doz., 
boxed,  22  lbs. ..$18. 00 
No.  46  Hip,  wt.  doz., 
boxed,  22  lbs. ..$18. 00 
No  Peak  Terminal  of 
this  type  made. 


No.  45  Terminal 


No.  46  Terminal 


24 


iADINT 


comwQArmo  co . 


METAL  BATTEN  WITH  PUNCHED  NAIL  HOLES 


Deep  “V”  formation  in  center  allows  for  any  degree  of  expansion  and  contraction  which 
may  occur.  Made  in  8 and  10  ft.  lengths. 

List  Price,  per  1000  ft.,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  weight,  1000  ft.,  crated,  180  lbs $26.00 

BATTEN  STRIPS  SAVE  MONEY 

With  the  increasing  cost  of  lumber  matched  boards  are  often  too  expensive  in  farm 
building  construction.  Instead,  unmatched  lumber  is  commonly  used,  which  makes  neces- 
sary the  use  of  Battens  to  make  joints  between  boards. 

You  have  often  noticed  how  the  best  matched  lumber  will  split  and  crack  after  a build- 
ing stands  for  a few  years.  This  is  due  to  the  shrinkage  of  poorly  seasoned  material  and  to 
continual  expansion  and  contraction  caused  by  the  weather  changes. 

Boards  closely  nailed  are  bound  to  break  here  and  there  as  the  result.  Pruden  System 
Battens  make  ample  allowance  for  these  conditions.  Made  of  galvanized  steel  in  8 foot  and 
10  foot  lengths,  with  nail  holes  punched  every  six  inches.  Machine  formed  and  true. 


ROOF  EDGING 


Full  size  Cross  Sec- 
tion detail  of  Metal 
Batten. 


Made  in  10  ft.  lengths, 
250  ft.  to  the  crate. 


In  laying  prepared  roofing  and  shingles,  Roof  Edging  serves  a two-fold  purpose.  It 
will  hold  down  the  eaves  and  gable  edges  or  ends  of  the  roofing  so  the  wind  cannot  get 
underneath  and  tear  it  off  and  it  will  carry  rain  far  enough  over  and  away  from  the  facia 
boards  at  the  eaves  so  they  will  not  be  discolored  by  what  washes  off  the  roof.  Is  made 
3 inch  and  5 inch  girth  and  in  10  ft.  lengths. 

List  Price  per  100  lineal  feet  in  crate  lots,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Wt„  100  ft., 

Number  Width  Projection  Girth  Crated  List  Price 

RE  3 134  in.  5 8 in.  3 in.  25  lbs.  $5.00 

RE  5 3%  in.  1 in.  5 in.  36  lbs.  8.00 


Crating  at  cost  on  less  than  crate  lots,  plus  a net  extra  of  1 cent  per  foot. 


25 


i AH JNTT  PAUL  COEEUGATSM0  CO, 

BUILDING  CORNERS 

For  Weatherboard,  Drop  Siding  or  Bungalow  Siding 


View  of  Dormer  of  a Mod- 
ern Home  Showing  Metal 
Building  Corners. 


St.  Paul  Building  Corners  make  an  inexpensive  corner  finish 
for  Lap,  Drop  or  Bungalow  Siding.  Plain  surface  catches  no 
dust;  are  little  noticed  when  painted;  chemical  treatment  elimi- 
nates use  of  primer;  will  hold  any  house  paint  first  time  over; 
afford  a substantial  protection  to  corners  of  building  and  allow 
no  curling  of  siding  due  to  shrinkage. 

Save  labor  in  cutting  siding.  Put  on  with  each  course  as 
wall  goes  up,  or  siding  can  be  put  up  first  and  corners  inserted 
later.  In  such  case  boards  must  not  be  nailed  close  to  corners 
until  inserted.  Wide  wings  cover  short  boards  or  bad  end  cuts. 

Repairs  are  made  by  sawing  half  inch  from  corner  of  siding, 
pulling  out  nails  close  to  corner  and  slipping  in  corners.  Nail 
holes  are  partly  cut.  Use  4d  casing  nails. 


No.  6-0 

Outside  Corner 


No.  6-A 
Inside  Angle 


No.  106-0 
Outside  Corner 


For  Drop  Siding 


No.  106-A 
Inside  Angle 


No.  850-0 
Outside  Corner 


No.  850-A 
Inside  Angle 


For  4 and  6 inch  Weatherboard 

List  Prices  Building  Corners,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Fits  Siding 
Called 

Nos.  4-0,  4-A  4-in.  Beveled  Lap 

Nos.  6-0,  6-A  6-in  Beveled  Lap 

Nos.  106-0,  106-A  No.  106  Drop 

Nos.  850-0,  850-A  Bungalow 


Actual  Size 

Shipping  wt., 

Prices 

of  Corner 

1,000 

per  1000 

y2x3y2-in. 

72  lbs. 

$21.60 

y2x5  -in. 

95  lbs. 

23.40 

*4x6  -in. 

100  lbs. 

28.80 

y2x  8 -in. 

145  lbs. 

50.00 

Packed  250  to  the  box;  on  broken  boxes  add  $4.00  per  1000  to  above  prices. 


26 


o 


Starters  shown  on  this  page  fur- 
Illustration  shows  No.  01  Spanish  Metal  Tile,  No.  02  Starter  Tile,  n;shed  without  extra  charge. 

No.  21  Ridge  and  No.  122  Gable  Terminal. 


A steel  roofed  building  is  secure  from 
lightning.  When  lightning  strikes  a steel  roof, 
its  force  is  instantly  dissipated  and  spread 
over  the  entire  roof.  This  has  been  demon- 
strated by  directing  an  electric  current  in  the 
form  of  artificial  lightning  against  a steel 
sphere  filled  with  excelsior  and  other  inflam- 
mable material. 

Whether  considered  from  the  standpoint  of 
ultimate  cost,  appearance,  durability,  safeness 
from  fire  and  lightning,  metal  tile  and  shingle 
roofs  are  the  best  to  put  on.  Quotations 
gladly  submitted. 


HOW  TO  PLACE  IN 
POSITION 


Start  the  tiles  at  lower  right 
hand  side  of  the  roof ; put  on  a 
starter  first,  see  that  it  is  well 
nailed  on  three  edges,  then  place  a 
regular  tile  lapping  the  starter  so 
that  by  bending  the  dips  at  the  top 
of  the  starter  over  tho  tile  it  will 
hold  the  edge  to  the  tile , then  nail 
the  free  edge  to  the  roof  for  the 
second  row,  lock  the  edge  of  the 
tile  in  the  slip  joint  of  the  tile  al- 
ready laid,  lock  the  tile  with  the 
cleats,  nail  the  free  edge  and  con- 
tinue from  right  to  left. 

NOTE — Be  careful  to  get  the 
first  course  parallel  with  the  eaves. 


Metal  tile  and  shingles  are  light  in  weight,  more  durable  than  wood  shingles,  attractive,  will  retard 
fire  and  cost  more  than  others.  Because  of  their  light  weight  St.  Paul  Roof  Tile  and  Shingles  require 
no  special  roof  framing.  The  usual  2x4  framing  for  supporting  wood  shingle  roofs  is  all  that  is  needed. 

Owing  to  the  possibility  of  condensation  in  winter  due  to  atmospheric  changes  and  varying  tempera- 
tures in  the  house,  roof  boards  must  be  covered  with  a good  quality  of  building  paper  before  putting  them 
up.  Tar  paper  contains  chemicals  injurious  to  metal  and  must  not  be  used.  Nailing  should  be  done  with 
galvanized  barbed  nails  ^4  and  1 inch  long — or  long  enough  to  penetrate  full  depth  of  boards.  Nails 
must  not  pass  through  as  frost  may  form  at  points  and  cause  dripping  in  winter. 

Unlike  wood  shingles,  St.  Paul  metal  tile  and  shingles  will  not  warp  or  buckle  up  in  wet  seasons  and 
crack  in  drying.  Laid  properly,  rain  or  snow  cannot  enter  building  even  when  driven  by  high  wind.  Nail- 
ing of  one  shingle  or  tile  is  concealed  by  overlap  of  the  next.  Side  locks  are  made  with  slip  joints  and 
ends  are  lapped  one,  two  or  three  cross  ribs  depending  on  pitch  of  roof. 

Flying  embers  from  adjoining  buildings  during  a fire  can  do  no  injury  to  a steel  roof.  In  dry  seasons 
wood  shingles  are  a menace  from  the  standpoint  of  fire.  Embers  from  a burning  building  make  fire-fight- 
ing difficult  work,  and  when  fanned  by  a high  wind  will  cause  great  fire  loss.  Steel  roofed  buildings  would 
have  prevented  such  holocausts  as  the  Chicago,  Baltimore,  Atlanta  and  San  Francisco  conflagrations. 


$ 

KjL 

St.  Paul  Tile  and 
Trimmings  have 
been  doing  serv- 
ice on  this  build- 
ing for  more  than 
twenty  years  and 
are  still  in  excel- 
lent condition. 


Como  Park  Car  Station,  St.  Paul. 


27 


o 


Illustration  shows  No.  01  Spanish  Metal  Tile,  No.  21  Ridge  and 
No.  121  Hip  Terminal 


No  stretch  of  imagination  is  necessary  to  understand  how  our  present  day  insurance 
rates  might  be  cut  in  half  if  every  building  in  America  had  a fire-proof  roof.  Such  a roof 
would  effectively  prevent  or  greatly  reduce  such  staggering  holocausts  as  we  have  suffered 
in  the  past. 

Steel  has  distinct  advantages  over  other  material.  It  is  more  proof  against  fire  than 
any  other  material.  Since  it  is  light  it  does  not  require  the  roof  framing  necessary  for  clay 
tile  or  slate.  It  is  not  fragile  and  when  galvanized  or  tinned  will  out-wear  any  of  the  other 
types.  Rain  or  snow  will  not  beat  through  if  laid  properly. 


No.  01  Metal 
Spanish  Tile 
10x14  inches 


No.  02  Metal 
Starter  Tile 
10x14  inches 


No.  03  Valley  Tile 
Left  Hand 
12x19  inches 


No.  04  Valley  Tile 
Right  Hand 
12x19  inches 


146  Tile  to  the  square  or  100  square  feet. 


Spanish  Tile  and  a complete  line  of  Trimmings  are  made  of  8-lb.  terne  tin,  galvanized 
after  formation,  20-lb.  tin  plate  painted  after  formation,  No.  28  gauge  galvanized  tight 
coated  steel  and  16  oz.  cold  rolled  copper. 


Prices  on  request. 


28 


SA11MT  PAUL 


\w 


Shingles  10x14 
inches. 

148  pieces  to  the 
square. 

Shingles  7x10 
inches. 

320  pieces  to  the 
square. 


No.  10  Shingle  10x14  inches. 
No.  10A  Shingle  7x10  inches. 


No.  11  Shingle  10x14  inches. 

No.  11A  Shingle  7x10  inches. 

Made  of  8-pound  terne  tin  galvanized 
after  formation,  20-lb.  terne  tin  painted 
after  formation.  No.  29  gauge  galvanized 
tight  coated  steel  and  16  oz.  cold  rolled 
copper.  Prices  on  request. 


No.  12  Shingle  10x14  inches. 
No.  12A  Shingle  7x10  inches. 


No.  595  Slip  Joint  Ridge  Roll. 
5-foot  lengths. 

Prices  per  lineal  foot. 


Galvanized  $0.18 

Painted  16 

Copper  75 


Style  “D”  Valley,  5-ft.  lengths. 
Prices  per  lineal  foot. 


No.  595B  Slip  Joint  Porch 
Flashings. 

5-foot  lengths. 

Prices  per  100  lineal  foot. 


Galvanized  $0.12 

Painted  10 

Copper  45 


14  inch,  galvanized $0.14 

20  inch,  galvanized 18 

14  inch,  painted 12 

20  inch,  painted 16 

14  inch,  copper 60 

20  inch,  copper 90 


No.  595A  Slip  Joint  Gable 
Finish,  5-ft.  lengths. 
Prices  per  lineal  foot. 

Galvanized  $0.10 

Painted  08 

Copper  40 


29 


o 


VALLEY  FINISH 

To  make  a tight  valley  without  the  use  of  exposed 
nail  heads  is  of  importance.  When  trimming  the 
shingles  to  fit  the  valley  leave  1 inch  of  extra  stock 
to  turn  the  valley  lock. 


GUTTER 

CONNECTION 

This  shows  the  best 
method  of  locking  the 
gutter  to  the  shin- 
gles. However,  if  the 
back  of  the  gutter  is 
slightly  higher  than 
the  front  the  common 
practice  of  nailing 
the  gutter  to  the 
facia  boards  is  often 
satisfactory. 


HIP  FINISH 

A hip  finish  must  be  water  tight.  This  shows  another  form 
of  the  slip  lock.  Those  desiring  a bold  hip  finish  can  select 
any  of  the  hip  tiles,  whether  individual  or  continuous,  and 
“plant”  them  on  with  solder. 


IMPORTANT 
POINTS  TO 
REMEMBER 

1st.  Sheathing  boards 
should  be  laid  parallel 
with  the  ridge  and 
eaves,  not  up  and  down. 

2nd.  Cover  the  roof 
with  a good  quality  of 
building  paper  before 
laying  shingles.  Do  not 
use  tar  paper  as  it  is 
injurious  to  metal  of 
any  kind. 

3rd.  Lay  the  shingles 
from  the  lower  left 
hand  corner  of  roof,  as 
you  face  the  comb.  The 
guide  for  a straight 
edge  is  the  bottom  of 
the  shingles  and  not 
the  top. 


PORCH  FLASHING 
Where  the  porch 
roof  meets  the  wall 
of  the  building  prop- 
er this  is  the  only 
finish  that  will  make 
the  joint  or  connec- 
tion water  tight. 


RIDGE  FINISH 
The  method  of  fin- 
ishing the  ridge  is 
clearly  shown  in  this 
illustration.  The  hip 
joint  is  the  most 
simple.  economical 
and  water  tight  con- 
nection at  the  ridge. 


30 


o 


Here  is  a roofing  sheet  you  can  whole- 
heartedly recommend  to  your  best  custom- 
ers for  a first  class  roofing  job — the  answer 
to  roofing  problems.  It  will  not  make  a 
cheap  roof,  but  it  will,  without  doubt,  make 
the  most  economical  roof  anyone  could 
choose  for  the  home,  office  building  or 
factory. 

Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing  has  many 
points  of  superiority  over  ordinary  types  of 
roofing.  No  composition  roof,  no  shingle, 
tile  or  slate  roof,  can  give  the  actual  protec- 
tion of  high  grade  terne  plate.  Nor  can 
other  types  of  roofing  give  equal  fire  resist- 
ance, a fact  borne  out  by  the  universal  selec- 
tion of  terne  plate  for  fire  door  covering. 
The  reason  for  these  strong  statements  is 
that  a properly  laid  terne  plate  roof  is  prac- 
tically air  tight  and  absolutely  water  tight. 

Anyone  who  has  had  a shingle  or  composi- 
tion roof  on  his  house  knows  how  quickly 
the  shingles  curl  and  crack — and  only  the 
man  who  has  paid  the  usual  heavy  repair 
costs  incident  to  slate  or  tile  roofs  can  really 
know  how  easily  such  mate- 
rials chip,  break  and  come 
off  the  roof.  A wind  storm 
and  a slate  or  tile  roof  are 
dangerous  and  costly  com- 
panions. 

But  Follansbee  Forge 
Best  Roofing  frees  you  from 
all  such  troubles.  It  can  be 
readily  painted  in  pleasing 
shades  of  green,  red  or  other 
colors  to  harmonize  with 
the  architects  color  scheme,  setting  and 


design.  Paint  adheres  more  readily  to  this 
type  of  roofing  than  any  other. 

Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing  has  not 
only  these  and  many  other  advantages  over 
other  types  of  roofing — it  has  a very  de- 
cided superiority  among  terne  plates. 

In  the  first  place,  every  sheet  of  Follans- 
bee Forge  Best  Roofing  is  made  from  Fol- 
lansbee Forge  Hammer  Process  Steel  Sheets 
— sheets  that  are  rolled  from  forged  steel — 
the  only  roofing  sheets  made  in  this  country 
from  Hammer  Process  Steel — and  it  was  the 
forging  process  which  gave  to  the  old  Welsh 
plates  their  splendid  reputation  for  long 
life  service.  It  is  also  interesting  to  know 
that  many  of  the  old  Welsh  sheet  makers 
have  pronounced  Follansbee  Forge  Best 
Roofing  as  far  superior  to  any  sheets  that 
ever  came  out  of  Wales. 

This  costly  Hammer  Process  gives  to  steel 
a super-strength,  ductility  and  compactness 
— qualities  that  count  for  a great  deal  in 
roofing  sheets.  The  added  stength  is  an 
obvious  quality  every  home  owner  wants. 
The  superior  ductility  is  a feature  keenly 
appreciated  by  all  sheet  metal  dealers  for  it 
actually  means  a saving  in  laying  cost.  It 
also  means  that  Follansbee  Forge  Best 
Roofing  can  be  shaped,  bent  or  formed  into 
roofing,  eaves  trough  or  conductor  pipe 
without  the  slightest  danger  of  breaking, 
and  even  more  important,  without  danger  of 
the  coating  flaking.  This  superior  worka- 
bility means  a better  and  easier  laid  roof. 

The  compactness  of  the  steel  in  Follans- 
bee Forge  Best  Roofing  insures  the  coating 
adhering  perfectly  and  distributing  evenly 
throughout  the  entire  surface  of  the  sheet. 


31 


A UNIT  PAUL 


Expansion  and  contraction,  which 
are  disturbing  elements  for  many 
types  of  roofing,  have  little  effect 
on  Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing. 
The  movement  of  these  sheets,  due 
to  temperature  changes,  is  neg- 
ligible. This  is  a 
feature  of  special 
importance  to  archi- 
tects who  know  the 
trouble  these  weath- 
er elements  cause. 


Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing  is 
made  in  but  one  quality — the  best 
the  manufacturer  can  make  regard- 
less of  cost.  It  carries  the  heaviest 
coating  that  can  be  put  on  a sheet 
with  the  necessary  uniformity  of 
thickness — to  put  on  more  would 
be  to  make  an  unevenly  coated 
sheet — to  put  on  less  would  mean  a 
cheaper  and  less  satisfactory  sheet. 

Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing  in 
all  sizes  is  of  identically  the  same 
quality — a standard  of  quality  that 
is  backed  by  one  of  the  oldest  and 
most  favorably  known  manufactur- 
ers in  the  roofing  plate  industry. 

Remember  these  important  supe- 
riorities, and  you  will  unhesitat- 
ingly use  Follansbee  Forge  Best 
Roofing  on  high  class  roofs,  deck- 
ing, eaves  trough,  flashing,  con- 
ductor pipe  and  repair  work.  With 
an  occasional  painting  this  material 
will  give  a long  life  service  that 
cannot  fail  to  please  the  most  exact- 
ing home  owners,  architects  or 
contractors. 

Every  sheet  is  trade-marked  for 
your  protection 

Follansbee  Forge 

BEST  ROOFING*"" 

Just  a word  here  about  the  new 
Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing 
Long  Sheets;  they  offer  a solution 
to  laying  costs,  on  large  areas  of 
Standing  Seam  roof  surface,  for  the 
larger  sizes  reduce  the  labor  cost  to 
a minimum.  These  large  sheets 
provide  a roof  that  is  far  superior 
in  weather  and  fire  resistance  to  any 
(hat  can  be  laid  with  composition, 
shingle,  or  tile. 


Follansbee  Forge 

BEST  ROOFING®” 


Follansbee  Forge  Best  Roofing  Sizes — 
Carried  in  Stock 

20  x 28  made  in  one  weight  only 
250  lb.  net  per  box,  112  Sheets  20  x 28" 

Shipping  weight,  262  lbs. 


BEST  roofing 


Long  Sheets  in  30  x 96",  which  are  packed  300  lbs. 
per  box,  in  No.  26 


OTHER  ROOFING  TIN  CARRIED  IN  STOCK: 

Shipping  Wt. 

Protection,  Old  Process,  I.  C.  25  lb.  coating.  243  lbs. 
Lionel,  Old  Style,  I.  C.  15  lb.  coating.  233  lbs. 

Raymond,  I.  C.  8 lb.  coating.  226  lbs. 

Prices  on  request. 


32 


SOME  VERY  INTERESTING  DATA  ABOUT 


(GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON) 


GOHI  contains  in  impurities,  namely:  Carbon, 
Manganese,  Sulphur,  Phosphorus  and  Silicon,  a 
total  of  only  .035  of  1%  to  .125  of  1%,  or  approxi- 
mately not  exceeding  % of  1%.  Steel  contains  at 
least  ten  times  this  amount  of  impurities,  and  is 
consequently  inferior  in  lasting  qualities,  as  these 
impurities  are  dangerous  rust  and  corrosion  agents. 

GOHI  is  absolutely  uniform  in  quality,  being 
manufactured  from  the  highest  grade  of  selected 
materials,  assuring  the  desired  results;  that  is — 
the  best  Rust-Resisting  Metal  for  any  and  all 
conditions. 

It  is  a well  known  fact  that  impurities  in  Iron 
and  Steel  hasten  and  aid  corrosion.  GOHI  con- 
tains less  impurities  or  corrosion  agents  than 
other  iron,  and  far  less  than  any  steel. 

GOHI  conforms  to  the  theories  of  noted  metal- 
lurgical authorities  as  to  what  a superior  rust- 
resisting  metal  should  be — a pure  iron  copper 
alloy. 


GOHI  as  a rust-resisting  metal  has  been  tested 
and  approved  by  leading  engineers,  architects  and 
the  U.  S.  Government. 

GOHI  will  give  longer  life  and  is  more  durable 
than  re-worked  Muck  bar,  Charcoal  Iron,  Steel, 
or  any  other  Iron  Sheet  Metal. 

On  account  of  its  superior  working  qualities, 
labor  costs  are  reduced  and  are  actually  less  than 
in  working  up  steel  or  other  Iron  Sheets. 

The  lasting  qualities  of  GOHI  considered, 
makes  the  cost  cheaper  than  any  other  Sheet 
Metal  Building  Material  you  can  use.  It  means 
economy  and  satisfaction. 

If  you  use  GOHI  Sheet  Metal  Products,  you 
will  avoid  replacing  your  Sheet  Metal  work  every 
few  years  as  GOHI  will  last  for  an  indefinite 
period  under  ordinary  conditions. 

GOHI  is  manufactured  by  a firm  whose  reputa- 
tion for  Sterling  Products  has  long  been  estab- 
lished. 


The  Influence  of  Copper  on  Steel 


DEVELOPS  MARKED  RESISTANCE 
TO  ATMOSPHERIC  INFLUENCE 


Why  “Copper-Alloy’ 
Should  be  Used 
For  Special  Work 


Iron  when  exposed  to 
the  action  of  air  and 
water,  has  a tendency  to 
return  to  its  original 
(oxide)  form.  Metal- 
lurgists, therefore,  have  given  much  thought  to 
devising  some  means  of  combatting  such  action 
and  thus  increasing  still  further  the  usefulness  of 
this  most  essential  product. 

Of  the  various  methods  tried,  nothing  has 
proven  more  satisfactory  than  the  addition  of  a 
small  percentage  of  copper. 

Exhaustive  tests  extending  over  several  years 
have  proven  that  such  copper-bearing  steel  has  a 
marked  superiority  in  rust-resisting  properties  as 
compared  with  non-coppered  metal  of  the  same 
general  composition. 


Of  the  various  investigations  made,  that  conducted  by  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  is  perhaos  the  most 
convincing.  The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  is 
an  absolutely  impartial  body,  not  interested  in  promoting  any 
one  material,  but  merely  in  ascertaining  facts  and  establishing 
standards.  The  complete  report  of  Sub-Committee  3 of 
Committee  A-5  of  this  Society  on  “Corrosion  of  Iron  and 
Steel”  covers  more  than  100  closely  printed  pages  and  will 
be  found  in  the  printed  proceedings  of  the  Society,  obtainable 
from  any  technical  and  many  city  libraries.  Some  excerpts 
from  the  findings  on  “Coppered  Steel”  are  here  given: 

“Steel  sheets  of  various  composition,  including  ordinary 
steel  (both  basic  and  open-hearth)  also  copper-bearing,  were 
exposed  to  atmospheric  action  at  Ft.  Sheridan.  111.,  Pittsburg 
and  Annapolis,  thus  giving  results  typical  of  conditions  in 
pure  country  air,  manufacturing  city  air  and  salt-laden  air 
at  the  seashore.  Observations  were  taken  at  frequent  inter- 
vals during  6 or  7 years,  the  progressive  corrosion  of  the 
sheets  reported  and  the  tests  continued  until  the  sheets 
failed.” 


Builders’  Exper 
ience  Confirms 
Scientific  T ests 


Quoting  from  the  1923  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Society  on 
page  145,  covering  the  tests 
made  at  the  Pittsburg  loca- 
tion at  the  close  of  the 
inspection  of  March  9,  1923,  we  find:  “It  will  be 
observed  that  the  presence  of  copper  in  all  of 
the  various  types  of  metal  has  greatly  increased 
their  resistance  to  corrosion  and  atmospheric 
exposure.” 


On  page  150:  “At  the  time  of  the  March  8,  1923  inspection, 
representing  an  exposure  period  of  71  months.  42  out  of  the 
total  of  83  of  the  No.  22  gauge  non-copper-bearing  metal 
sheets  have  been  recorded  as  failures,  whereas,  during  the 
same  period  of  exposure,  no  single  failure  has  been  recorded 
for  the  copner-bearing  metal  sheet,  indicating  conclusively 
that  copper-bearing  metal  in  the  Ft.  Sheridan  location  shows 
marked  superiority  in  rust-resisting  properties  as  compared 
with  non-copper-bearing  metal  of  the  same  general  com- 
position.” , 

On  page  152:  “At  the  close  of  approximately  6 years 
observation  * * * the  failures  reported  at  the  Pittsburg 

and  Ft.  Sheridan  locations  point  definitely  to  the  conclusion 
that  copper-bearing  metal  shows  marked  superiority  in  rust- 
resisting  properties  as  compared  with  the  non-copper-bearing 
metal  of  substantially  the  same  general  composition  under 
atmospheric  exposure.” 

On  page  153  (covering  tests  at  Pittsburg  location):  “70% 
of  the  non-copper-bearing  sheets  show  failure  at  the  end  of 
64  months’  exposure,  while  no  failures  have  occurred  in  the 
copper-bearing  sheets  at  this  time.” 

Again  on  page  168:  “It  will  be  noted  that  these  two 
groups  of  sheets  have  substantially  the  same  general  com- 
position with  the  exception  of  the  copper  content. _ However, 
the  light-gauge,  copper-bearing  sheets  have  no  failures  after 
64  months’  exposure,  whereas  the  heavier-gauge , non-copper- 
bearing  sheets  of  approximately  twice  the  thickness  of  the, 
light-gauee  copper-bearing  sheets  all  failed  after  24  months 
exposure.” 


>AMT  PAUL  C©PIEU©AT!H0  CO. 

STANDARD  EXTRAS  ON  FLAT  SHEET  STEEL 
FOR  WIDTHS  AND  LENGTHS 


GALVANIZED  SHEETS 


EXTRAS  FOR  WIDTH 


Gauge 


Extra  per 
100  Lbs. 


16-18. 


28. 


Over 

32 

to 

40" 

None 

Over 

40 

to 

44" 

10c 

Over 

44 

to 

48" 

20c 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

None 

Over 

36 

to 

44" 

10c 

Over 

44 

to 

48" 

20c 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

None 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

20c 

Over 

40 

to 

44" 

30c 

Over 

44 

to 

48" 

40c 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

None 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

20c 

Over 

40 

to 

44" 

40c 

Over 

44 

to 

48" 

60c 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

None 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

30c 

Over 

40 

to 

44" 

60c 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

10c 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

50c 

Over 

40 

to 

44" 

75c 

....  Over 

32 

to 

36" 

20c 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

60c 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

20c 

16  and  Heavier Under  24  to  12". 

Under  12  to  6". 

24  and  Heavier Under  24  to  12". 

Under  12  to  6". 


20c 

25c 

20c 

30c 

25  and  Lighter Under  24  to  12" 25c 

Under  12  to  6" 35c 


EXTRAS  FOR  LENGTH 


Gauge 

16  and  Heavier... 

Length 

60 

to 

144".... 

Extra  per 
100  Lbs. 

None 

16  and  Heavier... 

...Under 

60 

to 

30".... 

10c 

16  and  Heavier... 

...Under 

30 

to 

18".... 

20c 

17  to  24 

..Over 

60 

to 

124".... 

None 

17  to  24 

...Over 

124 

to 

144".... 

10c 

17  to  24 

...Under 

60 

to 

30".... 

20c 

17  to  24 

..Under 

30 

to 

18".... 

30c 

25  and  Lighter  ... 

..Over 

60 

to 

124".... 

None 

25  and  Lighter  ... 

...Over 

124 

to 

144".... 

10c 

25  and  Lighter  ... 

..Under 

60 

to 

30".... 

25c 

25  and  Lighter  ... 

...Under 

30 

to 

18".... 

35c 

Gauge 


ONE  PASS  COLD  ROLLED 
BLACK  SHEETS 
EXTRAS  FOR  WIDTH 

Extra  per 

Width  100  Lbs. 


16 

and  Heavier 

24 

and  wider.. 

.None 

16 

and  Heavier 

Under 

24 

to 

12" 

. 10c 

16 

and  Heavier 

Under 

12 

to 

6" 

. 20c 

17 

to 

18 

Over 

24 

to 

36" 

None 

17 

to 

18 

Over 

36 

to 

48" 

5c 

17 

to 

18 

Under  24  to 

12" 

. 15c 

17 

to 

18 

Under 

12 

to 

6" 

. 25c 

19 

to 

24 

Under  24  to 

12" 

. 15c 

19 

to 

24 

Under 

12 

to 

6" 

. 25c 

19 

to 

21 

Over 

24 

to 

36" 

None 

19 

to 

21 

Over 

36 

to 

44" 

. 15c 

19 

to 

21 

Over 

44 

to 

48" 

. 25c 

22 

to 

24 

Over 

24 

to 

36" 

None 

22 

to 

24 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

. 20c 

22 

to 

24 

Over 

40 

to 

48" 

. 40c 

25 

to 

27 

Over 

24 

to 

36" 

None 

25 

to 

27 

Over 

36 

to 

40" 

. 20c 

25 

to 

27 

Over 

40 

to 

44" 

40c 

25 

and  lighter 

Under  24 

to 

12" 

. 20c 

25 

and  lighter 

Under 

12 

to 

6" 

. 30c 

28 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

. 10c 

28 

Over 

36 

to 

40” 

. 40c 

29 

to 

30 

Over 

32 

to 

36" 

. 10c 

EXTRAS 

FOR 

LENGTH 

Length 


Gauge 

16  and  Heavier 

16  and  Heavier 

16  and  Heavier 

17  and  Lighter Over 

17  and  Lighter Over 


Under 

Under 


Extra  per 
100  Lbs. 

60  to  144" None 

30" 10c 

18" 15c 

60  to  124" None 

124  to  144" 10c 


60  to 
30  to 


17 

to  24 

Under 

60 

to 

30". 

15c 

17 

to  24 

Under 

30 

to 

18". 

25c 

25 

and  Lighter 

Under 

60 

to 

30". 

20c 

25 

and  Lighter 

Under 

30 

to 

18". 

30c 

BLUE 

ANNEALED 

SHEETS 

Extra  per 

Gauge 

100  Lbs. 

8 

and  Heavier.. 

. ..Less  5c 

9 

and  10  (Carload  quantities).... 

Base 

1 1 

and  12 

...Add  5c 

13 

and  14 

...Add  10c 

15 

and  16 

...Add  20c 

EXTRAS  FOR 

WIDTH 

Extra  per 

Gauge 

Width 

100  Lbs. 

16 

and  Heavier 

Under 

24 

to  12”.... 

...Add  10c 

16 

and  Heavier. 

Under 

12 

to 

6".... 

...Add  15c 

16 

and  Heavier 

24" 

and 

wider None 

EXTRAS  FOR  LENGTH 

Extra  per 

Gauge  Length  100  Lbs. 

16  and  Heavier 60"  and  longer None 

16  and  Heavier Under  60  to  30" Add  10c 

16  and  Heavier Under  30  to  18" Add  15c 


34 


ATSMG 


o 


FLAT  SHEETS 


Galvanized  Sheets 


A large  assortment  of  gal- 
vanized sheets  is  carried  in 
stock  for  the  sheet  metal  trade 
in  common  dead  soft  tight 
coated,  “Copper-Alloy”  dead 
soft  tight  coated  and  “GOHI” 
Genuine  Open  Hearth  Pure 
Iron. 


Base  price  on  No.  24  gauge  Galvanized  Steel  will  be  quoted  on  application. 

To  obtain  net  price  per  hundred  pounds  on  other  gauges  apply  the  following  differentials: 


Thickness 

Weight  per 

Gauge 

in  Inches 

Square  Ft.,  Lbs. 

Price  Differential 

No. 

30 

01640 

.6562 

ADD 

$0.90 

No. 

28 

01952 

.7812 

ADD 

.50 

No. 

26 

02265 

.9062 

ADD 

.25 

No. 

24 

02915 

1.156 

BASE 

No. 

22 

03515 

1.406 

DEDUCT 

.15 

No. 

20 

04140 

1.656 

DEDUCT 

.20 

No. 

18 

05390 

2.156 

DEDUCT 

.35 

No. 

16 

06640 

2.656 

DEDUCT 

.50 

No. 

14 

3.281 

DEDUCT 

.60 

Base  price  on  No.  24  gauge 
Black  Steel  will  be  quoted  on 
application.  To  obtain  net 
prices  per  hundred  pounds  on 
other  gauges  apply  the  follow- 
ing differentials : 


Black  Sheets  for  Stove  Pipe 
Size  of  Sheets  24x101  Inches 


Thickness  Weight  per 


Gauge  in  Inches  Square  Ft.,  Lbs. 

No.  28 11-640  ths  .625 

No.  26 3-160  ths  .75 

No.  24 1-40  th  1.00 


For  blue  steel,  per  100  pounds. 


Price  Differential 
ADD  $0.25 

ADD  .10 

BASE 

ADD  .25 


No.  24  gauge  and  lighter  in  any  width  up  to  36 
inches.  Light,  medium  or  deep  crimp  as  ordered. 
Crimping  takes  the  waves  out  of  steel  and  pre- 
pares it  for  Cornice  work,  etc. 


Galvanized  Crimped  Steel  3-16  inch  Crimp 


Extras  for  crimping  sheets  No.  24  gauge  and  lighter  and  not  wider  than  36  inches,  per  100  lbs. 


250  lbs.  or  less $0.65 

500  lbs.  or  less,  but  over  250  lbs 50 

750  lbs.  or  less,  but  over  500  lbs 45 

1000  lbs.  or  less,  but  over  750  lbs 40 


Specify  whether  crimping  is  to  be  light,  medium  or  deep. 

It  is  one  of  our  aims  to  carry  a full  stock  of  flat  sheets  in  steel,  “COPPER-ALLOY”  and  “GOHI” 
in  sizes  and  gauges  commonly  used  by  sheet  metal  workers  in  their  work. 


35 


.AMT  PAUL  COERUGATIMO  OQ 


TIN  SHOP  SUPPLIES 


TINNERS’  RIVETS 


1 \'A  ll4 


1 3A 


NOTE — Prices  for  tin  plating,  copper  plat- 
ing, hot  galvanizing,  or  brass  plating,  quoted 
on  application. 

8 oz.  to  5 lb.,  one  thousand  in  a package;  6 
to  10  lb.,  five  hundred  in  a package;  12  to  14 
lb.,  two  hundred  fifty  in  a package. 


Nos 

8TO 

10TO 

12T  O 

IT 

154T 

154T 

Size  

8 

10 

12  oz. 

1 

154 

154 

Length,  inches  

5-32 

5-32 

3-16 

3-16 

7-32 

7-32 

Wire  gauge  

14 

13 

12*4 

12 

11 

1054 

Per  thousand  

$0.34 

.36 

.42 

.50 

.60 

.66 

Nos 

1V4T 

2T 

2*4T 

3T 

354T 

4T 

Size  

Wa 

2 

254 

3 

354 

4 

Length,  inches  

54 

54 

9-32 

5-16 

5-16 

11-32 

Wire  gauge  

10 

954 

9 

854 

854 

8 

Per  thousand  

$0.76 

.80 

.92 

1.04 

1.32 

1.40 

Nos 

5T 

6T 

8T 

10T 

12T 

14T 

Size  

5 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14  lbs. 

Length,  inches  

11-32 

?4 

7-16 

7-16 

7-16 

54 

Wire  gauge  

7 

6 

4 

354 

3 

3 

Per  thousand  

$1.60 

1.86 

2.52 

3.10 

3.48 

4.00 

RIVET  SET 


SOLDERING  COPPER  HANDLES 


m ,11 

1 III 

■ 

lliitll 

Til 

High  grade  steel,  oil  tempered,  gun  metal  finish, 
polished  end. 

Nos 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 

For  iron  rivets. .10-12  7-8  6 4-5  254-3  1^4-2  154 

For  copper  rivets  5 6 7 8 9 10-11  12 

Each  $ 


Per  Dozen 

Basswood,  polished  wire  ferrules;  assorted 

sizes;  weight  per  dozen,  2 lbs $ 

Three  dozen  in  a box. 

TINNERS’  SOLDER 


PRICK  PUNCH 


Per  Dozen 

No.  60,  Cold  Steel,  length,  5 inches,  weight 
per  dozen,  134  lbs $ 


SOLDERING  COPPERS 


Made  from  pure  ingot  copper,  hand  forged. 
Handles  are  forged  directly  into  end  of  copper, 
which  method  eliminates  any  possibility  of  their 
working  loose. 

Per  lb. 

Square  Points — Weight  per  pair,  1 lb 

Square  Points — Weight  per  pair,  154  lbs 

Square  Points — Weight  per  pair,  2 lbs 

Square  Points — Weight  per  pair,  254  lbs 

Square  Points — Wt.  pair,  3,  4,  5,  6,  8 and  10  lbs 

Square  Points — Weight  per  pair,  12  lbs 

Flat  Points — Wt.  pair,  2,  3,  4,  5 and  6 lbs 


Northwestern  50-50,  superior  to  solder  generally 
sold  as  half  and  half;  specially  suitable  for  tin- 
smiths, cornice  makers,  roofers,  etc.  It  is  guaran- 
teed 50  per  cent  tin  and  50  per  cent  lead.  Packed 
and  shipped  in  50  lb.,  100  and  500  lb.  boxes. 

Price,  per  pound,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul $ 

SCREWS 

FOR  SHEET  METAL  ASSEMBLING 
Will  hold  sheet  metal  as  tightly  as  rivets  or  bolts, 
and  can  be  used  in  places  or  parts  where  bolts  and 
rivets  are  used  with  difficulty.  Are  unsurpassed  for 
assembling  duct-work,  piping,  housing,  cornices, 
sky-lights,  fireproof  doors,  windows,  etc. 

Parker  hardened  screws  penetrate  and  hold  sheet 
metal  as  wood  screws  do  wood.  Convenient  and 


economical. 

Nos P-7  P-10  P-14 

Size,  inches  54*54  34x3-16  54*54 

Price,  gross  $1.20  $1.50  $1.90 


In  gross  lots  only. 


36 


o 


TIN  SHOP  SUPPLIES 


TINNERS’  HAMMER 


High  grade  forged  steel,  tempered  and  hardened,  full  polished  head. 


Nos 1 

Size  of  face,  inches 1*4 

Weight,  including  handle,  lbs \y2 

Each  


Hickory  handle. 
2 3 

i n 

l/s  % 


Inches  

Weight,  per  dozen,  lbs 
Per  dozen  


HAMMER  HANDLE 
Extra  quality,  hickory,  polished 


12  14 

3 3*4 


TINNERS’  MALLET 


Per  Dozen 

No.  25  Tinners’  Mallet,  selected  second  growth  white  hickory;  handle  mortised  in  head; 
diameter  top,  2*4  inches;  length  of  head,  5 inches;  length  over  all  12^4  inches; 

weight  per  dozen,  9 lbs $ 

No.  7 Tinners’  Mallet,  second  growth  hickory;  hardwood  handle  mortised  in  head;  plain 
finish  straight  sides;  diameter  top  about  234  inches;  length  of  head,  6 inches;  length 

over  all,  12*4  inches;  weight  per  dozen,  15  lbs $ 

In  bulk. 


TINNERS’  SNIPS 


Forged  from  high  grade  steel,  blades  well  shaped  and  finished;  adapted  for  sheet  iron 
work  and  metal  work;  cutting  blades  are  highly  polished;  handles  full  japanned. 

Per  Pair 

Length  of  cutting  blade,  3*4  inches;  length  over  all  134. 4 in.;  weight,  per  paid,  2 lbs $ 


No.  8 No.  9 


TINNERS’  BURRS 
Metallic  Tinned  Iron 


Nos 

Per  pound 


37 


8 

$0.44 


9 

.55 


•AH BUT  PAUL  COERUOATM©  <DQ 


A roof  of  sheet  steel,  properly  grounded, 
provides  positive  protection  against  lightning. 


PROPER  GROUNDING  FOR 
LIGHTNING  PROTECTION 


When  Using  Steel  Roofing  and  Siding 


Farmers’  Bulletin  No.  842,  “Modern  Methods  of 
Protection  Against  Lightning,”  issued  by  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  says  on  this  point: 
“The  practice  of  making  a small  hole  in  the  ground 
and  inserting  therein  a portion  of  the  same  conductor 
used  as  a part  of  the  equipment  on  the  building  should 
not  be  allowed.  The  area  of  contact  of  the  metal  with 
the  earth  is  entirely  insufficient  to  provide  a ground 
of  the  necessary  low  resistance. 


Methods  of  Constructing  Grounds. 


The  following  methods  of  constructing  grounds  are 
described,  those  considered  the  most  dependable  being 
described  first : 


“Copper-plate  grounds.  A copper  plate  ^6-inch  thick 
and  with  an  area  of  about  ten  square  feet,  is  buried 
in  earth  where  there  is  permanent  moisture,  with  four 
or  five  inches  of  broken  charcoal,  pea  size,  above  the 
plate,  and  about  the  same  thickness  below.  The  copper 
conductor  is  securely  riveted  and  soldered  to  this  plate. 


“Standard-cable  grounds.  The  copper  cable  is  buried 
in  a narrow  trench  extending  to  a distance  of  15  feet 
or  more  from  the  foot  of  the  conductor  to  be  grounded, 
and  deep  enough  to  insure  permanent  moisture.  The 
strands  of  the  cable  are  then  separated  for  a distance 
of  six  or  seven  feet  from  the  outer  end,  which  end 
should  reach  to  the  end  of  the  trench.  The  cable, 
placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  trench,  is  then  embedded 
in  granulated  charcoal  about  pea  size,  saturated  with 
water,  and  the  earth  is  filled  in  and  tramped  thoroughly. 


“Water-pipe  grounds.  Wherever  possible,  grounds 
should  be  made  by  connecting  the  conductor  to  the 
metallic  water  piping,  where  it  enters  the  building 
from  an  adjoining  well,  for  instance.”  A special  fitting, 
illustrated  and  described  in  Bulletin  842,  is  necessary. 


“It  is  also  possible  to  use  a length  of  cast-iron  pipe 
for  a ground.  The  pipe  should  preferably  be  placed 
under  a down-spout  so  that  the  water  from  the  spout 
can  flow  downward  outside  and  within  the  pipe,  the 
inside  lower  part  of  which  should  be  filled  with  granu- 
lated charcoal. 


“Grounds  of  cast-iron  rods.  A cast-iron  rod  (not 
pipe)  1*4  or  2 inches  in  diameter  and  eight  to  ten  feet 
in  length,  driven  vertically  into  the  earth,  may  be  used 
for  a ground  and  would  have  the  advantage  of  being 
very  durable.  The  conductor  should  be  soldered  or 
screwed  to  a copper  or  brass  lug  driven  into  a hole 
drilled  in  the  upper  end  of  the  rod. 


“A  cast-iron  plate  having  an  area  of  about  ten 
square  feet  and  a thickness  of  H-*nch  or  so  might  be 
used  for  a ground  similar  to  the  one  made  with  a copper 
plate.” 


“The  electrical  connection  of  the  lightning  con- 
ductors on  a building  to  permanently  moist  and  there- 
fore conducting  earth,  or  what  is  technically  termed 
‘grounding,’  is  the  most  important  part  of  the  work,  for 
unless  the  grounds  are  carefully  made  the  efficiency  of 
the  system  is  greatly  reduced.  Hence,  every  Drecau- 
tion  and  care  should  be  exercised  in  constructing  the 
grounds  to  the  end  that  their  electrical  resistance  may 
be  as  low  as  practicable. 


“To  secure  the  best  results,  several  essentials  are 
necessary:  (1)  The  soil  in  which  the  metal  forming 

the  ground  is  placed  must  be  permanently  moist;  (2)  the 
area  of  contact  between  the  metal  and  the  soil  must 
be  ample — better  in  excess  than  not  enough;  (3)  the 
metal  in  the  ground  must  be  electrically  connected  to 
the  conductor  in  as  permanent  a manner  as  possible; 
and  (4)  the  corrosion  of  the  metal  used  in  the  ground 
must  be  as  slight  as  possible.” 


This  drawing 
shows  how  to 
“ ground ” a steel 
roof  properly. 
The  down  con- 
ductor should  be 
bolted  or  soldered 
securely  to  the 
lower  edge  of  the 
roof  and  carried 
down  into  the 
ground  to  a depth 
of  at  least  ten 
feet,  where  any 
one  of  various 
methods  of  estab- 
lishing an  ade- 
q u a t e electrical 
connection  with 
the  earth  may 
be  used. 


# _ 

'Vdin.  stee/  or 

\ — copper  coble  I 

m 


^Stranded  cable  1 1 
, embedded  in 
fk  charcoal  in 
*,'•  permanent/}/ 

_ __  V*  moist  soil 

■«  ■ ■— T*  « .*  , V — ' * 


Q 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


ROOFING — For  each  side  of  roof,  multilpy  length  A-B  by  total  width  A-C-E,  figur- 
ing to  use  sheets  in  even  foot  lengths  on  both  upper  and  lower  rafters.  When  corrugated 
steel  is  to  be  used  add  about  10%  to  actual  surface  to  cover  lappage.  Use  corrugated  ridge 
roll,  shown  on  page  60  along  ridge  A-B  and  specify  corrugated  ridge  cap  for  use  along 
break  C-D  to  obtain  tight  connections. 

SIDING — Figure  each  side  by  multiplying  length  I-J  by  height  F-I ; figure  each  end 
by  multiplying  width  H-l  by  height  G-H  and  add  for  gable  ends.  Each  gable  end  is  fig- 
ured by  multiplying  three-fourths  of  the  width  by  the  height  M-N,  figuring  to  use  sheets 
in  even  foot  lengths  at  all  times. 

When  figuring  brick  or  stone  sidings  add  about  5%  and  for  corrugated  steel  add  about 
10%  to  cover  lappage.  Make  no  deductions  for  openings  of  less  than  50  square  feet  area. 

Roofing  and  siding  may  be  used  on  studding  without  sheeting.  An  excellent  and 
cheap  construction  for  barns,  warehouses  and  similar  buildings.  When  used  in  this  way 
wood  strips  should  be  nailed  across  studding  and  joists  spaced  12  or  18  inches  on  centers 
according  to  length  of  sheets  to  be  used.  These  strips  will  support  the  center  of  the  sheets 
which  would  otherwise  sag  in  the  middle  and  will  permit  closer  nailing.  The  result  will 
be  a tighter  job  at  but  the  slight  extra  cost  of  the  wood  strips.  We  shall  be  glad  to  solve 
your  various  problems  of  this  kind  if  you  will  send  in  your  plans  and  specifications  or  state 
what  you  have  in  mind. 


Sheet  steel  is  the  most  economical  ma- 
terial for  roofing  and  siding  barns,  dwell- 
ings and  outbuildings,  because  it  gives  long 
and  efficient  service  and  does  not  necessi- 
tate the  costly  structural  work  required 
for  other  roofing  materials.  It  is  highly 
fire  resistive  and  when  properly  grounded, 
provides  positive  protection  against  light- 
ning. Sheet  steel  withstands  the  action 
of  baking  sun  and  freezing  cold,  of  water, 
wind,  ice,  snow,  dampness  and  time.  Its 
economy,  efficiency  and  durability  have 
been  proved  through  many  years’  service 
in  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  Instances 
of  galvanized  steel  roofing  and  siding 
which  are  giving  good  service  aften  ten, 
twenty  and  even  thirty  years,  are  common. 


Machine  sheds  and  garages  roofed 
and  sided  with  galvanized  sheet  steel  can 
be  built  at  small  cost  and  will  often  pay 
for  themselves  in  a few  years  in  lessened 
depreciation  on  machines,  automobiles  and 
tractors.  They  remove  the  fire  hazard  of 
keeping  in  barns  machines  containing 
gasoline. 

Underground  tanks  of  sheet  steel  for 
gasoline  remove  a dangerous  fire  hazard  at 
small  cost. 

Grain  bins,  corn  cribs,  granaries,  feed 
and  vegetable  bins  and  poultry  houses  of 
sheet  steel,  afford  positive  protection  from 
rats  and  mice.  Sheet  steel  flashing  keeps 
rats  and  mice  out  of  barns,  houses  and  all 
buildings. 


39 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


Rules  for  Measuring 


Shed  Roof  Buildings 
ROOFING — Multiply  width  A-B,  fig- 
uring to  use  sheets  in  even  foot  lengths, 
by  length,  B-C,  figuring  to  use  full 
sheets  only.  When  corrugated  steel  is 
used  add  about  10%  to  cover  laps  if  ac- 
tual surface  is  first  estimated.  All 
sheets  will  lay  24  inches  wide. 

SIDING — Figure  all  surfaces  to  be 
covered  as  follows:  Front,  multiply 
length  H-I,  by  height,  C-F ; rear,  multi- 
ply length  H-I,  by  height  E-H;  each  end, 
multiply  width  C-H  by  front  height 
C-F.  Then  add  results’  figuring  at  all 
times  to  use  full  sheets. 

When  figuring  sheets  to  use  brick  or  stone  siding  add  about  5%  to  actual  surfaces  and 
for  corrugated  siding  add  about  10%'  to  actual  surface  to  cover  lappage.  Make  no  deduc- 
tions for  openings  of  less  than  50  square  feet. 

Gable  Roof  Buildings. 
ROOFING — For  each  side  of  roof 
multiply  length  B-C  by  width  A-B,  fig- 
uring to  use  sheets  in  even  foot  lengths. 
When  corrugated  steel  is  to  be  used  add 
about  10%  to  cover  laps  if  actual  surface 
is  first  estimated.  All  sheets  will  lay 
24  inches  wide.  Use  corrugated  ridge 
roll,  shown  on  page  60  along  ridge  B-C. 

SIDING — Figure  each  side  by  multi- 
plying length  G-H  by  height  D-G;  fig- 
ure each  end  by  multiplying  width  F-G 
by  height  E-F,  and  add  liberally  for  ma- 
terial to  cover  each  gable.  Exact  sur- 
face of  gable  can  be  obtained  by  multiplying  width  D-E  by  one-half  the  height  J-K.  Then 
add  results,  figuring  at  all  times  to  use  full  sheets. 

When  brick  or  stone  siding  is  to  be  used  add  about  5%  to  actual  surfaces  and  for 
corrugated  steel  add  10%  to  surfaces  to  cover  lappage.  Make  no  deductions  for  openings 
of  less  than  50  square  feet. 


Most  farm  buildings  are  of  wood  and  are 
filled  with  combustible  contents.  Few 
farms  have  any  fire  fighting  facilities.  A 
spark  from  a locomotive  or  a threshing  en- 
gine, a few  embers  from  a brush  fire,  an 
overturned  lantern,  a carelessly  thrown 
match  or  cigarette,  a few  coals  from  the 
stove — any  of  these  may  in  a few  minutes 
start  a blaze  which  will  destroy  all  the 
buildings  on  the  farm  and  work  untold 
loss  and  hardship. 

The  Best  Fire  The  surest  safeguard 
Protection.  against  this  ever-present 
danger  is  roofs  of  sheet 
steel  on  all  farm  buildings.  A spark  or 
ember  falling  on  a steel  roof  is  harmless. 
If  a fire  should  start  in  one  of  the  farm 
buildings,  the  danger  of  its  spreading  to 
others  is  small.  And  if  the  buildings  are 
sided  with  sheets,  fire  danger  is  reduced 
to  a minimum.  Proof  of  this  is  found  in 


the  lower  insurance  rates  on  buildings 
roofed  and  sided  with  sheet  steel. 

The  roofing  and  siding  of  all  farm  build- 
ings with  sheet  steel  increases  the  value 
of  the  farm.  Should  the  owner  desire  to 
sell  it,  it  will  bring  a higher  price  than  it 
would  have  been  possible  to  obtain  before 
the  buildings  were  thus  protected  from 
fire.  The  next  most  dan- 

Steel  Roofs  Protect  gerous  enemy  of  the 
Against  Lightning,  farmer  is  lightning. 
In  the  four-year  period,  1918-1921,  $16,620,- 
145  worth  of  farm  property,  amounting  to 
18  per  cent  of  all  farm  fire  losses,  was  de- 
stroyed by  lightning. 

Lightning  strikes  oftener  on  farms  than 
in  cities,  because  the  great  number  of  elec- 
tric wires,  steel  buildings  and  other 
grounded  objects  in  cities,  tend  to  prevent 
the  “piling  up”  of  a great  difference  in 
potential  between  earth  and  clouds. 


40 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 

DIFFERENTIALS  ON  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 

The  Price  of  2Vz  inch  Corrugated  Roofing  is  the  base  price  of  all  Steel  Roofings  and 
Sidings. 

The  differentials  quoted  below  should  be  added  to  the  base  price  in  order  to  determine 
your  price  on  any  other  style  of  roofing  or  siding  shown  in  this  catalog. 


Gauge  

2y2"  Corrugated  (base). 

1%"  Corrugated  

2V  Crimp  Roofing,  without  Sticks 

3V  Crimp  Roofing,  without  Sticks 

Pressed  Standing  Seam,  without  Cleats 

Pressed  Standing  Seam,  with  Continuous  Cleat 

Gothic  Pressed  Standing  Seam,  without  Cleats 

Roll  Roofing,  Self  Capping,  without  Cleats 

Roll  and  Cap  Roofing  with  Caps  and  Cleats 

Brick  Siding,  Plain 

Brick  Siding,  Rock  Faced 

Rock  Faced  Stone  Siding,  No.  11 

Rock  Faced  Stone  Siding,  No.  10 

Rock  Faced  Stone  Siding  No.  9 

Weatherboard  Siding,  No.  8 

Beaded  Ceiling,  No.  28 

Wood  Sticks  for  2V  Crimp,  (50  ft.) 

Wood  Sticks  for  3V  Crimp,  (100  ft.) 

Galvanized  Roofing  Cleats 

Forming  End  locks  on  V Crimp  and  Pressed  Stand- 
ing Seam  

Standard  Lengths  of  Sheets,  60,  72,  84,  96,  108  and 

120  inches  

Odd  Lengths,  which  includes  sheets  132  to  144  inches 

long  

Small  Quantities  (Less  than  10  Squares  at  a time) 


In 

Cents  Per 

Square 

Galvanized 

Painted 

28 

26 

24 

28 

26 

24 

$0.10 

$0.10 

$0.25 

$0.10 

$0.10 

$0.20 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.20 

.20 

.30 

.15 

.15 

.30 

.15 

.15 

.10 

.10 

.55 

.65 

.55 

.65 

.40 

.50 

.40 

.50 

.25 

.40 

.25 

.40 

.90 

1.15 

.65 

.80 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.20 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.35 

.45 

.70 

.35 

.45 

.70 

.20 

.30 

.20 

.30 

Extra  per  square 30 

Extra  per  square 60 

Extra  per  square 10 

Extra  per  square 15 


Extra  per  square 10 

Extra  per  square 10 


On  farms  and  in  the  open  country  there 
are  usually  no  grounded  objects,  and  the 
difference  in  potential  becomes  so  great  as 
to  overcome  the  resistance.  The  electric 
discharge  seeks  the  shortest  and  easiest 
path  to  earth,  and  if  the  wet  roof  of  a barn 
stands  high  above  all  other  structures,  it  is 
almost  certain  to  be  struck.  Barns  are 
particularly  in  danger  for  the  further  rea- 
son that  vapors  from  horses  and  cows  and 
from  curing  hay  in  the  loft  seem  to  attract 
the  electric  discharge. 

Another  reason  why  the  lightning  loss  is 
heavier  on  farms  than  in  cities  is  that  when 
lightning  fires  a barn,  it  is  usually  burned 
to  the  ground,  the  fire  often  spreading  to 
other  buildings  and  causing  a total  loss. 
When  lightning  starts  a fire  in  the  city,  the 
fire  department  is  on  the  scene  in  a few 
minutes  and  the  fire  is  usually  extinguished 
with  little  loss. 


Lessens  Danger  Now  just  as  steel  roofs 
of  a Stroke.  are  the  surest  safeguard 
from  fire,  so  are  they  the 
best  protection  from  lightning.  A steel 
roof,  properly  grounded,  allows  a silent 
discharge  of  electricity  between  clouds  and 
earth  during  an  electrical  storm  and  thus 
has  a tendency  to  keep  down  the  difference 
in  potential.  A barn  or  other  building 
with  a steel  roof,  properly  grounded,  is  in 
little  danger  of  being  struck.  And  if  it 
should  be  struck,  the  discharge  will  be  car- 
ried harmlessly  into  the  ground. 

Recognizing  the  lightning-protective 
value  of  roofs  of  sheet  steel,  the  highest 
authorities  on  fire  and  lightning  protection 
say  that  buildings  so  roofed  need  no  light- 
ning conductors  on  the  roof,  and  that  down 
conductors  should  be  connected  to  the  low- 
er edge  of  the  roof  by  soldered  or  bolted 
joints  having  an  area  of  contact  of  at  least 
three  square  inches. 


41 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


Full  width  and  length  of  sheet  will  be  charged. 

To  make  a tight  roof,  always  nail  roofing  at  high  point  of  corrugations  and  not  in  valleys. 


W a'  '>  * r * r -*•  ****  r . , WSSJSZM  * 

k L.  .J' 

It.  [\  §.  ! t J ’ JW  1 

A ■ * e » 4 UJ  .I1!1, 

2 54  INCHES  CORRUGATED  STEEL 
Full  width  26  inches.  Covering  width  24  inches. 


Stock  Sizes  

5 6 7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

ft.  long 

Selling  Measurement  

10  5-6  13  15  1-6 

17  1-3 

19i4 

21  2-3 

23  5-6 

26 

sq.  feet 

Gauges  

28  26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 

85  98 

124 

151 

178 

232 

286  lbs. 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 

68  83 

110 

136 

163 

217 

271  lbs. 

*-r-  -r_  • - r - . 

iyA  INCH  CORRUGATED  STEEL 
Full  width  25  inches.  Covering  width  24  inches. 


Stock  Sizes  

5 

6 

7 8 

9 

10 

11 

12  ft.  long 

Selling  Measurement  

10  5-6 

13 

15  1-6  17  1-3 

19*4 

21  2-3 

23  5-6 

26  sq.  feet 

Gauges  

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 

87 

101 

129 

157 

185  lbs. 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 

72 

86 

114 

142 

170  lbs. 

ROOFING  NAILS  AND  LEAD  WASHERS 


GALVANIZED  NAILS 

) 

Galvanized  Barbed  Nails 
Sizes  74.  1,  1^4,  1^4,  134  and  2 in.  Use  1 lb. 
to  square. 

Small  lots,  price,  per  lb $ 

Keg  lots,  price,  per  lb 

LEAD  HEADED  NAILS 


Lead  Headed  Nails 

Sizes  I54.  134  and  2 in.  Use  2 lbs.  to  square. 

Small  lots,  price,  per  lb $ 

Keg  lots,  price,  per  lb 


LEAD  WASHERS 


No.  8 No.  12 

Full  Size  Full  Size 

Will  Prevent  Leaks 

No.  8 has  3-32-in.  hole;  No.  12  has  5-32  in.  hole. 
Put  up  in  5-lb.  cartons.  1 lb.  contains  325 
washers.  1 lb.  will  put  on  two  or  three  squares. 
Price,  per  lb $ 


42 


o 


CORRUGATED  TRIMMINGS 


CORRUGATED  RIDGE  ROLL 


1 54  inch  and  254  inch  Corrugations, 
12  inch  Girth.  Stock  size,  26  in.  long. 
Wt.  50  pieces  (covering  length  100  ft.)  : 
No.  28  gauge,  galvanized,  85  lbs. 
No.  26  gauge,  galvanized,  98  lbs. 


CORRUGATED  END  WALL  FLASHING 


CORRUGATED  SIDE  WALL 


154  inch  and  254  inch  Corrugations, 
8 inch  Girth.  Stock  size  26  in.  long. 
Wt.,  50  pieces  (covering  length  100  ft.): 
No.  28  gauge,  galvanized,  57  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge,  galvanized,  66  lbs. 


FLASHING 


vsmhm. 


•Ju ur„ 


154  inch  and  254  inch  Corrugations, 
12  inch  Girth.  Stock  size,  120  in.  long. 
Weight  10  pieces,  10  ft.  long: 

No.  28  gauge,  galvanized,  78  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge,  galvanized,  91  lbs. 
Painted  Black  Steel  weighs  20%  less. 


CORRUGATED  GAMBREL  JOINT 


154  inch  and  254  inch  Cor- 
rugations, 8 inch  Girth.  Stock 
size,  26  in.  long. 


Wt.,  50  pieces  (covering  length  100  ft.):  No.  28  gauge,  galvanized,  57  lbs.;  No.  26  gauge,  galv.,  66  lbs. 

Painted  Black  Steel  weighs  20%  less. 

List  Prices,  per  foot,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  28  gauge. 
No.  26  gauge 


Galvanized  Painted 
$0.17  $0.14 

• 19  .16 


CURVED  CORRUGATED  SHEETS 

We  can  corrugate  and  curve  steel  sheets  up  to  No.  16  gauge,  either  black,  painted  or  galvanized 
Prices  will  be  gladly  quoted  on  anything  you  need  in  this  line  upon  receipt  of  definite  specifications" 
State  kind  and  gauge  of  material  wanted  and  show  by  a sketch  how  they  are  to  be  formed.  We  do  not 
curve  154-inch  corrugated  sheets. 


Show  by  sketch  width  of  span  and  rise  of  curve. 

Illustrating  Curved  Corrugated  Sheets  placed 
between  I-beams  in  bridge  work. 


Show  by  sketch  exact  length  of  sheet  and  curve  wanted.  These  sheets  are  used  in  connection  with 
angle  iron  frames  to  roof  over  steel  awnings.  Sheets  can  also  be  double-curved. 


Curved  Corrugated  Arches 


43 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


TOOLS  FOR  LAYING 

End  Lock  Former,  net $1.50 

(If  ends  are  locked  instead  of 
lapped) 

Shears,  net  $2.50 

If  tools  are  returned  to  us  free 
of  expense,  we  will  give  credit  for 
the  full  amount  charged. 


Two  V-Crimped  Roofing 
Full  width  24  inches.  Covering  width  24  inches 


Requires  50  lineal  feet  of  wood  sticks  to  the  square  for  which  an  extra  charge  is  made 


Stock  Sizes  

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

feet  long 

Selling  Measurement  

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

square  ft. 

Gauges  

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 

85 

98 

125 

152 

179  lbs. 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 

68 

83 

110 

136 

163  lbs. 

Three  V-Crimped  Roofing 
Full  width  24  inches.  Covering  width  24  inches 


TOOLS  FOR  LAYING 

As  ends  are  lapped  in  laying  this 
roofing  no  special  tools  are  re- 
quired. 


Requires  100  lineal  ft.  of  wood  sticks  to  the  square  for  which  an  extra  charge  is  made 


Stock  Sizes  6 7 8 9 10  11 

Selling  Measurement  12  14  16  18  20  22 

Gauges  28  26  24 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 86  102  130 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 72  86  114 


12  feet  long 
24  square  ft. 
22  20 
158  186  lbs. 

142  170  lbs. 


METHOD  OF  APPLYING  V CRIMP  ROOFINGS 


Figure  3 illustrates  roofing 
as  it  is  shipped  by  factory. 

Lap  ends  3 to  6 inches, 
depending  upon  pitch  of  roof 
and  nail,  or  apply  with  end 
locks  as  shown  in  Fig.  2.  The 
latter  method  is  the  most 
practical  and  satisfactory. 

Figure  2 illustrates  meth- 
od of  applying  V sticks.  Not 
necessary  to  nail  separately. 
To  make  the  best  job  nail 
roofing  every  foot.  Always 
use  galvanized  barbed  nails. 

Figure  1 illustrates  finished 
roof. 


Fig-  1 Fig.  2 Fig.  3 

To  make  a tight  roof  always  nail  as  near  to  top  of  “V”  ridge  as  possible. 


44 


•AH  BUT 


PAUL 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


TOOLS  FOR  LAYING 


Combination  Tongs,  net $2.50 

End  Lock  Former,  net 1.50 

Shears,  net  2.50 


If  tools  are  returned  to  us  free 
of  expense  we  will  give  credit  for 
the  full  amount  charged. 


Pressed  Standing  Seam  Roofing,  Plain 
Full  width  24  inches.  Covering  width  24  inches. 

Stock  Sizes  6 7 8 9 10 

Selling  Measurement  12  14  16  18  20 

Gauges  

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 


11 

12 

feet 

long 

22 

24 

square  ft. 

28 

26 

86 

101 

lbs. 

72 

86 

lbs. 

TOOLS  FOR  LAYING 


Combination  Tongs,  net $2.50 

End  Lock  Former,  net 1.50 

Shears,  net  2.50 


If  tools  are  returned  to  us  free 
of  expense  we  will  give  credit  for 
the  full  amount  charged. 


Gothic  Pressed  Standing  Seam  Roofing 
Full  width  24  inches.  Covering  width  24  inches. 

Stock  Sizes  6 7 8 9 10 

Selling  Measurement  12  14  16  18  20 

Gauges  

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 


11 

12 

feet 

long 

22 

24 

square  ft. 

28 

26 

86 

101 

lbs. 

72 

86 

lbs. 

METHOD  OF  APPLYING  PRESSED  STANDING  SEAM  ROOFING 


Figure  3 illustrates  roofing 
as  it  is  shipped  by  factory. 

Lap  ends  3 to  6 inches  de- 
pending upon  pitch  of  roof 
and  nail,  or  apply  with  end 
locks  as  shown  in  Figure  2. 
The  latter  method  is  the 
most  practical  and  satisfac- 
tory. 

Figure  2 illustrates  meth- 
od of  using  cleats.  Space 
these  12  to  14  inches  apart. 

Figure  1 illustrates  finished 
roof. 


Fig.  3 


Fig.  1 


Fig.  2 


45 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 

Tools  for  Laying. 


1 only  1 inch  Foot  Seamer $13.50 

1 pair  1 inch  Edging  Tongs,  net 1.50 

1 pair  13/£  inch  Edging  Tongs,  net 1.50 

1 pair  Combination  Tongs,  net 2.50 

1 pair  Shears,  net 2.50 


If  tools  are  returned  to  us  free  of  charge 
we  will  give  full  credit  for  them. 

Sheets  26^4  inches  wide — 50  feet  long — will 
cover  100  square  feet. 

Double  cross  locked  together,  notched  and 
re-squared  on  ends  and  sides. 


Gauges  28  26 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 72  86  lbs. 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 86  102  lbs. 


METHOD  OF  APPLYING  SELF-CAPPING  ROLL  ROOFING 

First  cut  rolls  to  proper 
lengths  turning  up  a 1 inch 
flange  on  left  hand  side,  and 
13/4  inch  flange  on  the  right. 

Place  cleat  in  position  as  in 
Figure  1. 

Locate  cleats  12  to  14  ins. 
apart,  and  nail  to  boards  as 
close  to  seam  as  possible. 

Figure  2 illustrates  cleat 
turned  down  over  13,4  inch 
edge  and 

Figure  3 illustrates  134 
inch  edge  and  cleat,  folded 
over  1 inch  turned-up  edge,  Fie  1 Fie  2 Fie  3 

this  being  the  finished  seam.  S'  g' 

Tools  for  Laying. 

1 pair  Combination  Tongs,  net $2.50 

1 pair  Shears,  net 2.50 

If  tools  are  returned  to  us  free  of  charge 
we  will  give  full  credit  for  them. 

Sheets  26  inches  wide — 50  feet  long — will 
cover  100  square  feet. 

Double  cross  locked  together,  notched  and  i 
re-squared  on  ends  and  sides. 

We  furnish  caps  from  two  to  eight  feet  in  | 
length  and  always  ship  caps  and  cleats  with 
this  style  of  roofing  unless  otherwise  ordered.  ■ 


28  26 

Weight  per  Square,  Painted 77  91  lbs. 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 93  108  lbs. 


Including  Caps  and  Cleats. 

METHOD  OF  APPLYING  ROLL  AND  CAP  ROOFING 
After  cutting  rolls  to 
proper  length,  turn  up  left 
hand  edge  1*4  inch  and  right 
hand  edge  1*4  inch.  Nail 
cleats  as  close  to  seams  as 
possible,  12  to  14  inches 
apart  as  shown  in  Figure  2. 

Turn  down  cleat  over  1*4 
inch  edge  as  shown  in  Figure 
3.  place  continuous  cleat, 

Figure  1,  over  seam  and  then 
turn  cleat.  Figure  3,  back 
over  continuous  cleat  to  hold 
it  down  as  in  Figure  4. 


Gauges 


SELF-CAPPING 
ROLL  ROOFING 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


Pressed  Standing  Seam  Roofing  with  Continuous  Cleat. 


TOOLS  FOR 
LAYING 

Heavy  Punch, 
net $25.00 

(Use  if  copper  burrs 
and  rivets  are  used.) 

Button  Punch, 
net $20.00 

(Can  be  used  without 
rivets  and  burrs.) 

Combination 
Tongs,  net,  2.50 
End  Lock  Former 

net 1.50 

Copper  Rivets 
& Burrs,  lb 

If  tools  are  re- 
turned to  us  free 
of  expense  we 
will  give  credit 
for  full  amount 
charged. 


Gauges  

Weight,  per  Square,  Painted 

Weight  per  Square,  Galvanized 

Stock  Sizes  6 7 8 9 

Selling  Measurements  12  14  16  18 


28  26 
73  88  lbs. 

91  105  lbs. 

10  feet  long 
20  square  ft. 


TOOLS  FOR  APPLYING  STEEL  ROOFING 


Tools  for  applying  steel  roofing  will  be  loaned  with  orders  for  roofing  requiring  such  tools.  When 
returned  in  good  condition,  freight  prepaid,  full  credit  will  be  allowed. 


FOOT  SEAMER 


For  making  double  seams 
as  on  standing  seam  roofing 
with  continuous  cleats. 

Net,  each  $13.50 

ROOFING  PUNCH 


For  standing  seam  roofing 
when  copper  burrs  and  rivets 
are  used. 

Net,  each  $25.00 


BUTTON  PUNCH 


For  standing  seam  roofing 
when  burrs  and  rivets  are 
NOT  used. 


Net,  each  $20.00 


END  LOCK  FORMER 


Used  in  forming  end  locks 
on  roofings. 

Net,  each  $1.50 


EDGING  TONGS 


For  turning  up  edges  on 
roofing.  Sizes  1 inch,  1*4, 
1/4.  13A  inch. 

Net,  each  $1.50 


COMBINATION  TONGS 


Used  for  edging  and 
squeezing  roofing. 


Will  turn  1 inch  edge. 

Net,  each  $2.50 


47 


o 


STEEL  ROOFING  AND  SIDING 


Style  22.  Plain  Pressed  Brick  Siding.  Mortar  joint  is  clearly  defined  and  deep.  Size  of  bricks, 
2 4-5x8j4  inches.  Size  of  sheets,  28x60  inches. 


Galvanized,  Weight  Painted,  Weight 

No.  28  gauge ’ 78  lbs.  64  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 91  lbs.  77  lbs. 


Style  20.  Rock-faced  Brick  Siding.  Rock-faced  surface  is  sharp  and  bold.  Size  of  bricks, 
2 4-5x854  inches.  Size  of  sheet,  28x60  inches. 

Galvanized,  Weight  Painted,  Weight 


No.  28  gauge 79  lbs.  65  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 92  lbs.  78  lbs. 


Style  11.  Rock-faced  Stone  Siding,  4 Stones  High.  Rock-faced  surface  is  bold.  Size  of  stone, 
7x12  inches.  Size  of  sheet,  28x60  inches. 


Galvanized,  Weight  Painted,  Weight 

No.  28  gauge 79  lbs.  65  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 92  lbs.  78  lbs. 


48 


o 


STEEL  HOOFING  AND  SIDING 


Style  10.  Rock-faced  Stone  Siding,  3 stones  high.  Rock-faced  surface  is  very  sharp  and  deep.  Sizes 
of  stone,  9 1-3x20  inches.  Size  of  sheet,  28x60  inches. 

Galvanized,  Weight  Painted,  Weight 


No.  28  gauge 79  lbs.  65  lbs. 

No.  26  gauge 92  lbs.  78  lbs. 


Style  9.  Dressed  Stone  Siding.  An  attractive  siding  to  use  on  store  fronts  or  in  gable  ends  of 
buildings.  Size  of  stone,  6 y2  inches  square.  Size  of  sheet,  28x60  inches. 


No.  28  gauge 
No.  26  gauge 


Galvanized,  Weight  Painted,  Weight 
79  lbs.  65  lbs. 

92  lbs.  78  lbs. 


, Style  No.  8.  Metal  Drop-Siding.  Formed  boards,  4 inches  wide.  Full  width,  25  inches, 
width,  24  inches. 


Covering 


Stock  Sizes  

Selling  Measurements 

No.  28  gauge 

No.  26  gauge 


6 8 10  feet  long 

12  16  20  square  ft. 

Galvanized,  Weight  Painted,  Weight 
88  lbs.  72  lbs. 

102  lbs.  86  lbs. 


49 


o 


T PAUL  C©E1EU©AT!M0  ©O 


BEADED  CEILING 


'V'F 


±JbmLm*m£La  ^ ^rrQf  ^Vw.  

» - r^.  A --  £ h.  ^ V~A  -V 


■^--•V  ^ r-  ■■  •, 


>£Xm!2W£!2ttZ 


!SK3Si:'jiS 


- — --•‘7.  ■ - «--  IS-  - - -J’  V -^.j- 

■,^*»  ?-.y  •*»*”  *;.y  * j.  »y  .?^w«rg 

uitfifl 

■frw-n-,  ■*■>»--.-  r . .'  - . _ f-A_  4 yp_  iCHfttfttf.— ^ 


Style  28.  Beaded  Ceiling  or  Siding. 
24  inches  wide  by  6 and  8 feet  long. 


No.  28  gauge. 
No.  26  gauge. 


Beads  #x#  inches  spaced  3 inches  on  centers.  Covering  size 


Galvanized,  Weight 
70  lbs. 

83  lbs. 


Painted,  Weight 
85  lbs. 

98  lbs. 


CONTINUOUS  BOCK-FACED  STEEL 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel  Only 

This  Rock-faced  Material  can  be  used  in  connection  with  Sidings  for  belt  courses,  water-tables  and 
many  other  purposes,  such  as  caps  and  sills. 

j’jfffriSHfeit'ir-fn'Tffi  t i i n i f n mT f » riiTli t tlP1 1 1 1 tl 


Width  Over  All 

4 inches  

5 inches  

7 inches  

9 inches  


Price 

Width  Over  All 

Price 

$22.00 

11 

inches  

$30.00 

. 24.00 

12# 

inches  

32.00 

26.00 

15 

inches  

35.00 

. 28.00 

18 

inches  

40.00 

In  ordering  Continuous  Rock-faced  Steel  always  submit  a sketch  showing  how  it  will  be  used  and 
specify  width  and  full  length  wanted.  State  also  whether  ends  are  to  be  crimped  to  match  edges. 


ROCK-FACED  PILASTERS 

Used  in  Covering  Frame  Pilasters  or  Piers.  They  have  the  Appearance 


of  Real  Stone. 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel  Only. 

Catalog 

Width  Over 

Width  of 
Rock-face 

Width 
of  Tooled 

Per  Lineal 

No. 

All,  Inches 

Inches 

Edge,  Inches 

Foot 

P 5 

5 

5 

none 

$0.25 

P 7 

7 

7 

none 

.30 

P 13 

8 

5 

1# 

.35 

P 14 

10 

7 

1# 

.40 

P 15 

11# 

8# 

1# 

.45 

P 16 

13 

11 

1 

.50 

P 17 

17 

15 

1 

.55 

P 18 

12 

square 

design 

.55 

P 21 

21# 

1834 

1# 

.60 

i 


i 


In  ordering  Pilasters  or  requesting  prices  always  send  a sketch  showing  clearly  how  and  where 
they  are  to  be  used.  This  information  is  necessary  as  we  form  the  edges  to  fit  the  wood  framework  and 
cut  them  to  the  proper  length  without  additional  charge.  Crating  will  be  charged  at  cost. 


50 


o 


CORNER  CASINGS 


Are  Durable,  Inexpensive  and  Make  Absolutely  Tight  Corners  When  Used  with  Sidings  Shown. 

Made  of  Galvanized  Steel  Only. 


No.  22C 

Per  lineal  foot 19c 


No.  20C 

Per  lineal  foot 20c 


No.  11C 

Per  lineal  foot 20c 


No.  10C 

Per  lineal  foot 22c 


SLIP  JOINT  CORNER  CASINGS 

Used  with  Steel  Sidings,  Shown  on  Preceding  Pages  They  Make  a Perfectly  Tight  Finish  at  All  Corners 
and  Around  Door  or  Window  Openings. 

Made  of  Crimped  Galvanized  Steel  Only. 


No.  1C  No.  2C 

Inside  Corner,  Outside  Cor- 
per  ft 15c  ner,  per  ft. 15c 


No.  3C  No.  4C 

Window  Cor-  Pilaster 

ner,  per  ft. 18c  Per  ft 20c 


HOT  GALVANIZING 

Custom  Galvanizing  in  the  old  reliable  and  most  successful 
way,  the  hot  process.  We  have  one  of  the  most  modern  and  best 
equipped  job  shops  in  the  country,  and  are  prepared  to  furnish 
estimates  for  galvanizing  material  of  all  kinds  and  descriptions. 
We  are  prepared  to  quote  on  galvanizing  castings,  forgings  or 
specialties  of  any  kind.  Yearly  contracts  if  desired.  Let  us 
figure  with  you. 


51 


52 


AH  BUT 


COE  RUG  AT  mQ 


Pictorial  Story  of  Four  Causes 


of  Grain  Loss  to  the  Farmer 


Selling  grain  when  market  is  “off”  or  storing  in  over  crowded  elevators  with  resulting  inferior 
grading,  dockage  and  storage  charges,  cause  greater  losses. 

“PRUDEN  SYSTEM’’  GRAIN  BINS 
and  Corn  Cribs  are  Safe 

When  the  grain  is  harvested  there  is  no  safer  place  to  store  it  than  a “PRUDEN  SYSTEM” 
Grain  Bin.  Losses  caused  by  leakage,  moulding,  fire,  rats  and  mice,  not  to  speak  of  stealing,  can  be 
eliminated  in  a PRUDEN  Bin  or  Crib. 

Why  gamble  with  the  grain  crop  after  it  is  harvested?  Why  not  store  it  at  home  where  it  is 
safe  and  hold  it  for  better  prices?  Home  storage  in  a PRUDEN  Bin  or  Crib  will  enable  farmers 
to  hold  their  grain  for  better  prices  at  a low  cost. 

Grain  prices  always  reach  their  lowest  ebb  at,  or  immediately  after,  harvest  and  threshing.  The 
fall  in  prices  is  in  direct  proportion  to  the  surplus  crop  in  prospect  on  being  harvested.  A large  crop 
presages  low  prices  and  even  a small  crop  does  not  bring  the  best  prices  at  threshing.  Three  or  four 
months  after  threshing,  prices  are  always  % to  % higher  than  at  threshing  time. 

Home  storage  in  a “PRUDEN  SYSTEM”  Bin  or  Crib,  padlocked,  makes  the  contents  safe  as 
security  to  bankers  against  loans.  Elevator  storage  at  threshing  time  has  its  obvious  disadvantages. 
Lower  grading  because  of  filled  condition,  dockage,  storage — these  all  cost  the  farmers  money. 

Talk  home  storage — its  advantages.  Show  your  customers  what  a difference  there  is  in  prices  at 
threshing  time  and  three  or  four  months  later.  Explain  to  them  that  the  added  profit  will  pay  for  the 
cost  of  a “PRUDEN  SYSTEM”  Bin  or  Crib  in  one  season — and  that  future  profits  can  be  increased 
25%  to  33  1-3%  and  even  more,  without  another  cent  of  expense. 

Sold  on  time  to  owners  and  reliable  tenants. 


53 


o 


Grain  Bin  for  Small  Grain. 


AFTER  RAISING  YOUR  GRAIN,  STORE 
IT  AT  HOME  IN  SAFE  BIN 

A Pruden  System  grain  bin  is  as  valuable  for 
storing  grain  as  a garage  to  keep  your  car  and  a 
bank  to  deposit  your  money.  Mice  and  rats  cause 
the  greatest  loss  of  grain,  and  in  making  this  state- 
ment we  have  in  mind  fires,  which  also  take  their 
annual  tolls. 

Very  few  things  are  impervious  to  mice  and  rats 
and  lumber  is  by  long  odds  the  worst  material 
that  can  be  used  for  such  purposes.  Still  lumber 
is  freely  used  when  the  farmer  might  just  as  well 
have  his  grain  bin  made  of  galvanized  steel  at  no 
greater  price. 


Pruden  System  grain  bins  come  in  large  sections 
and  are  easy  to  erect  by  simply  assembling  the  dif- 
ferent pieces,  which  are  all  uniform  in  size  and 
construction, — except  the  few  that  are  joined  to 
the  door, — and  bolting  them  together.  The  cutting, 
punching  and  fitting  is  all  done  at  our  factory. 

Besides,  it  is  weather-tight,  thief-proof  and 
positively  fire-proof.  Help  conserve  the  food  sup- 
ply by  preventing  its  destruction.  Takes  much 
hard  labor  and  many  anxious  months  to  raise  it. 
After  raising,  save  it. 

The  loading  funnel  is  18  inches  in  diameter, 
sufficient  in  size  for  thresher  loading  and  has  a 
hinged  cover  with  hasp  for  locking.  All  roof 
pieces  are  interchangeable  so  the  piece  with  load- 
ing funnel  can  be  placed  in  any  desired  position. 

Ventilation,  to  prevent  the  heating  and  spoiling 
of  contents,  is  secured  through  an  18  inch  diameter 
Ventilator  located  in  the  center  of  roof.  Aspira- 
tion caused  by  the  wind  passing  over  and  through 
the  head  will  create  strong  suction,  owing  to  its 
peculiar  construction,  which  provides  the  necessary- 
air  changes. 

Entrance  is  gained  through  a one-piece  door 
27  x 72  inches  that  swings  out,  built  on  an  angle 
iron  frame,  hinged  to  a still  heavier  angle  iron 
frame  and  this  is  then  bolted  to  the  bins.  As  the 
loading  proceeds  matched  boards  are  placed  across 
the  opening,  one  upon  the  other,  and  these  are 
held  in  place  by  the  weight  of  the  contents. 

Each  bin  has  a side  section  that  is  equipped  with 
a sacking  spout  6 inches  in  diameter.  This  section 
also  is  interchangeable  and  can  be  placed  in  any 
position  suiting  your  convenience. 

Like  the  roof  and  side  sections  the  floor  is  made 
of  heavy  galvanized  steel  sections,  joined  with 
slip  joint  lock  which  are  flush  with  the  floor,  per- 
mitting the  constant  use  of  the  shovel.  No  protrud- 
ing bolt  or  screw  heads  to  interfere  in  the  least. 
Nothing  needed  for  assembling  and  erecting  the 
different  parts  but  bolts  and  these  are  furnished 
with  every  bin.  Every  side  section  is  formed  to 
the  same  radius  and  the  bolt  holes  register  exactly, 
simplifying  erecting  in  the  last  degree. 


Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Inside 

Diam. 

12  ft.  0 in. 
12  ft.  0 in 
12  ft.  0 in, 


Height  to 

Capacity 

{ 

Weight  with 

Sections 

List  Prices 
Ventilating 

List 

Prices 

Eaves 

to  Eaves 

Door 

High 

Stacks 

Grain  Bins 

6 ft.  3 in. 

615  bu. 

1,180  lbs. 

3 

$20.00 

$225.00 

8 ft.  4 in. 

820  bu. 

1,370  lbs. 

4 

25.00 

250.00 

10  ft.  5 in. 

1025  bu. 

1,560  lbs. 

5 

30.00 

280.00 

Complete  erecting  instructions  with  each  Grain  Bin. 


54 


WOODEN  CORN  CRIBS 
A FALSE  ECONOMY 


o 


Farmers  that  have  raised  corn  know  how  quickly 
it  will  heat  and  mold  unless  it  is  kept  in  a dry  place 
with  plenty  of  air  circulating  through  the  mass. 
After  the  process  of  disintegration  once  begins  in 
a bin  it  soon  spreads  until  the  greater  part  of  the 
mass  becomes  affected. 

Therefore,  perfect  ventilation  is  necessary.  Air 
must  fairly  sweep  through  the  whole  bin  or  there 
is  danger  of  heating.  For  that  reason  the  entire 
Pruden  System  Corn  Dryer,  except  the  roof,  is 
filled  with  small  perforations  to  permit  thousands 
of  small  air  streams  to  enter  and  pass  through. 
As  an  aid  to  this  drying  process  a 12  inch  Per- 
forated Ventilating  Stack  runs  from  the  floor  to 
the  roof  of  each  dryer  which  is  then  capped  with 
a Storm-Proof  Ventilator.  The  result  is  there  is  a 
large  open  space  running  through  the  center  from 
top  to  bottom  through  which  the  air  can  sweep 
with  no  obstruction  whatever. 


S' O'- 

r 

PRUDCn 

5Y5T6H1 

...  -J 

Corn  Crib  and  Dryer. 


The  air  in  the  center  of  a heap  of  corn  is  always 
warmer  than  anywhere  else  and,  as  you  know, 
warm  air  will  always  rise  and  escape  into  the  colder 
air  if  given  a chance  to  do  so.  For  that  purpose 
the  entire  bottom  is  perforated,  besides  the  ventila- 
ting shaft,  so  as  the  heated  air  escapes  in  its  up- 
ward course,  cool  air  must  enter  to  take  its  place 
for  there  can  be  no  vacuum.  That  is  elementary. 

Moreover,  the  ventilator  is  so  constructed  that 
wind  passing  over  the  top  will  cause  a distinct  suc- 
tion through  the  shaft  by  aspiration.  In  this  man- 
ner the  air  is  continually  forced  to  circulate  through 
every  part  of  the  bin,  preventing  any  possible 
chance  the  contents  might  have  of  molding  and 
rotting. 

The  main  door  is  made  in  one  piece  27  x 72  inches 
and  swings  out.  It  is  reinforced  with  heavy  angle 
iron  all  around  and  is  hung  on  a heavier  angle 
iron  frame.  Holes  are  drilled  in  this  frame  to  pro- 
vide means  of  bolting  it  to  the  bin  and  these 
register  to  the  slightest  fraction  of  an  inch. 

Four  tier  bins  have  an  auxiliary  door  28  inches 
wide  by  20  inches  high  for  loading,  as  shown.  Re- 
inforcement is  provided  both  for  the  door  and  the 
frame  upon  which  it  swings  by  band  iron  riveted 
in  place.  Lower  corn  dryers  have  no  auxiliary 
loading  door. 


Boards  are  placed  across  the  main  door  opening 
as  the  filling  goes  on  and  after  the  corn  has  reached 
a height  in  the  bin  that  makes  it  impossible  to  shov- 
el through  either  side  door  any  longer,  the  filling 
can  be  completed  through  the  triangular  opening 
in  the  roof.  Since  all  roof  sections  are  alike  this 
opening  can  be  located  anywhere.  It  is  fitted  with, 
a hinged  cover  and  hasp  for  locking,  measures  20 
inches  wide  by  36  inches  long  and  is  absolutely 
weather-tight. 

An  18  inch  Ventilator  is  located  in  the  center,  to 
which  the  ventilating  shaft  is  connected.  All  bolt 
holes  are  gang-punched,  of  the  same  size  through- 
out and  equidistant  so  that  any  two  sections  will 
freely  bolt  together. 

Slip  joints  locks  that  are  sunk  to  the  level  of  the 
floor  hold  the  floor  sections  together.  Only  four 
bolts  are  used  in  assembling  it  and  these  are  located 
within  3 inches  of  the  wall,  allowing  the  free  use 
of  the  shovel  for  removing  the  grain. 

To  secure  the  freest  circulation  of  air  from  the 
bottom  a Corn  Dryer  should  always  be  set  upon  a 
frame,  consisting  of  2 x 6 inch  joists  spaced  16 
inches  on  centers  and  cross  stripped  with  7/g  x \z/2 
inch  lumber,  leaving  \l/2  to  2 inch  openings  in  the 
entire  frame.  Setting  them  directly  upon  the 
ground  will  do,  but  is  not  the  best,  either  for  the 
contents  or  the  dryer. 


Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Inside 

Diam. 

12  ft.  0 in. 
12  ft.  0 in, 
12  ft.  0 in. 


Height  to 

Capacity 

Weight  with 

Sections 

List  Prices 
Ventilating 

List 

Prices 

Eaves 

to  Eaves 

Door 

High 

Stacks 

Corn  Crib 

6 ft.  3 in. 

615  bu. 

1,180  lbs. 

3 

$20.00 

$240.00 

8 ft.  4 in. 

820  bu. 

1,370  lbs. 

4 

25.00 

270.00 

10  ft.  5 in. 

1025  bu. 

1,560  lbs. 

5 

30.00 

300.00 

Complete  erecting  instructions  with  each  Corn  Dryer. 


55 


AMT 


o 


Construction  Details 


of  Grain  Bins  and  Corn  Cribs 


-f 


THE  FILLING  SCUTTLE,  with 
which  one  of  the  roof  sheets  is  fitted, 
is  18  inches  in  diameter,  is  provided 
with  hinge  for  opening,  and  hasp  and 
staple  for  padlocking  when  closed. 
It  is  neat  in  appearance  and  per- 
fectly tight. 


VENTILATION 

STACK 

Perforated  Ven- 
tilation Stack,  12 
inches  in  diame- 
ter. 


Detail  of  Eaves  Connection. 

THE  EAVES  CONNECTION  is  a feature,  as 
the  shoulder  on  the  upper  edge  of  the  top  side 
sheet  provides  an  additional  support.  This  makes 
two  perfect  supports  in  continuous  contact.  Holes 
must  be  punched  at  proper  places  in  the  roof  sheets, 
after  which  they  can  be  bolted  tightly  in  place  as 
shown. 


Detail  of  Roof  Seam. 


THE  ROOF  is  made  in  16  sections,  cut 
tapering  with  standing  seams  formed  on 
the  edges  of  the  sheets.  They  are  bolted 
together  as  shown,  making  the  roof  abso- 
lutely watertight. 


HORIZONTAL  AND  VERTICAL  FINS  are 
both  formed  and  bolted  together  as  shown.  Note 
the  shoulder  which  is  turned  up  on  the  inside.  This 
prevents  rain  driving  in  and  renders  packing  un- 
necessary. All  holes  are  punched  in  side  sheets  and 
are  die-centered.  No  punching  or  fitting  is  neces- 
sary in  erecting. 

One  side  sheet  is  provided  with  opening  and 
slide  for  emptying  spout.  It  can  be  placed  where 
desired.  Access  to  the  inside  is  possible  through 
the  opening  after  grain  reaches  a low  level.  This 
sheet  is  not  necessary  when  the  six-foot  entrance 
door  is  furnished. 


Detail  of  Sill. 


THE  FLOOR  is  made  of  two  square  and  four 
segmental  interchangeable  sections  to  be  locked 
togther  with  a sliding  cap.  The  outside  edge  of 
the  floor  slips  into  bottom  fin  of  the  side  sheet 
and  the  whole  can  be  screwed  or  spiked  to  a wood- 
en platform. 


56 


o 


SILO  ROOFS 


Silo  Roof  and  Dormer. 

One  Third  Pitch.  Filling  Door  (Closed) 


Silo  Roof 

One  Third  Pitch.  Filling  Door  (Closed) 


Price  Wood  Curb 


Inside  Diameter 

Outside  Diam- 

Shipping 

or  Steel  Fasteners 

Price  of 

of  Silo 

eter  of  Roof 

Weight 

Masonry  Silos 

Roofs 

10  ft. 

11  ft.  2 in. 

180  lbs. 

$5.55 

$51.00 

12  ft. 

13  ft.  2 in. 

235  lbs. 

6.90 

64.50 

14  ft. 

1 5 ft.  2 in. 

295  lbs. 

7.95 

88.50 

16  ft. 

17  ft.  2 in. 

375  lbs. 

9.00 

108.75 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Prices  are  for  roofs  complete  with  necessary  means  for  fastening  included  except  wood  curb  for 
top  of  silos  built  of  material  other  than  wood. 

Authorities  on  ensilage  and  feeding  are  agreed  that  silos  should  be  roofed.  Roofs  keep  out  birds 
and  dirt  and  retain  much  of  the  nutriment  that  would  otherwise  be  washed  away  or  evaporate.  They  also 
protect  the  Silos  from  the  elements  and  the  necessary  disintegration  and  decay  that  follows  from  being 
left  open. 

PRUDEN  SYSTEM  Silo  Roofs  are  self-structuring  and  self-supporting.  No  framing  is  necessary 
except  on  silos  other  than  wood  which  require  a circular  wood  curb  for  the  top  of  wall.  Roof  is  then 
laid  on  this  curb  and  fastened. 

Lighter,  stronger  and  more  durable  than  most  silo  roofs.  Made  of  No.  26  gauge  galvanized  steel 
in  convenient  sections  for  handling  and  assembling. 

When  ordering  give  inside  diameter  of  your  silo,  thickness  of  wall  and  state  what  material  it  is 
made  of,  whether  concrete,  wood,  brick,  etc. 


Dormer  and  Window  20x21  inches,  Each  Extra $16.50 

Additional  Filling  Door,  Each  Extra 3.15 


Complete  erecting  instructions  with  every  shipment. 


SILO  CHUTES 


No.  18  Silo  Chute. 


Made  for  wood  silos  but  can  be 
used  on  brick,  concrete  and  others 
by  fastening  2x4’s  to  walls  by 
means  of  expansion  bolts  and  nail- 
ing chute  in  place. 


Sections  are  30  inches  long,  31 
inches  wide  and  25  inches  deep, 
made  of  No.  26  gauge  galvanized 
steel  with  reinforcing  “T”  for  con- 
nection between  sections  formed  to 
fit  the  chute.  Vertical  corrugations 
add  rigidness  and  strength. 


Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Silo  Chute,  per  lineal  ft $1.80 

Roofs  for  Silo  Chute — 

(a)  Galvanized  Steel,  Each..  1.40 

(b)  Skylight  Glass  in  Steel 

Frame,  each  2.40 


Made  for  use  on  silos  built  of  brick,  concrete, 
cement  staves. 

Angle  frames  are  equipped  with  hooks  to  fasten  to 
hoops  encircling  the  silo  and  are  drilled  so  chute 
sections  can  be  bolted  on. 

Except  for  angle  iron  frame  this  chute  is  no  dif- 
ferent in  construction  from  No.  18. 

Adjustable  wall  hangers  hold  the  completed  Chute 
in  its  proper  position. 

Can  be  assembled  on  ground  and  then  hoisted  in 
place. 

Size,  30  inches  long,  31  inches  wide  and  25  inches 
deep  and  made  of  No.  26  gauge  galvanized  steel. 
Angles,  bands  and  hooks  are  of  black  steel. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Silo  Chute,  per  lineal  foot  (including  angles 


and  hooks)  $2.25 

Steel  hangers  for  Silo  Wall  (state  thickness  of 
Silo  Wall),  each,  pair 2.50 

Roofs  for  Silo  Chute — 

(c)  Galvanized  Steel,  each 1.40 

(d)  Skylight  Glass  in  Steel  Frame,  each 2.40 


No.  19  Silo  Chute. 


57 


AUNT 


o 


SEAMLESS  FEEDING  TROUGHS 


A FEEDING  TROUGH  MADE  IN 
ONE  PIECE 

A feeding  trough  to  be  of  the  greatest 
use  and  value  must  be  strongly  built.  Any 
feeder  that  is  made  up  from  several  pieces 
with  as  many  seams  or  joints  will  soon  leak 
and  break.  Furthermore,  it  must  be 
mounted  on  a rigid  frame  so  when  the 
feeder  is  fastened  to  the  floor  it  will  stay 
there,  notwithstanding  the  rough  usage 
such  an  article  usually  receives. 


Trough  is  in  one  piece — no  separate  ends  to  come  off  or  cause  leaks.  End  stands  are  rigid — will 
not  tip.  Tubular  top  braces  with  flattened  ends  prevent  injury.  Made  of  heavy  galvanized  steel. 

Always  shipped  knocked  down  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Center  stand  for  all  troughs  six  feet  long  and  more. 

Made  in  two  widths  and  depths,  14  in.  wide  x 7 in.  deep  and  10*4  in.  wide  x 4^4  in-  deep. 

List  Price,  Each, 


No. 

Width 

Length 

Weight 

F.  O.  B.  St.  F 

F 1 0 1 5 

1054  in. 

154  ft. 

7 lbs. 

$2.00 

FI  02 

10%  in. 

2 

ft. 

8 lbs. 

2.30 

FI  03 

1054  in. 

3 

ft. 

10  lbs. 

2.80 

F104 

1054  in. 

4 

ft. 

12  lbs. 

3.65 

F105 

1054  in. 

5 

ft. 

14  lbs. 

4.25 

FI  06 

1054  in. 

6 

ft. 

17  lbs. 

5.00 

F108 

1054  in. 

8 

ft. 

22  lbs. 

6.15 

FI  42 

14  in. 

2 

ft. 

13  lbs. 

3.65 

F 143 

14  in. 

3 

ft. 

14  lbs. 

4.35 

F144 

14  in. 

4 

ft. 

20  lbs. 

5.10 

F145 

14  in. 

5 

ft. 

23  lbs. 

5.85 

F146 

14  in. 

6 

ft. 

28  lbs. 

6.60 

F147 

14  in. 

7 

ft. 

31  lbs. 

7.35 

F148 

8 

ft. 

33  lbs. 

8.10 

F149 

14  in. 

9 

ft. 

37  lbs. 

8.85 

F1410 

14  in. 

10 

ft. 

42  lbs. 

9.60 

POULTRY 

TROUGH 

Price,  Each 

No. 

Width  Length 

Depth 

Weight 

F.O.B.  St.  Paul 

PT36 

6 in.  3 ft. 

3 in. 

4 lbs. 

$1.75 

POULTRY  FOUNTAINS 


Supply  the  chickens  with  clean,  fresh  water  through  a PRUDEN 
SYSTEM  Poultry  Fountain  to  improve  their  laying. 


Lamp  in  the  bottom  keeps  water  from  freezing.  Whether  tank  is 
full  or  only  partly  filled,  water  is  always  kept  at  a moderate,  drinkable 
temperature  and  not  icy  cold  or  frozen  over. 

Sold  in  three  sizes,  254.  5,  10  Gallon  Capacity. 


No. 

PF2 

PF5 

PF10 


Capacity 
254  gal. 

5 gal. 
10  gal. 


Capacity  Oil  Height 

Container  Overall 

9 pints  15  in. 

9 pints  21  in. 

17  pints  22^4  in. 


Diameter 
Bottom 
15  in. 
15  in. 
19  in. 


Weight 

Each  Price  Each 
15  lbs.  $4.75 

20  lbs.  5.50 

30  lbs.  9.25 


58 


59 


o 


WHAT  DOES  VENTILA- 
TION ACCOMPLISH? 

Ventilation  can  be  defined  as 
the  method  of  taking  away  the 
foul  or  vitiated  air  from  a 
building  and  replacing  it  with 
pure,  at  the  same  time  main- 
taining an  even  temperature, 
removing  the  excess  moisture 
and  still  creating  no  drafts. 

Any  ventilation  system  that 
fails  to  do  this  is  positively 
worthless;  it  is  so  much  junk. 

That  ventilation  is  not  only 
beneficial  but  absolutely  neces- 
sary requires  no  argument. 

This  fact  has  long  been  recog- 
nized. Only  brief  reference 
will  be  made  to  some  of  the 
more  interesting  points. 

Air  consists  of  a mixture  of 
gases,  oxygen  and  nitrogen, 
and  a small  per  cent  of  argon. 

Ordinary  atmospheric  air 
usually  also  contains  a small 
amount  of  carbon  dioxide,  vap- 
or of  water  and  ozone. 

Oxygen  is  what  gives  en- 
ergy  and  life.  As  the  air  enters  the  lungs  in 
breathing,  the  oxygen  that  is  imparted  to  the 
tissues  acts  upon  the  carbon  of  the  blood, 
forming  chemicals  that  are  thrown  off  in 
respiration  (breathing). 

To  show  you  what  changes  occur  in  a given 
volume  of  air  after  a cow  breathes  it  once,  we 
quote  the  following  figures: 

Entering  Respired 


Air  Gases 

Oxygen,  per  cent  of  volume....  20.59  15.74 

Nitrogen  and  other  elements..  77.68  75.29 

Carbon  Dioxide  0.04  4.00 

Water  1.69  4.97 


100.00  100.00 

Oxygen,  the  life-giving  ingredient  in  air,  is 
diminished  by  one-fourth  after  being  breath- 
ed once,  which  means  that  after  four  respira- 
tions, the  oxygen  would  be  completely  con- 
sumed and  the  animal  would  soon  be  forced 
to  die  if  the  volume  given  it  were  only 
enough  to  fill  the  lungs  once.  Of  course, 
this  condition  never  exists,  but  the  illustra- 
tion points  out  to  you  the  large  amount  of 
air  vitiated  by  cattle.  No  barn  is  airtight 
and  cattle  always  have  a greater  supply  of 
air  than  enough  to  fill  the  lungs  once. 


of  the  Pruden  System  of  Ventilation  installed  in 
a dairy  barn. 

UNVENTILATED  BARNS  SLOWLY 
POISON  YOUR  CATTLE 

you  will  notice  from  the  accompanying 
that  carbon  dioxide  increases  100  times  with 
each  respiration.  This  is  a poisonous  gas 
thrown  off  in  respiration  and  while  pure  air 
always  carries  a small  trace  of  it  which  is  not 
unhealthy,  the  amount  that  collects  in  an 
unventilated  barn  is  positively  injurious.  If 
the  ordinary  barn  could  be  sealed  tight  over 
night  everything  in  it  would  have  to  perish 
because  the  presence  of  carbon  dioxide  and 
the  lack  of  oxygen. 

There  is  one  feature  about  this  table  that 
we  want  to  point  out  to  you  and  that  is  the 
increase  of  moisture  in  one  respiration.  With 
every  respiration  the  moisture  increases  300%' 
approximately  and  unless  this  is  carried  away 
by  an  efficient  ventilating  system  it  will  rot 
the  lumber  and  everything  in  the  barn. 

Manure  also  throws  off  poison  in  consid- 
erable quantities,  known  as  ammonia  carbon- 
ate and  when  this  unites  with  the  carbon 
dioxide  thrown  off  in  respiration,  it  forms 
ammonia  carbonate,  the  presence  of  which  is 
irritating  to  the  nostrils,  rots  lumber  and 
harness  and  injures  the  lungs. 


Sectional  view 


60 


o 


TUBERCULOSIS  CAUSES  LARGE 
ANNUAL  LOSSES 

The  principal  reason  why  barns  should  be 
ventilated  is  of  course  the  possible  presence 
of  disease,  like  tuberculosis.  An  unventilated 
barn  breeds  microbes  and  disease  germs  and 
after  once  tuberculosis  develops  in  one  cow 
it  will  soon  develop  in  the  others  unless  the 
barn  is  thoroughly  ventilated  all  the  time, 
giving  the  others  enough  vitality  to  fight  off 
this  ravishing  disease. 

It  is  estimated  that  15  millions  of  dollars 
worth  of  live  stock  is  lost  annually  through 
the  effects  of  this  disease  alone.  Do  not  take 
any  more  chances  for  if  you  do  you  are  sure 
to  pay  the  penalty  for  doing  so  some  day. 
Insure  yourself  against  that  possibility  by 
installing  a Pruden  System  of  barn  ventila- 
tion. 

ELEMENTS  OF  A VENTILATION 
SYSTEM 

Foul  air  stacks,  as  the  drawings  show  on 
pages  No.  61  and  62  begin  at  a given  point 
above  the  barn  oor  and  carry  the  foul  air 
upward  and  through  the  ventilators. 

The  molecules  in  the  warm  air  are  light 
and  active  and  they  move  in  upward  waves. 
Give  them  an  opening  and  they  will  escape 
into  the  colder  atmosphere. 

As  the  warm  or  vitiated  air  escapes,  fresh 
air  will  enter  in  varying  quantities,  depend- 
ing upon  the  size  of  the  foul  air  stacks,  fresh 
air  intakes,  the  difference  in  temperature 
inside  of  the  barn  and  out,  the  height  of  the 
barn  and  the  land  it  stands  upon,  lack  or 
presence  of  friction  as  the  case  may  be, 
velocity  of  the  air  currents,  insulation  of 
pipes,  and  various  other  causes. 

Foul  air  stacks  to  be  effective  must  be  in- 
sulated. The  reason  for  this  must  be  appar- 
ent. 


While  warm  air  is  light  and  active  and 
moves  in  upward  waves  cold  air  is  the  direct 
opposite.  It  is  heavier,  less  active  and  moves 
downward. 

Therefore,  to  keep  warm  air  moving  up- 
ward which  is  the  natural  tendency  it  must 
be  kept  warm.  When  warm  air  gets  cold  it 
stops  its  voluntary  upward  movement. 

Galvanized  foul  air  stacks  are  always  the 
best  because  there  is  less  friction  to  contend 
with.  Wood  is  rough  and  naturally  retards 
the  upward  movement.  It  acts  like  soot  in  a 
chimnev — interferes  with  the  natural  move- 
ment of  air. 

Nature  abhors  a vacuum  and  fresh  air  must 
come  into  a barn  after  once  the  foul  air  has 
left.  Even  without  fresh  air  intakes  a lim- 
ited amount  of  fresh  air  is  bound  to  enter  a 
barn  provided  with  a means  for  the  foul  air 
to  escape  because  all  barns  leak  air,  no  matter 
how  they  are  built,  but  the  tighter  they  are 
the  less  air  they  will  leak. 

But  to  provide  a steady  movement  of  fresh 
air  in  correct  volume  so  that  a satisfactory 
temperature  can  be  maintained  in  the  barn, 
fresh  air  intakes  are  necessary. 

Ventilators  must  be  correctly  built  and  of 
suitable  size  to  be  effective. 

Ventilators  that  cause  back  drafts  when  air 
currents  are  moving  in  certain  directions  are 
a nuisance.  If  properly  constructed  there 
will  be  a distinct  “pull”  from  underneath 
every  time  air  currents  strike  it  no  matter 
from  what  direction. 

Our  ventilators  can  be  depended  upon  to 
give  maximum  service  as  they  are  scientific- 
ally correct  in  every  detail. 

A sketch  giving  the  length,  width,  and 
height  of  your  barn  or  hog  house,  with  the 
number  of  cattle  or  hogs  to  be  taken  care  of 
during  the  winter  months,  will  enable  us  to 
quote  you.  For  suggestions  refer  to  pages 
No.  63  of  this  catalog. 


List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  Diameter  of  Shaft  Total  Height  Shipping  Weight  Each 

C2038 20  in.  9^4  ft.  160  lbs.  $40.00 

C2446 24  in.  11  ft.  225  lbs.  45.00 

C2750 27  in.  12  ft.  290  lbs.  50.00 

C3054 30  in.  13  ft.  330  lbs.  53.50 

C3664 36  in.  14  ft.  450  lbs.  75.00 


Prices  include  any  Vane  shown  on  page  No.  34 
Each  Style  “C”  Ventilator  is  painted  with  a thorough  coat  of  rich  silver  aluminum. 


61 


o 


f 


61  A 


o 


Plan  and  Cross  Section  showing  animals  facing  walls.  Fresh  air  is  brought  in  at  the  wall  line  and  the 
foul  air  is  carried  to  the  ends.  Ask  for  free  plans. 


62 


o 


St.  Paul  Corrugating  Co., 

St.  Paul,  Minn  Date 

Gentlemen : 

You  can  make  me  an  estimate  of  the  cost  of  installing  a Pruden  System  of  Ventilation 
for  the  building  described  below  with  the  distinct  understanding  that  I will  not  be  placed 
under  any  obligations  to  you  in  any  way.  Upon  this  condition  I submit  the  following  in- 


formation : 

1.  Outside  measurement  of  length  is.... 

feet,  

inches. 

2.  Outside  measurement  of  width  is  

feet,  

inches. 

3.  Have  you  a basement  barn? 

4.  Distance  from  basement  floor  to  top 

of  masonry  is 

feet,  

inches. 

5.  Thickness  of  basement  wall  is inches. 

6.  Basement  wall  is  made  of  

7.  Size  of  sill  is inches  by inches. 

8.  Size  of  studdings  are inches  by  inches 

9.  Studdings  are  spaced feet inches  from  center  to  center. 

10.  Are  walls  ceiled? 

11.  Is  ceiling  ceiled? 

12.  Are  outside  walls  double  boarded  with  paper  between  the  two  board  surfaces? 

13.  What  is  distance  from  stock  floor  to  bottom  of  joists  under  loft  floor? feet 

inches. 

14.  Show  number,  size  and  location  of  all  doors  and  windows  in  basement  upon  your 
sketch. 

15.  Do  your  cows  face  center  of  barn?  

16.  Do  your  cows  face  the  walls?  

17.  Show  location  of  your  feed  bins,  stalls,  alleys,  stanchions,  mangers,  gutters,  pens,  etc., 
in  your  sketch. 

18.  Give  size  and  position  of  girders  and  posts  under  loft  floor. 

19.  Size  of  joists  in  loft  floor  are inches  by inches  and  are  set 

feet  inches  from  center  to  center. 

20.  State  whether  joists  run  crosswise  or  lengthwise  of  building 

21.  State  whether  joists  rest  on  top  of  sill  or  butt  up  against  it 

22.  Show  distance  from  loft  floor  down  to  ground  level  all  around  the  building  on  your 
sketch. 

23.  Is  building  framed  in  bents? 

24.  If  so,  give  distance  from  center  to  center  of  bents,  naming  end  of  building  from  which 


you  begin  measuring,  as  follows: End. 

1st  bent  is  5th  bent  is 

2nd  bent  is 6th  bent  is 

3rd  bent  is  7th  bent  is 

4th  bent  is  8th  bent  is 


(Cut  out  and  mail.) 


63 


'ASIMT  PAUL  COREOGATHiMG  CO« 


25.  Is  building  framed  in  studdings? 

26.  Size  of  studdings  are inches  by inches,  and  they  are  spaced 

feet inches  apart  from  center  to  center. 

,27.  Distance  from  loft  floor  to  top  of  plate  at  eaves  is feet inches. 

28.  Distance  from  loft  floor  to  purlin  plates  is feet inches. 

29.  Distance  from  loft  floor  to  peak  of  roof  is feet inches. 

30.  Distance  from  center  to  center  of  purlins  is feet inches. 

31.  Size  of  plate  under  eaves  is inches  by inches. 

32.  Size  of  purlins  are inches  by inches. 

33.  Size  of  ridge  stringer  is inches  by inches. 

34.  How  far  down  is  hay  track  from  point  where  bottoms  of  rafters  meet? feet 

inches. 

35.  What  is  size  of  rafters? inches  by inches. 

36.  Do  you  use  a hayfork  or  sling? 

37.  Show  position  and  size  of  driveway  in  loft  in  your  sketch. 

38.  Show  size  and  position  of  all  openings  in  loft  walls. 

39.  When  building  is  filled  to  capacity  it  will  hold horses,  cows 

yearlings calves,  swine chickens. 

40.  How  old  is  your  building? 

41.  When  will  you  begin  building? 

42.  Are  you  building  now? 

43.  How  soon  will  you  be  ready  for  Ventilation  System? 

44.  Have  you  Pruden  System  Ventilators  on  your  building? 

45.  How  many? What  size Where  are  they  located? 

46.  Have  you  other  Ventilators? How  many? What  size? 

Where  are  they  located? Who  made  them? 

47.  Have  you  a Ventilation  System  that  does  not  work  properly? Who  installed 

it? 

48.  Have  you  plans  of  your  building? If  so,  mail  them.  They  will  be  returned 

promptly.  , 

49.  Have  you  a photograph  of  your  building  and  can  you  mail  it? 

Yours  truly. 

Name  

City  

State  

Draw  plan  and  elevations  of  your  building  on  special  drawing  paper  enclosed.  Each 
small  square  represents  one  foot,  large  squares  represent  ten  feet. 

(Cut  out  and  mail.) 

64 


65 


Style  “C”  Ventilator 
List  Prices  on  Page  No.  61 


66 


STYLE  “C”  BARN  VENTILATOR 

Construction  Details  of  Base 


o 


NOTE  THESE  FEATURES 

1.  Frame  made  of  2x8  inch  planks  built 
into  the  base  to  give  added  strength.  No 
carpenter  labor  is  necessary  to  assemble  it. 

2.  Heavy  galvanized  band  iron  braces 
(one  at  each  corner)  designed  and  installed 
to  hold  base  perfectly  square. 

3.  Hot  galvanized  steel  tie  bolts  (two 
with  each  base)  for  anchoring  base  per- 
manently to  roof  timbers.  Base  sheets  are 
to  be  nailed  to  the  roof  boards. 

4.  Hot  galvanized  tie  bolt  holders  de- 
signed and  fitted  to  hold  tie  bolts  securely 
to  wood  frame. 

5.  Base  moulding  has  stamped  rope 
mould  pressed  therein.  This  ornamenta- j 
tion  adds  greatly  to  the  finished  appearance 
of  the  base  moulding  and  is  an  exclusive 
“Pruden  System”  feature. 

6.  Stamped  base  sheets.  The  Gothic  design  adds  much  beauty  to 
the  base  and  eliminates  any  possibility  of  rattling  or  buckling  of  the 
base  sheets.  Bases  are  shipped  assembled  in  one  piece. 

7.  Extra  heavy,  four-ply  corner  posts  formed  to  receive  the  base 
sheets  and  furnished  to  relieve  strain  from  base  sheets. 


8.  The  entire  outside  surface  of  “Pruden  System”  Barn  Ventila- 
tors Styles  “C”  and  “D”  is  finished  with  a rich  coat  of  special  silver 
aluminum  paint. 

9.  All  Style  “C”  Barn  Ventilators  are  fitted  with  %-inch  mesh, 
hot  galvanized,  wire  screens  to  keep  birds  out. 


ILLUSTRATION  SHOWS  HOW  COPPER  LIGHTNING 
CABLES  ARE  CONNECTED 

Copper  lightning  cables  can  be  connected  to  any  ventilator  as 
shown  in  the  illustration.  These  connections  enable  you  to  readily 
connect  the  ventilators  with  the  lightning  points  at  the  gables  which 
are  then  connected  to  the  ground  wires. 


Price  for  adding  cables.  Per  ventilator $7.50 


67 


o 


HOG  HOUSE  VENTILATORS 

An  Ornamental  and  Efficient  Ventilator  Designed  Particularly  for  Use  on  Low  Buildings. 


Hog,  chicken  and  milk  houses  are  not  com- 
plete unless  they  are  ventilated.  All  that  has  been 
said  about  the  necessity  of  barn  ventilation  ap- 
plies with  equal  force  to  hog  houses.  Damp  and 
filthy  hog  houses  are  not  healthy.  Such  buildings 
are  breeding  places  for  cholera  and  other  hog 
diseases. 

The  old  proverb,  “An  ounce  of  prevention  is 
worth  a pound  of  cure”  applies  with  strong  force 
to  successful  hog  raising. 

The  Style  “H”  ventilator  is  made  in  small 
sizes  only.  Ornamental  stays  are  riveted  in  place 
and  not  merely  soldered  on  to  be  knocked  off  in 
handling.  Can  be  fitted  with  l/4  inch  mesh  gal- 
vanized wire  screen.  Stays  or  braces  are  hot 
galvanized  and  will  not  rust. 

Shipped  in  two  parts — hood  or  top  in  one  and 
drum  seamed  to  base  in  another. 

In  packing  inverted  hood  is  placed  in  drum 
and  vane  is  shipped  in  separate  box. 


•nuoen 

ivsTcm 


Style  “H”  Pruden  System  Hog  House 
Ventilator  with  23  inch  Pig 
or  Rooster  Vane. 


They  are  well  made  of  the  best  quality  of  galvanized  steel  and  are  assembled  complete, 
ready  to  place  on  the  roof.  Special  hog  vanes  proportionate  with  the  size  of  the  Ventilator 
are  included  at  prices  quoted.  These  Hog  House  Ventilators  are  not  painted  or  decorated 
in  any  way. 


List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Diameter 


No. 

of  Shaft 

Size  of  Base 

Total  Height 

Shipping  Wt. 

Price,  Each 

H 1220 

12  in. 

20x20  in. 

5 ft. 

30  lbs. 

$10.00 

H 1624 

16  in. 

24x24  in. 

6 ft. 

45  lbs. 

12.00 

H 1827 

18  in. 

27x27  in. 

7 ft. 

60  lbs. 

15.00 

H 2030 

20  in. 

30x30  in. 

8 ft. 

85  lbs. 

18.00 

ALWAYS  ORDER  BY  NUMBER  AS  WELL  AS  SIZE  TO  PREVENT  ERRORS. 


68 


ANIMAL  VANES 


Each  Vane  except  the  Holstein  Cow  is  finished  with  a layer  of  high  grade  gold  leaf 
each  is  mounted  on  an  ornamental  cast  iron  arrow,  30  inches  long,  and  painted  red  an< 
black  and  is  equipped  with  a blue  or  red  glass  ball,  4*4  inches  diameter,  with  copper  light 
ning  rod  point.  The  Holstein  Cow  Vane  is  enameled  black  and  white  as  shown  below. 


HORSE  VANE 

List  price,  each $4.50 


ft 


HOLSTEIN  VANE 

List  price,  each $4.50 


COW  VANE 

List  price,  each $4.5' 


BULL  VANE 

List  price,  each $4.51 


PIG  VANE 
List  price,  each 


$4.50 


SHEEP  VANE 

List  price,  each $4.5( 


ROOSTER  VANE 

List  price,  each $4.50 


CARDINAL  POINTS 


Add,  if  wanted,  to  list  price  of  Vane 
shown  above  or  to  prices  of  Ven- 


tilators, each 


$2.0(i 


Any  one  of  these  Vanes  will  be  included  with  Style  “C”  Ventilator  without  extra  charge 
Be  sure  to  say  which  kind  is  wanted.  Boxing  at  cost  when  ordered  separately. 


69 


No.  2020.  Typical  Hog  House.  Plans  will  be  furnished  free. 


Plam  Or 
Hog  Hou5£ 


Plan  view  of  Hog  House  showing  fresh  air  intakes. 


Cross  Section  of  Hog  House  showing  Pruden 
System  of  Ventilation. 


PIGS  ARE  MONEY  MAKERS 

Recently  the  pig  has  become  one  of  the 
surest  money  producers  on  the  farm. 

Fifty  pigs  in  healthy  condition  represent  a 
small  size  fortune  of  which  one  can  be  proud. 
Pigs,  like  cows,  must  have  plenty  of  fresh  air 
to  make  them  grow  healthy,  strong  and  fat; 
and  there  is  no  better  way  of  supplying  the 
required  fresh  air,  keeping  dampness  out  of 
the  pens  and  eliminating  all  dangerous  drafts, 
than  by  installing  an  efficient  Ventilation 
System. 

The  cost  of  such  a System  is  small  as  com- 
pared with  the  benefits  that  one  can  derive. 
A typical  hog  house,  with  plan  and  section, 
is  shown  in  the  illustration. 


70 


o 


No.  2030.  Typical  Chicken  House.  Ask  for  free  plans. 


DRY  AND  WARM  CHICKEN  HOUSES 
HELP  LAYING 

Chickens  will  lay  best  when  they  are  given 
dry  and  clean  quarters  in  which  to  live.  Feed 
and  water  alone  will  not  be  enough  because 
they  too  must  have  fresh  air  and  sunshine. 
Taking  the  air  directly  from  the  top  would 
make  the  chicken  house  too  cold  so  it  is 


always  better  to  take  it  from  the  floor.  By 
taking  the  foul  air  from  the  floor,  you  remove 
the  coldest  air  in  the  chicken  house,  allowing 
the  warmer  air  to  come  down  and  at  the  same 
time  keeping  the  floor  dry. 

Install  this  system  and  you  will  have  chick- 
ens with  red  wattles  and  combs  the  year 
round. 


Plan  view  and  Cross  Section  showing  Pruden  System  of  Ventilation. 


71 


o 


No.  2024.  View  of  model  Hog  House.  Inquire  for  free  working  plans. 


DISEASE  GERMS  GROW  IN  DAMP, 
DARK,  AND  UNVENTILATED 
HOG  HOUSES 

Only  a few  years  ago  hog  cholera  spread 
with  such  alarming  rapidity  that  the  Federal 
Government  had  to  step  in  to  take  measures 
that  would  prevent  its  further  spread.  Every- 
one knows  the  seriousness  of  this  disease. 

Another  disease  of  quite  common  occur- 
rence is  bull  nose  or  sore  mouth.  The  disease 
is  the  result  of  an  infection  with  the  germ 
bacillus  necrophorus  and,  therefore,  the  dis- 
ease is  known  as  necrobacillosis  in  technical 
parlance.  The  symptoms  of  this  disease  de- 
pend entirely  upon  the  parts  affected.  If 
around  the  mouth  or  nose  small  ulcers  appear 
with  considerable  swelling  and  if  the  germs 
get  into  the  intestines,  as  they  must,  with  the 
nose  and  mouth  affected,  they  die  quickly. 

These  germs  are  often  found  upon  the 
backs  of  hogs  that  are  apparently  healthy  and 
multiply  tremendously  when  they 
gain  entrance  through  a wound  or 
scratch.  It  has  been  found  that 
they  will  breed  very  quickly  in  the 
wound  left  after  injecting  anti-hog 
cholera  serum,  which  proves  that 
this  remedy,  although  effective  in 
cholera,  is  worthless  for  the  other. 

Following  the  old  adage,  “An 
ounce  of  prevention  is  worth  a 
pound  of  cure” — keep  these  germs 
out  of  your  herd  by  giving  them  a 
clean  place  to  live  in  and  plenty 
of  sunlight. 


Plan  view  showing  interior  details  of  construction. 

72 


Typical  Hog  House  Ceoss  SecTion 


Cross  Section  of  Hog  House  showing  Roof  Lights, 
Ventilator  and  System. 

Fresh  Air  Intakes 


<tila  hj> 


o 


No.  2034.  A Chicken  House  that  is  warm,  light  and  airy.  Plans  without  charge. 


SEARCHING  SUN’S  RAYS  DESTROY 
DISEASE  GERMS 

Three  types  of  windows  are  used  in  the 
construction  of  this  building.  On  the  south 
wall  hinged  and  sliding  windows  are  shown 
alternately  to  give  any  necessary  variation  in 
ventilation.  In  different  weather  different 
combinations  may  be  desirable,  although  in 
cold  weather  the  stack  will  be  found  suffi- 
cient. 

One  big  advantage  in  stack  ventilation  is 
that  the  floor  will  always  be  perfectly  dry. 


Nothing  will  spread  lice  quicker  than  a damp 
building  and  few  things  will  affect  laying 
quicker  than  lice. 

Roof  Windows  can  often  direct  the  sun’s 
rays  to  nooks  and  corners  that  cannot  be 
reached  in  any  other  way.  In  what  other  way 
could  one  reach  the  roost,  drop  board  and 
nests  in  this  plan? 

Chicken  houses  built  upon  this  plan  require 
very  little  attention  as  the  droppings  are 
deposited  upon  sloping  boards  easily  access- 
ible from  where  they  can  be  removed  in  a 
few  minutes. 


Qncnl  Dropping  Board  and  Ato/j 


zero'- 

PLAN 


Plan  view  and  Cross  Section  of  extremely  simple  and  handy  arrangement. 


73 


o 


No.  20.  Ventilating  Roof  Windows. 


No.  22.  Non-Ventilating  Roof  Windows. 


NO  WARPING.  CRACKING 
OR  LEAKING. 

There  are  decided  advantages  in  making 
roof  windows  out  of  galvanized  steel.  In  no 
other  way  can  you  make  them  rain  and  snow 
tight  or  make  the  connection  to  the  roof  more 
tightly  or  with  less  expense.  Moreover  they 
will  never  warp  as  wood  frames  will  and  there 
are  no  nails  to  pull  out  or  putty  to  dry  and 
replace,  because  they  are  made  puttyless. 

Windows  that  combine  light  with  ventila- 
tion are  particularly  desirable  because  they 
have  the  advantage  of  carrying  the  foul  air 
out  of  your  building  besides  warming  it  with 
the  rays  of  the  sun.  No  ventilating  window  is 
worth  the  price,  no  matter  how  cheap  it  may 
be,  unless  it  will  keep  out  rain  and  snow  and 
the  Pruden  System  Roof  Windows  are  guar- 
anteed rain,  snow  and  storm  tight.  For  this 
reason  a roof  window  that  swings  up  is  never 
satisfactory. 


Dompe 


Section  through 
Ventilator  at  top  curb 

All  Pruden  System  Roof  Windows  are 
made  with  large  gutters  that  not  only  carry 
away  the  rain  that  might  wash  over  the  glass 
surface,  but  are  the  only  ones  that  will  carry 
away  all  the  condensation  that  accumulates 
on  the  under  side  of  the  glass. 


EASY  TO  INSTALL 

Pruden  System  Roof  Windows  require  no 
putty  to  make  them  water  tight.  After  nail- 
ing them  in  place  all  you  need  to  do  is  to 
slide  the  glass  into  the  frame  from  the  bot- 
tom and  turn  up  the  copper  clips  and  the 
window  is  installed.  Glass  is  never  furnished 
because  of  the  chances  of  breakage.  The  glass 
tracks  are  perfectly  formed  and  there  are  no 
loose  places  here  with  binding  ones  there. 

When  broken  lights  are  to  be  replaced  all 
you  have  to  do  is  to  unfasten  the  center  cap, 
turn  down  the  copper  clips  and  insert  the 
glass.  All  other  roof  lights  on  the  market 
today  have  separate  side  caps,  which  must 
also  be  unfastened  and  often  removed  to  re- 
nlace  the  broken  glass,  but  in  Pruden  System 
Roof  Windows  the  side  caps  are  a part  of  the 
side  bars,  which  is  an  important  improve- 
ment over  all  other  makes. 

Every  roof  window  is  covered  with  heavy 
galvanized  screen  as  a protection  against  hail. 
This  is  drawn  tightly  over  the  top  surface 
and  held  in  place  at  the  sides  with  wire  stays. 
You  never  need  to  remove  the  screen  to  re- 
place glass  as  in  others. 

A good  combination  to  use  is  an  equal  num- 
ber of  each  kind,  placing  them  alternately, 
first  one,  then  another.  Many,  however,  pre- 
fer to  use  one  kind  only,  and  when  non-venti- 
lating roof  windows  are  used  entirely  a ven- 
tilator or  two  must  be  used  to  provide  for 
the  escape  of  foul  air. 

Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

No.  20  Ventilating  Roof  Windows,  24x32  in $3.25 

No.  22  Non-Ventilating  Roof  “ 24x32  in 2.50 

Made  for  2 Lights  10x28  in.  (not  included). 

Each  Roof  Light  has  a 4-inch  flange  all  around, 
making  outside  dimension  28x36  inches. 


74 


1MT  PAUL  COEEOGATMG 


School,  Factory  and  Shop  Ventilation  and  Its  Value 

Oxygen  is  the  life  sustaining  element  in  air.  Without  oxygen  the 
world  would  be  a total  waste,  devoid  of  human,  animal  and  plant  life  in  a 
short  time.  Life  would  be  smothered  and  plants  would  wither.  As  shown 
elsewhere,  in  a given  volume  of  out  door  air  of  average  purity  the  percent- 
age of  oxygen  is  20.50  but  after  one  respiration  the  percentage  of  oxygen 
is  reduced  to  15.74  with  a corresponding  increase  in  poisons  of  the  re- 
spired air. 

What  apparently  was  the  first  attempt  to  ventilate  an  enclosed  room 
was  made  in  1723  by  Dr.  J.  F.  Desaguliers.  Since  then  much  progress  has 
been  made.  It  has  been  stated  on  good  authority  that  the  death  rate  has 
been  reduced  from  50%  to  5%  by  properly  ventilating  children’s  hospitals; 
from  44%  to  13%  in  surgical  wards  of  general  hospitals  and  from  23%  to 
6%,  in  Army  hospitals. 

Dr.  John  S.  Billings  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  a surgeon  of  the  United 
States  Army  figures  that  30  cu.  ft.  per  minute,  or  1800  cu.  ft.  per  hour  per 
person  is  the  minimum  supply  of  fresh  air  for  ventilation. 

It  must  be  apparent  from  this  that  air  which  has  once  been  vitiated  by 
inhalation  and  exhalation  should  be  removed  from  the  room  so  fresh  air 
can  take  its  place.  Doors  and  windows  should  be  of  sufficient  number  to 
furnish  this  in  homes  but  in  large  buildings  intake  pipes  have  to  be  in- 
stalled. 

Ventilation  has  a tremendous  meaning  in  building  churches,  schools, 
theatres,  auditoriums  and  other  places  where  hundreds  of  people  fre- 
quently congregate.  Many  people  who  come  to  such  places  are  diseased 
and  unless  frequent  air  changes  are  made  the  germs  are  carried  to  others. 
It  is  reasonable  to  believe  that  most  of  the  alarming  spread  of  tuberculosis 
is  due  to  poorly  ventilated  public  buildings. 

Then  you  have  the  industrial  buildings  as  another  class.  Without 
ventilation  life  cannot  long  exist  in  a steel  mill  because  of  the  intense 
heat  in  which  men  have  to  labor. 

Chemical  works,  coal  mines,  garages,  packing  plants,  etc.,  with  the 
noxious  fumes,  gases  and  other  odors  would  cause  more  sickness  and 
misery  in  a few  years  time  without  ventilation  than  a thirty  year  war. 

Any  employer  who  has  the  interest  of  his  workers  at  heart  will  not 
ask  them  to  work  in  a place  that  is  not  healthful.  Ventilation  is  not  expen- 
sive in  the  first  place  and  the  cost  will  soon  be  paid  by  the  increased 
endurance,  better  health  and  more  snap  and  action  of  his  workers.  In- 
creased production  is  a sure  result  of  ventilation  in  any  industrial  plant. 

PRUDEN  SYSTEM  VENTILATORS  are  designed  to  give  free  move- 
ment to  escaping  foul  air.  No  sharp  angles  anywhere  to  retard  the  egress 
of  polluted  air. 

Wind  passing  over  the  hood  will  add  a distinct  pull  that  will  accel- 
erate the  upward  movement  of  vitiated  air  in  the  stack.  No  possibility  of 
backdrafts,  no  matter  how  the  wind  may  blow  and  from  what  direction. 

Bases  are  square  at  the  bottom  and  can  be  cut  to  fit  any  kind  of  a roof. 


75 


STYLE  “G”  VENTILATORS 


Illustrating  the  Construction  of 
Style  “G”  Ventilators 


Every  part  of  our  Ven- 
tilators is  built  with  two 
objects  in  view;  1st  the 
rapid  and  unimpeded  flow 
of  air,  and  2nd.,  long  and 
satisfactory  service.  No 
consideration  was  given 
to  the  cost  of  arriving  at 
these  objectives  when  de- 
veloping them  and  yet 
you  can  often  buy  our 
ventilators  at  a consider- 
able saving  over  others. 


Every  part  is  made  to  facilitate  the  movement  of  air  and  not  retard  it. 
This  is  especially  true  of  the  rounded  top  which  has  displaced  the  old 
fashioned  and  inferior  cone  top  in  all  good  ventilators. 


All  parts  are  hot  galvanized  to  pre- 
vent rust.  Often  the  air  leaving  a 
building  through  the  ventilator  is  moist, 
as  in  laundries  or  canning  establish- 
ments, or  otherwise  filled  with  acid 
fumes  that  destroy  steel.  To  add  life  to 
our  ventilators  all  parts  are  therefore 
hot  galvanized. 

Besides,  they  are  rain  and  snow  proof. 


Style  “G”  Ventilator  with  standard 
base  showing  method  of 
nailing  to  roof. 


76 


o 


STYLE  “G”  VENTILATORS— Continued 


Style  “G”  Ventilator  Cap  (without  base) 
Can  be  fitted  to  any  style  of  base. 


Prices 


Dia.  of 

Prices 

Bases  and 

Cap.  at 

Area 

Exhaust 

Caps  only 

Dampers 

Neck 

Square 

per  hour 

Gauge  of 

F.  O.  B. 

F.  O.  B. 

Number 

Inches 

Inches 

cubic  feet 

Material 

St.  Paul 

St.  Paul 

G 6 

6 

28 

4.120 

26 

$5.60 

$4.25 

G 8 

8 

51 

7.326 

26 

6.90 

4.80 

G 10 

10 

79 

11.460 

26 

9.00 

5.50 

G 12 

12 

114 

16.500 

24 

10.40 

7.25 

G 14 

14 

154 

22.440 

24 

12.85 

8.40 

G 16 

16 

201 

29.340 

24 

17.85 

10.70 

G 18 

18 

256 

37.080 

24 

21.75 

13.00 

G 20 

20 

315 

45.850 

24 

27.45 

16.50 

G 24 

24 

453 

65.940 

24 

31.70 

19.00 

G 26 

26 

531 

77.400 

22 

37.65 

22.60 

G 28 

28 

616 

89.760 

22 

44.85 

29.15 

G 30 

30 

707 

103.080 

22 

51.75 

33.65 

G 36 

36 

1018 

148.440 

22 

68.35 

43.45 

G 40 

40 

1256 

183.260 

22 

85.60 

55.65 

G 42 

42 

1385 

202.050 

20 

110.25 

71.65 

G 48 

48 

1810 

263.880 

20 

148.50 

96.50 

G 54 

54 

2290 

334.000 

18 

210.00 

136.50 

G 60 

60 

2828 

412.680 

18 

296.25 

192.50 

G 72 

72 

4072 

593.760 

16 

523.50 

340.25 

Exhaust  figures  given  are  based  upon  the  following  factors: 

Continuous  tests  of  one  each  10  inch,  24  inch,  36  inch  Ventilators  over  period  of  one 
year. 

Average  Temperature  for  the  period  of  44  degrees  Fahrenheit. 


Height  of  structure  upon  which  tests  were  made  40  feet. 

Average  wind  velocity  during  period  10  miles  per  hour. 

Average  air  movement  through  ventilators,  350  lineal  feet  per  minute. 


77 


o 


Modern  St.  Paul  Manufacturing  Plant  showing  a large  number  of  our  skylights  in  use. 


TOO  MUCH  EMPHASIS  CAN  NEVER  BE  GIVEN  TO  PROPER  LIGHTING 

Artificial  light  is  only  a substitute  for  day  light  and  the  best  of  it  is  not  free  from 
objectionable  features.  Glare  causes  eye  strain,  headaches  and  eventually  weakens  the 
eyes.  Glare  and  shadows  are  the  cause  of  many  accidents  that  could  be  avoided  by  proper 
lighting. 

Daylight,  filtered  through  Stippled,  Mottled  or  Ribbed  Glass  is  free  from  glare  and 
shadows  and  is  the  only  safe  light  to  work  by.  It  is  also  the  most  economical. 

Good  light,  makes  surroundings  cheerful  and  adds  vim  and  “pep”  to  the  workers.  In- 
creased production  is  the  employers  return  on  the  investment  and  that  means  increased 
profit. 

Sunshine  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  gifts  of  nature  and  no  building  is  complete  without 
sufficient  windows  to  fairly  flood  it  with  sunlight  during  the  day.  Sunlight  is  the  most 
effective  disinfectant  we  have.  Disease  germs  cannot  grow  in  sunlight,  but  they  do  lurk  in 
dark  and  damp  buildings,  constantly  menacin  j the  health  of  everything  in  them. 

A skylight  over  a machine 
in  a shop,  or  the  repair  room 
in  a garage  or  the  bench  or 
table  of  a mechanic  should  al- 
ways be  glazed  with  ribbed, 
stippled  or  mottled  glass. 

These  configurations  on  the 
surface  of  the  glass  break  the 
direct  rays  of  the  sun  admit- 
ting a soft,  bright  light,  free 
from  blinding  glare  which 
makes  comfort  impossible  and 
impairs  the  efficiency  of  work- 
ers to  so  considerable  an  ex- 
tent. 

View  shows  an  up-to-date  factory.  Note  the  attention  given 
to  good  lighting. 


78 


HIPPED  SKYLIGHT  WITH  VENTILATOR 


No.  22A  Skylight,  Standard  Construction,  % Pitch 


. 

Can  be  made  puttyless  by  changing  pitch  to  54  and  using  felt  strip  for  glazing. 


List  Prices,  F.  O. 

B.  St.  Paul 

List  Prices,  F. 

O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Price  with 

Price  with 

Price  with 

Price  with 

Size  of  3 

-16  in.  Com. 

in.  Wire 

Size  of 

3-16  in.  Com. 

54  in.  Wire 

Size 

Ventilator 

Glass 

Glass 

Size 

Ventilator 

Glass 

Glass 

3x3  ft. 

One 

7 in. 

$31.70 

$33.80 

5x9  ft. 

One  10  in. 

$73.00 

$81.00 

3x4  ft. 

One 

7 in. 

34.40 

37.20 

5x10  ft. 

One  12  in. 

77.00 

85.60 

3x5  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

39.00 

42.40 

6x6  ft. 

One  10  in. 

66.40 

73.40 

3x6  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

43.60 

47.40 

6x7  ft. 

One  10  in. 

73.80 

82.00 

4x4  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

40.90 

44.40 

6x8  ft. 

One  12  in. 

82.80 

92.00 

4x5  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

47.00 

52.00 

6x9  ft. 

One  12  in. 

87.00 

99.00 

4x6  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

50.40 

57.00 

6x10  ft. 

One  12  in. 

94.80 

106.00 

4x7  ft. 

One 

10  in. 

56.00 

61.60 

6x11  ft. 

One  12  in. 

99.20 

111.20 

4x8  ft. 

One 

10  in. 

59.10 

64.70 

6x12  ft. 

Two  10  in. 

114.00 

126.50 

5x5  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

51.00 

55.70 

6x14  ft. 

Two  10  in. 

139.00 

153.70 

5x6  ft. 

One 

8 in. 

56.40 

62.30 

8x10  ft. 

Two  12  in. 

122.50 

136.60 

5x7  ft. 

One 

10  in. 

63.20 

69.70 

8x12  ft. 

One  14  in. 

146.00 

162.80 

5x8  ft. 

One 

10  in. 

66.30 

73.30 

8x14  ft. 

One  14  in. 

166.30 

186.00  1 

l 

This 

skylight  combines 

two  important 

features 

It  will 

admit  an  abundance  of  light, 

more  than) 

most  skylights  will  and  besides,  will  carry  away  foul  odors  that  may  emit  from  the  work  below,  to  a con-j 
siderable  extent. 

This  type  is  adapted  for  fur  shops,  to  carry  away  the  odors  and  throw  the  greatest  amount  of  lightl 
upon  the  workers.  Garages  where  foul  gases  permeate  the  atmosphere  caused  by  the  exhaust  of  engines; 
over  pool  halls  or  lodge  halls  to  carry  away  the  smoke;  in  foundries,  factories,  and  so  on,  ad  infinitum. | 
In  short  there  is  no  better  skylight  for  most  purposes. 


To  avoid  any  possibility  of  mistakes  in  ordering  always  specify: 
1st.  the  number  or  style  of  skylight 
2nd.  the  size  or  curb  measure 
3rd.  the  kind  of  glass 

4th  whether  putty  or  puttyless  construction  is  desired. 


To  determine  weight  of  a hipped  skylight,  add  % of  curb  size  to  curb  measurements  to  secure  glassi 
area;  then  multiply  glass  area  by  2 to  secure  weight  of  frame  and  by  4 to  secure  weight  of  glass.  Weights] 
include  crates  and  boxes. 

Example : — 

Size  4x6  ft. — 24  sq.  ft.  curb  measure. 

54  of  24  8 and  8 added  to 

24  32  sq.  ft.  glass  area. 

32x2  64  or  weight  of  frame 

32x4  128  or  weight  of  glass. 

To  above  weights  add  20  lbs.  for  each  ventilator. 

SHAKE  BOX  CONTAINING  GLASS  SHIPMENTS  BEFORE  ACCEPTING  FROM  CARRIER. 


79 


o 


HIPPED  SKYLIGHT  W ITHOUT  VENTILATOR 


No.  22C  Skylight,  Standard  Construction,  54  Pitch. 


Can  be  made  puttyless  by  changing  pitch  to  54  and  using  felt  strip  for  glazing. 


1 


List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Price  with 

Price  with 

3-16  in.  Common 

54  in.  Wire 

Size 

Glass 

Glass 

3x3  ft 

$24.40 

$26.80 

3x4  ft 

26.60 

29.60 

3x5  ft 

30.70 

34.30 

3x6  ft 

34.60 

38.60 

4x4  ft 

30.90 

34.20 

4x5  ft 

36.30 

40.70 

4x6  ft 

40.40 

45.30 

4x7  ft 

44.70 

50.10 

4x8  ft 

48.20 

54.00 

5x5  ft 

43.60 

48.30 

5x6  ft 

48.30 

54.30 

5x7  ft 

52.10 

58.80 

5x8  ft 

56.80 

64.00 

List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Price  with 

Price  with 

3-16  in.  Common 

54  in.  Wire 

Size 

Glass 

Glass 

5x  9 ft 

$61.20 

$69.40 

5x10  ft 

66.40 

75.20 

6x  6 ft 

58.30 

66.20 

6x  7 ft 

62.90 

71.40 

6x  8 ft 

68.40 

78.00 

6x  9 ft 

73.50 

83.60 

6x10  ft 

80.00 

91.80 

6x11  ft 

84.40 

96.70 

6x12  ft 

90.70 

103.70 

6x14  ft 

105.00 

119.70 

8x10  ft 

101.00 

115.10 

8x12  ft 

119.00 

135.80 

8x14  ft 

140.00 

159.70 

Of  necessity,  the  ventilator  that  can  be  placed  upon  a skylight  cannot  be  large.  Therefore,  it  quite 
frequently  happens  that  ventilation  is  considered  separately  and  that  ventilators  are  installed  whose  sole 
function  it  is  to  carry  away  the  polluted  air  often  so  harmful  in  its  effects. 

In  such  cases  this  skylight  will  take  care  of  the  light  and  the  two  will  make  a perfect  combination. 


The  kind  of  glass  used  in  the  average  skylight  is  a matter  of  some  importance  in  all  cases  and  of 
considerable  importance  in  some. 

In  localities  that  are  frequently  visited  by  heavy  hail  or  when  the  skylight  is  to  be  used  in  a low 
place  so  that  objects  might  be  dropped  upon  it  accidentally  from  higher  altitudes  only  54  inch  ribbed 
wire  glass  should  be  used,  for,  even  though  the  glass  may  break,  the  wire  strands  will  hold  the  light  to- 
gether, thus  preventing  injury  to  objects  underneath.  In  many  cases  such  broken  lights  will  shed  water 
as  if  no  damage  had  occurred.  , 


To  determine  weight  of  a hipped  skylight,  add  54  of  curb  size  to  curb  measurements  to  secure  glass 
area;  then  multiply  glass  area  by  2 to  secure  weight  of  frame  and  by  4 to  secure  weight  of  glass.  Weights 
include  crates  and  boxes. 

Example : — 

Size  4x6  ft.1  24  sq.  ft.  curb  measure. 

54  of  24  8 and  8 added  to 
24=32  sq.  ft.  glass  area 
32X21  64  or  weight  of  frame 
32x4=128  or  weight  of  glass. 

SHAKE  BOX  CONTAINING  GLASS  SHIPMENTS  BEFORE  ACCEPTING  FROM  CARRIER. 


80 


o 


AlfitT 


C©MRU©AT1MG  ©O 


GABLE  SKYLIGHT  WITH  END  DOORS 


No.  24B  Skylight,  Standard  Construction,  % Pitch. 


Can  be  made  puttyless  by  changing  pitch  to  yz  and  using  felt  strip  for  glazing. 


List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Price  with  Price  with 


List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Price  with  Price  with 


Size  of 

3-16  in. 

in.  Wire 

Size  of 

3-16  in. 

in.  Wire 

Size 

Vent  Door 

Com.  Glass 

Glass 

Size 

Vent  Door  Com.  Glass 

Glass 

3x3  ft. 

7 % 

x 6 in. 

$25.70 

$30.00 

5x  9 ft. 

14x11  in. 

$67.40 

$82.50 

3x4  ft. 

IVi 

x 6 in. 

30.20 

35.60 

5x10  ft. 

14x11  in. 

72.80 

89.40 

3x5  ft. 

7 y2 

x 6 in. 

33.20 

39.40 

6x  6 ft. 

17x13  in. 

61.00 

78.80 

3x6  ft. 

iVz 

x 6 in. 

37.30 

44.50 

6x  7 ft. 

17x13  in. 

65.70 

80.60 

4x4  ft. 

12 

x 8 in. 

35.30 

38.90 

6x  8 ft. 

17x13  in. 

72.90 

89.30 

4x5  ft. 

12 

x 8 in. 

39.10 

45.90 

6x  9 ft. 

17x13  in. 

79.50 

97.80 

4x6  ft. 

12 

x 8 in. 

45.10 

54.40 

6x10  ft. 

17x13  in. 

85.20 

105.00 

4x7  ft. 

12 

x 8 in. 

48.90 

59.40 

6x11  ft. 

17x13  in. 

91.90 

113.80 

4x8  ft. 

12 

x 8 in. 

53.50 

64.90 

6x12  ft. 

17x13  in. 

96.60 

120.00 

5x5  ft. 

14 

xll in. 

45.00 

54.10 

6x14  ft. 

17x13  in. 

99.70 

114.80 

5x6  ft. 

14 

xl  1 in. 

48.40 

58.80 

8x10  ft. 

20x16  in. 

94.30 

108.70 

5x7  ft. 

14 

xll in. 

56.80 

69.00 

8x12  ft. 

20x16  in. 

115.20 

132.40 

5x8  ft. 

14 

xll  in. 

62.30 

75.90 

8x14  ft. 

20x16  in. 

124.30 

144.60 

In 

effect,  the 

double 

pitch  skylight 

with  end  door  ventilators. 

ventilates  and 

admits  light 

in  about 

the  same  degree  as  the  H 

ip  Skylight  with 

ridge  ventilator.  There 

is  a slight  diminution  in  the  sunlight 

admitted  by  this  skylight 

as  compared  with  Hipped, 

due  to  the  closed  ends,  which 

reduce  the 

surface  of 

penetration  about  15%. 


Of  course,  a ridge  ventilator  will  always  function  while  this  cannot  be  said  of  gable  end  vent 
doors.  No  matter  from  what  direction  the  wind  may  blow  a Ridge  Ventilator,  standing  in  the  open  and 
free,  will  “pull.”  This  cannot  be  said  of  gable  end  Vent  doors. 

Where  it  is  aimed  to  light  and  ventilate  two  rooms  with  one  skylight,  as  two  adjoining  toilets,  this 
is  easily  done  with  Double  Pitch  Skylight,  the  common  practice  being  to  extend  the  partition  wall  to  the 
glass  surface. 


To  determine  weight  of  a gable  skylight  add  1-5  of  curb  size  to  curb  measurements  to  secure  glass 
area;  then  multiply  glass  area  by  2 to  secure  weight  of  frame  and  by  4 to  secure  weight  of  glass. 
Weights  found  include  crates  and  boxes. 

Example : — 

Size  4x6  ft.=  24  ft.  curb  measure 

1-5  of  24  5 and  5 added  to  24=29  sq.  ft.  glass  area 

29x2  = weight  of  frame 

29x4=weight  of  glass. 

SHAKE  BOX  CONTAINING  GLASS  SHIPMENTS  BEFORE  ACCEPTING  FROM  CARRIER.  , 


81 


o 


AS1MT 


PAUL 


SINGLE  PITCH  SKYLIGHT 

For  Third  Pitch  Curbs. 


No.  26C  Skylight,  Standard  Construction,  Any  Pitch. 


Can  be  made  puttyless  but  box  or  curb  must  have  a Yi  pitch. 


List 

Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St. 

Paul 

Price  with 

Price  with 

Price  with 

Price  with 

3-16  in.  Common 

*4  in.  Wire 

3-16  in.  Common 

Yu  in.  Wire 

Size 

Glass 

Glass 

Size 

Glass 

Glass 

3x3  ft. 

$18.00 

$19.00 

5x  9 ft 

$45.00 

$52.60 

3x4  ft. 

20.50 

22.00 

5x10  ft 

48.00 

57.80 

3x5  ft. 

22.80 

25.30 

6x  6 ft 

39.00 

51.80 

3x6  ft. 

26.30 

29.00 

6x  7 ft 

44.50 

57.00 

4x4  ft. 

22.10 

25.00 

6x  8 ft 

49.80 

62.70 

4x5  ft. 

27.00 

29.50 

6x  9 ft 

54.30 

68.90 

4x6  ft. 

30.40 

34.00 

6x10  ft 

58.40 

75.80 

4x7  ft. 

33.80 

38.30 

6x11  ft 

64.00 

82.70 

4x8  ft. 

36.50 

44.00 

6x12  ft 

68.50 

89.30 

5x5  ft. 

31.50 

34.50 

6x14  ft 

79.80 

92.40 

5x6  ft. 

34.50 

38.80 

8x10  ft 

76.00 

88.00 

5x7  ft. 

38.20 

43.50 

8x12  ft 

91.20 

105.60 

5x8  ft. 

41.00 

47.80 

8x14  ft 

106.40 

123.20 

If 

the  above  skylight  is  desired 

for  steep  roof 

specify  Style  26A. 

This  skylight  is 

constructed  so 

that  it 

will  fit 

a curb  built  perpendicularly  with  roof  line. 

The  single 

pitch  or  flat  skylight 

is  always  usee 

on  so-called  “flat 

roofs”  (to  distinguish 

them  from 

Gable 

Roofs.) 

They  should  always  be  set  near  the 

center  and  facing 

the  south  so  sunlight 

will  pene- 

trate  for  the  longest  period  each  day. 

Do  not  set  these  skylights,  or  in  fact  any  others,  near  high  walls.  Drifting  snow  will  lodge  and  in 
time  cover  them  completely  which  may  cause  leaks  even  though  properly  set,  flashed  and  glazed. 

In  ordering  single  pitch  skylights  always  send  in  a sketch  showing  exact  pitch  of  roof  and  illustrat- 
ing clearly  the  length  of  the  main  bars.  If  this  is  not  done  we  shall  assume  without  any  responsibility 
that  the  first  measurement  given  represents  the  length  of  main  bars  and  the  last  measurement  indicates 
the  length  of  the  upper  and  lower  curbs.  To  prevent  errors  it  is  best  to  send  a sketch  with  your  order  or 
inquiry. 

To  determine  weight  of  a flat  skylight  multiply  length  by  width  to  secure  area;  then  multiply  area 
by  2 to  secure  weight  of  frame  and  by  4 to  secure  weight  of  glass.  Weights  include  crates  and  boxes. 


Example : — 

4x6  ft.-  24  sq.  ft.  curb  measure. 
24x2=weight  of  frame. 

24x4  weight  of  glass. 


SHAKE  BOX  CONTAINING  GLASS  SHIPMENTS  BEFORE  ACCEPTING  FROM  CARRIER. 


82 


SPECIAL  SKYLIGHTS 


No.  22E  Skylight,  Standard  Construction,  % Pitch. 

Can  be  made  puttyless  by  changing  pitch  to  *4  and  using  felt  strip  for  glazing. 


Has  Ridge  Ventilator  and  Movable 
Made  in  the  sizes  givei 

List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Price  with  Price  with 

3-16  in.  Common  14  in.  Wire 


Size  Glass  Glass 

5x  8 ft $217.30  $230.00 

5x10  ft 273.50  288.50 

6x  8 ft 254.30  268.70 

6x10  ft 289.60  307.60 


Side  Sashes,  with  Locking  Apparatus, 
i.  Special  sizes  to  order. 

List  Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Price  with  Price  with 

3-16  in.  Common  l/n  in.  Wire 


Size  Glass  Glass 

6x12  ft $338.70  $357.60 

8x10  ft 385.30  407.00 

8x12  ft 447.80  473.00 

8x14  ft 502.60  532.00 


This  is  only  one  of  a wide  variety  of  special  Skylights  which  we  have  made  in  the  past  and  are 
prepared  to  make  in  the  future.  Special  conditions  sometimes  require  that  special  constructions  be  em- 
ployed to  meet  unusual  demands. 

Factory  buildings  often  need  the  “saw-tooth”  type  of  skylights  to  light  the  interior  properly.  We 
have  made  large  numbers  of  them  and  are  prepared  to  quote  you  low  prices  on  this  type. 

Skylights  of  unusual  size  or  span  should  be  made  of  heavier  material  and  in  extreme  cases  the  bars 
should  be  reinforced  with  steel  cores.  When  the  plans  you  have  call  for  such  skylights  let  us  quote 
net  prices  on  the  type  wanted. 


Don’t  forget  to  say  whether  Common  or  Wire  Glass  is  wanted.  This  is  very 
important. 

Wood  curbing  and  flashing  are  not  included  at  prices  quoted.  Curbs  should  be 
built  of  planks  and  made  *4  inch  smaller  each  way  than  size  of  Skylight  specified. 
This  will  allow  for  an  easy  fit  and  for  flashing. 

Prices  on  intermediate  or  special  sizes  will  be  quoted  on  application. 


To  determine  weight  of  a Turreted  Skylight,  add  V3  of  curb  size  to  curb  measurements  to  secure 
glass  area;  then  multiply  glass  area  by  4 to  secure  weight  of  frame  and  by  5 to  secure  weight  of  glass. 
Weights  found  include  crates  and  boxes. 


Example : — 

5x8  ft.  40  sq.  ft.  curb  measure 

V&  of  40  13  1-3  and  13  1-3  added  to  40  53  1-3  sq.  ft.  glass  area. 

53*6x4  weight  of  frame 
53Mix5  weight  of  glass. 


SHAKE  BOX  CONTAINING  GLASS  SHIPMENTS  BEFORE  ACCEPTING  FROM  CARRIER. 


o 


I 


I 


Style  23A,  Photographers’  Skylight 
with  Broken  Pitch 


Style  23B,  Photographers’  Skylight 
with  Single  Pitch 


The  varying  demands  of  the  photographer’s  business  makes  it  inadvisable  to  quote  on  so-called 
I stock  sizes.  Prices  will  be  gladly  quoted  upon  application. 

When  inquiring  for  prices,  send  a sketch  of  the  opening  in  which  skylight  must  fit  and  clearly  state 
the  angle  of  the  break  and  pitch.  Also  state  what  kind  of  glass  is  desired,  whether  %-in.  Ribbed  Wire, 
3-16-in.  Common  Ribbed  or  Double  Strength  ground. 


HEAVY  COPPER 
CLEAT 


CONDENSATION 
GUTTER 

SECTION  or 

PUTTY  5KYLIGHT  BAP 


This  is  a cross  section  of  the  main  bar  in  our  skylights,  some- 
what reduced.  With  slight  changes  the  other  bars  are  about  the 
same.  The  height  of  our  main  bar  is  3 inches  and  the  width  of 
shoulders  is  in  proportion. 

How  to  place  the  glass  is  quite  clearly  shown.  First  the 
shoulders  are  covered  with  a heavy  bed  of  putty;  then  the  light  of 
glass  is  placed  in  position  and  pressed  down  slowly  to  make  it  lay 
evenly;  then  the  cap  is  pressed  down  as  tightly  as  possible  after 
which  the  surplus  putty  is  removed. 

HEAVY  COPPER 
CLEAT 


^/-r-/-rAX 

A5BE5T05 


Here  we  show  a main  bar  detail  of  our  puttyless  skylight. 
Instead  of  putty,  used  in  glazing  the  others  (putty  not  supplied  by 
us)  we  furnish  with  these  skylights  a ]/g  inch  sheet  asbestos  packing 
which  is  used  as  indicated.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the  caps  are 
pressed  down  as  tightly  as  is  possible  without  breaking  the  glass 
before  the  copper  clips  which  hold  the  caps  down  are  turned  over. 


5 OLDER  x\  / CONDENSATION 
GUTTER 

SECTION  OF 

PUTTYLE5S  SKYLIGHT  BAR 


Don’t  forget  to  say  whether  Common  or  Wire  Glass  is  wanted.  This  is  very 
important. 

Wood  curbing  and  flashing  are  not  included  at  prices  quoted.  Curbs  should  be 
built  of  planks  and  made  *4  inch  smaller  each  way  than  size  of  Skylight  specified. 
This  will  allow  for  an  easy  fit  and  for  flashing. 

In  all  cases  the  first  measurement  given  indicates  the  width  of  the  gable  ends. 

Skylight  glass  should  always  be  laid  with  rough  surface  up  and  smooth  surface 
down. 


84 


'AHSHT  PAUL  COP  RU©  ATS  HO  CO, 


14-inch  Wire  Solite  Glass  J4-inch  Ribbed  Wire  Glass 

Very  strong  and  fire-resisting.  The  big  advantage  of  using  Ribbed  Wire  Glass  is  that  a cracked  or 
broken  light  will  not  fall  out.  The  wires  imbedded  in  the  glass  during  manufacture  will  hold  the  pieces! 
together  until  it  is  convenient  to  replace  with  a perfect  piece. 


GLASS  MUST  BE  SET  PROPERLY 

Both  the  Solite,  or  mottled  glass,  and  the  ribbed  glass  have  a smooth  side  and  this  must  be  laid  to 
the  weather.  Outside  surface  would  catch  and  hold  dust  and  dirt  were  the  ribbed  or  mottled  sides  set 
to  the  weather,  making  frequent  washing  necessary  and  difficult.  Configurations,  like  mottles  and  ribs, 
on  underside  break  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  and  minimize  shadows  below.  With  such  glass  one  gets  all 
of  the  daylight  minus  the  glare  and  the  resulting  heavy  shadows  experienced  from  the  direct  rays  of  the 
sun  when  using  plain  glass. 


WIRED  GLASS  ADDS  PROTECTION 

Glass  with  a fine  wire  netting  imbedded  in  the  center  has  advantages  which  are  always  worth  consid 
ering.  It  is  heavier  (measuring  *4-inch  in  thickness)  and  the  wire  strands  imbedded  in  the  center  wil 
keep  pieces  from  falling  out  after  a light  is  broken.  In  fact,  a light  with  an  ordinary  crack  will  still  be 
water-tight  and  may  remain  water-tight  for  years.  Because  of  its  thickness  and  wire  netting  protection 
it  is  the  most  economical  and  satisfactory  to  specify  even  at  the  higher  price. 

As  a protection  against  hail  and  fire  it  has  no  equal. 

Unless  otherwise  specified  we  will  ship  14-inch  wire  solite  (mottled)  glass.  If  common  glass  is 
ordered  we  will  ship  3-16-inch  common  solite  (mottled)  glass.  Ribbed  glass  either  in  14-inch  wire  01 
3-16-inch  common,  will  be  shipped  only  when  ordered. 

Prices  on  solite  (mottled)  and  ribbed  glass  are  the  same. 


3-16-inch  Common  Solite  Glass 


3-16-inch 


C 


ommon  Ribbed  Glass 


Ct 


Suitable  for  skylights  where  there  is  little  danger  of  breakage  after  it  is  set  and  where  fire  restric 
tions  do  not  call  for  Ribbed  Wire  Glass. 


85 


o 


LOOKING  DOWN  FIFTH  STREET,  ST.  PAUL 
Our  Materials  Were  Used  on  Every  Building  in  Sight. 


The  list  of  buildings  below  on  which  our  materials  were  used,  in  most  cases  exclusively, 
demonstrates  that  we  can  handle  Architectural  Sheet  Metal  Work  of  the  most  elaborate  and 
difficult  designs. 


Minnesota  State  Capitol,  St.  Paul. 
Pioneer  Building,  16  stories,  St.  Paul. 
Commerce  Building,  12  stories,  St.  Paul. 
Lowry  Building,  14  stories,  St.  Paul. 


Leamington  Hotel,  10  stories,  Minneapolis. 
Leonard  Hotel,  10  stories,  Duluth. 

New  University  Buildings,  Madison,  Wis. 

And  Many  Large  Schools,  Churches,  Theaters,  etc. 


86 


o 


General  Information  About  Cornices 


The  Cornice  of  a building  is  an  important  part  although  it  is  not 
absolutely  necessary  and  perhaps  only  an  ornament.  A properly 
proportioned  cornice  adds  dignity  to  the  building  which  cannot  be 
attained  in  any  other  way.  The  cornice  finishes  the  top  of  the  building  in 
way  that  is  pleasing  to  the  eye  and  gives  it  a balance  that  would  not  be 
possible  without  one. 

The  best  buildings  in  the  country  have  Cornices  and  most  of  them  are 
made  of  Sheet  Metal. 


Because  of  their  light  weight  they  are  easy  to  erect.  This  is  not  the  case  with 
terra  cotta  cornices  which  require  strong  anchoring  to  keep  them  in  place.  More- 
over. in  comparison  with  other  Cornices,  they  are  inexpensive  and  just  as  durable 
as  any. 

A common  method  of  fastening  Cornices  to  wood  look-outs  is  shown  in  Fig.  4. 
Cornices  are  made  in  10-foot  sections  whenever  possible  and  each  section  should 
have  two  look-outs,  one  for  the  center  and  the  other  for  the  ends.  As  the  detail 
shows,  the  extreme  upper  projection  should  be  set  high  enough  so  that  water  falling 
upon  the  cornice  roof  will  wash  back  upon  the  roof  of  the  building  and  not  fall  upon 
the  walk  below. 


Fig.  4 

Typical  Cross  Section 
Detail 


SINGLE  RETURN 


LOCK 

J. 


ogee; 


PLANGEER  qqip 

/quarter  r ^ 

y ROUND  V 

I HLLfT 


FILLET 


fascia 


MODILLION 

BAND 

Z MODILLION 

C.AP 


y 


MODILLION 


n_ 


MODILIJON 


3 ■¥ 





COVE 


Z_ -MOULD 


\ it-- 

BED  MOULD 

-z*' JL“ 

2 u 

-I  10 

-J  ET 
O O 
O O 
5 L> 

i_ 


QUARTER  ROUND 


STILE 


-ITZ. 

] ^ iij  o 

./DENTIL  MOULO  PS  o 

X 


COVE 


PANEL 


Fig.  1 

The  method  of  making  a return  miter 
that  does  not  project  beyond  the  wall  line 
of  the  side  of  the  building  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1.  This  end  finish  is  necessary  where 
the  side  walls  of  the  building  stand  on  the 
property  line  and  the  Double  Return  (Fig. 
2)  would  bring  the  building  upon  *' — 
neighboring  property. 

DOUBLE  RETURN 


the 


PANEL  MOULD 


WASH 

■ fills. 

A y QUARTER  ROUND 

FASCIA 


.aFIFL 


FASCIA 


'o 

o o 

O _J 
^ ID 
o 

ii 


Fig.  2 

The  Double  Return  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  2 and  makes  a 
pleasing  appearance.  This  method  of  returning  the  Cornice 
to  the  side  of  the  building  is  only  possible  when  the  walls 
do  not  stand  on  the  property  line  and  the  thickness  of  the 
walls  plus  the  overhang  or  projection  of  the  comics  does 
not  carry  the  building  beyond  the  property  line. 

HEAD  BLOCK 


Fig.  5.  Parts  of  a Cornice 


Fig.  5 gives  a detail  of  a large  Cornice  and  indicates  the  Fig.  3 shows  the  Head  Block  Finish  which  is  preferred 
architectural  terms  for  the  various  members  that  make  up  such  by  some.  This,  like  the  Single  Return,  terminates  at  the 
a cornice.  property  line. 


87 


CORNICE  NO.  36 
Height,  36  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot $10.00 

Head  blocks,  each 20.00 

Miters,  each  30.00 


Cornice  Roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  51 
Height,  32  inches. 
Projection,  12  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot $3.50 

Head  blocks,  each 12.00 

Miters,  each  10.50 


Cornice  Roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  28 
Height,  24  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot $2.75 

Head  blocks,  each 13.50 

Miters,  each  8.25 


Cornice  Roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  56 
Height,  12  inches. 
Projection,  6 inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot $1.00 

Head  blocks,  each 6.00 

Miters,  each  3.00 


Cornice  Roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  46 
Height,  36  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Cornice,  per  foot $10.00 

Head  blocks,  each 20.00 

Miters,  each  30.00 

Cornice  Roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  31 
Height,  24  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot $3.00 

Head  blocks,  each 12.00 

Miters,  each  9.00 


Cornice  Roof  not  included. 


ATSMG  CO. 


CORNICES 


CORNICE  NO.  49 
Height,  28  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot  $ 8.00 

Head  blocks,  each  12.00 

Miters,  each  24.00 


Cornice  roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  27 
Height,  18  inches. 
Projection,  10  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot  $2.00 

Head  blocks,  each  6.00 

Miters,  each  6.00 


Cornice  roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  29 
Height,  24  inches. 
Projection,  16  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Cornice,  per  foot  $ 2.50 

Head  blocks,  each  11.00 

Miters,  each  7.50 

Cornice  roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  54 
Height,  26  inches. 
Projection,  12  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Cornice,  per  foot  $ 1.50 

Head  blocks,  each  12.00 

Miters,  each 4.50 

Cornice  roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  COVERS 


CORNICE  NO.  55 
Height,  30  inches. 
Projection,  12  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 

Cornice,  per  foot  $ 3.50 

Head  blocks,  each  12.00 

Miters,  each  10.50 

Cornice  roof  not  included. 


the 


Covers  are  furnished  with  lock  formed  on  front  edge.  Balance  of  sheet  is  flat  to  be  formed  at 
building.  Prices  are  for  No.  26  gauge  galvanized  steel. 

i 

I 


Girth  Prices,  per  foot 

12  inches,  per  lineal  foot  $0.23 

15  inches,  per  lineal  foot  28*4 

18  inches,  per  lineal  foot  33*4 

20  inches,  per  lineal  foot  37^4 


Girth  Prices,  per  foot 

24  inches,  per  lineal  foot  $0.44^4 

28  inches,  per  lineal  foot  51*4 

30  inches,  per  lineal  foot  55 

36  inches,  per  lineal  foot  67J4 


89 


AY  MG  CO. 


CORNICES 


CORNICE  NO.  57 
Height,  24  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot  $2.50 

Head  blocks,  each  9.00 

Miters,  each  7.50 


Cornice  roof  not  included. 


CORNICE  NO.  101. 

Height,  25  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot  $2.50 

Head  blocks,  each  9.00 

Miters,  each  7.50 


Cornice  roof  not  included. 


No.  63.  5x10  inches. 


List,  per  lineal  foot  $0.75 

Miters,  each 2.25 

Ends,  each  3.50 


LINTEL  CORNICES 


No.  88.  4t/2x10  inches. 

List,  per  lineal  foot  $1.25 

Miters,  each  3.75 


No.  62.  4x8  inches. 


List,  per  lineal  foot  $0.65 

Miters,  each  1.95 


No.  87.  4^2*8  inches. 


List,  per  lineal  foot  $0.65 

M iters,  each  1.95 


CORNICE  NO.  102 
Height,  23  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot  $2.25 

Head  blocks,  each  9.00 

Miters,  each  6.75 


Cornice  roof  not  included. 

CORNICE  NO.  103 
Height,  24  inches. 
Projection,  14  inches. 
Prices,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Cornice,  per  foot  $ 2.50 

Head  blocks,  each  11.00 

Miters,  each  7.50 


Cornice  roof  not  included. 


No.  91.  5x9  inches. 

List,  per  lineal  foot  $0.75 

Miters,  each  2.25 


ifUiim-yj  in  mi  m 'jpunwwwflffy 


No.  83.  5x8  inches. 


List,  per  lineal  foot  $2.00 

Miters,  each  6.00 


Cornice  roofs  are  not  included  in  prices. 


90 


lAlffT  PAUL  CORRUOATSMG  CO, 


Designed  for  building  24 

List  price  

For  each  additional  foot  add 


feet  wide. 

$120.00 

5.00 


Designed  for  building  24  feet  wide.  Designed  for  building  22  feet  wide. 
List  price  $170.00  List  price 


For  each  additional  foot  add.. 


5.50  For  each  additional  foot  add 


..$170.00 
5.75 


Front  No.  475. 

Designed  for  building  30  feet  wide. 

List  price  $260.00 

For  each  additional  foot  add  7.25 


Front  No.  788. 

Designed  for  building  22  feet  wide. 

List  price  $280.00 

For  each  additional  foot  add  10.50 


\u 

- ■ ' 1 

.ij 

V Jmi  r ^5m*l  .\*J  —■—d 

JS  - «.f  - -Jl  ■ — ^ *il  ~ - -A  _ 1 

Front  No.  531. 

Designed  for  Building  44  Feet  Wide. 

List  price  of  sheet  metal  work 

For  each  additional  foot  add 


$240.00 

5.50 

Store  fronts  present  an  inexpensive  and  durable  form  of  construction.  With 
a few  minor  repairs  some  of  the  store  fronts  put  up  as  many  as  25  years  ago  are 
still  in  perfect  condition. 


Front  No.  522. 

Designed  for  building  25  feet  wide. 

List  price  $380.00 

For  each  additional  foot  add  7.50 


As  a rule  store  fronts  are  put  up  over 
rough  boarding  with  a layer  of  building 
paper  between  the  boards  and  the  steel. 
Another  form  of  construction  is  steel 
over  lath  and  plaster. 

The  storefronts  illustrated  on  this  page 
are  combinations  of  Cornices,  Pediments, 
Sidings,  Pilasters  and  Castings  shown  on 
various  pages  of  this  catalog. 

If  you  contemplate  building  a store  like 
any  of  the  types  shown  here  we  will 
gladly  furnish  you  with  a scale  drawing 
for  your  use  in  purchasing  your  lumber 
and  millwork.  And  in  case  you  decide 
on  another  style  of  structure  and  wish 
to  cover  the  exterior  with  steel,  send  us 
your  drawing  or  plan  giving  the  size  and 
style  of  finish  you  prefer  with  the  number 
and  sizes  of  openings  so  we  can  submit 
you  our  scale  drawing  with  complete  price. 

Prices  given  include  only  the  steel  cov- 
ering and  not  the  lumber  or  millwork. 

Separate  prices  on  the  necessary  mill- 
work  will  gladly  be  quoted  upon  request. 


91 


ATM©  CO. 


NO.  1401  CANOPY  View  from  the  Side 

View  from  the  Front 


A Modern  Canopy 


A modern  canopy  will  add  distinctiveness  to  your 
building.  No  large  building  is  truly  modern  with- 
out canopies  over  the  entrances. 

The  building  with  a hole  in  the  wall  for  an 
entrance  can  be  vastly  improved  by  adding  a canopy 
over  the  main  entrance.  It  will  give  dignity  that 
will  surprise  you. 

Every  owner  of  property  with  the  civic  pride 
that  has  made  our  great  and  modern  American 
cities  possible  considers  the  appearance  of  his 
buildings  of  vast  importance  because  they  represent 
the  achievements  of  his  lifetime.  Such  buildings 
are  also  sought  by  the  better  class  of  renters  and 
always  command  a higher  rental. 

Sheet  Metal  Canopies  are  built  in  sections  and 
are  easy  to  erect.  Complete  blue  prints  are  sent 
with  every  shipment. 


Canopies  are  generally  built  of  galvanized  steel 
but  copper  is  often  used  also.  After  being  ex- 
posed for  a time,  copper  turns  a rich  green  due  to 
oxidization,  which  adds  immensely  to  the  beauty  of 
the  Canopy. 

Canopies  can  be  made  in  an  endless  variety  of 
designs.  The  above  two  are  simply  suggestive  of 
what  can  be  done  with  Sheet  Metal  in  this  direc- 
tion. A large  number  of  other  designs  are  on  file 
and  we  will  gladly  submit  what  we  believe  is  best 
suited  for  your  building  upon  receiving  a sketch  of 
elevation  where  Canopy  is  desired. 

Prices  are  quoted  on  application. 

When  inquiring  for  prices  send  sketch  or  eleva- 
tion of  wall  where  canopy  is  to  be  located,  giving 
thickness  and  construction  of  wall. 


y2 


iAIMT  PAUL  C©IERU©AT2 

1 


FINIALS  AND  VANES 

Galvanized  Steel  with  Zinc  and 
Wrought  Iron  Ornaments 


When  placing  order  always 
send  sketch  showing  shape  and 
size  of  tower  roof.  See  page  94 
for  complete  instructions. 


No.  92. 

10  feet  high. 
Price  $60.00 


No.  93. 

6 feet  high. 
Price  $45.00 


No.  96. 

12  feet  high. 
Price  $64.00 


No.  26. 

3 feet  high. 
Price  ....$24.00 


No.  27. 

3 feet  high. 
Price  ....$26.00 


LJk 

No.  31. 

3*4  feet  high. 
Price  ....$30.00 


A 

No.  32. 

3*4  feet  high 
Price  ....$20.00 


TOWER 


FINIALS 


No.  53.  Height,  234  feet. 
Price,  each  $16.00 


No.  54.  Height,  3 feet. 

Price,  each  $24.00 

Height,  4 feet,  each..  28.00 


No.  55.  Height  2^4  feet. 
Price,  each  $13.00 


Crating  will  be  charged  at  cost. 

9.1 


I 


o 


CROSSES 

Prices  are  for  Galvanized  Steel  and  Include  a Base  to  Fit  Tower. 


CROSS  NO.  80  CROSS  NO.  82  CROSS  NO.  83 

With  chamfered  shaft  With  square  shaft  and  A plain  design  with 
and  arms.  End  orna-  arms.  Both  faces  are  square  and  flat  shaft 
ments  are  paneled.  paneled.  and  arms. 


No.  80  No.  82  No.  83 

Size  of  Shaft  Height  Plain  Gilded*  Plain  Gilded*  Plain  Gilded* 

4x4  inches 6 feet  $22.00  $54.00  $28.00  $60.00  $20.00  $48.00 

6x6  inches 8 feet  27.00  78.00  34.00  85.00  25.00  67.00 

8x8  inches 10  feet  34.00  100.00  42.00  108.00  32.00  90.00 

8x8  inches 12  feet  39.00  118.00  46.00  124.00  36.00  106.00 


In  ordering  Crosses  it  is  imperative  that  you  send  us  a sketch  showing  shape  and  size  of  tower  roof. 
State  whether  the  tower  is  round,  square,  hexagonal,  chamfered  or  octagonal  in  shape.  Then  show  on 
the  sketch  the  size  of  the  tower  at  base  and  top  and  give  total  height.  In  referring  to  diameter  of  hex- 
agonal or  octagonal  towers  always  give  short  diameter,  that  is,  diameter  between  sides.  In  illustrating 
chamfered  towers  give  measurements  between  wide  faces,  then  show  width  of  both  faces  as  well  as  height. 


*NOTE. — All  gilding  is  done  with  the  best  Quality  XXXX  pure  gold  leaf  which  will  not  blacken  by 
exposure  to  the  weather.  All  gilded  crosses  are  well  wrapped  with  paper  or  cloth  to  protect  them  from 
damage  in  shipping.  Crating  will  be  charged  at  cost. 


SPUN  METAL  BALL  WITH  NECK 


Assembled 

with  Neck 

Gilded  with 

Gold  L( 

Size  of  Ball 

Zinc 

Copper 

Zinc 

Copper 

4 inch 

$2.20 

$2.60 

$6.20 

$6.60 

5 inch 

2.50 

3.00 

7.10 

7.60 

6 inch 

3.00 

3.60 

8.00 

8.60 

7 inch 

3.70 

4.40 

9.70 

10.40 

8 inch 

4.40 

5.20 

10.80 

11.60 

9 inch 

5.00 

6.00 

12.00 

13.00 

10  inch 

6.00 

8.00 

14.00 

16.00 

12  inch 

8.00 

11.50 

18.00 

22.00 

Flag  Pole 

_ . , . ...  , , , . . .Ornament  No.  84 

Boxing  or  packing  will  be  charged  at  cost.  1 

NOTE. — In  ordering  Balls  assembled  with  necks  be  sure  to  state  exact  size  of  pole  at  top  so  neck 
can  be  made  to  fit.  If  Balls  are  to  be  mounted  on  rods  send  sketch  showing  exactly  what  is  wanted. 


We  can  spin  Balls  of  all  sizes  up  to  16  inches  diameter  of  zinc,  copper  or  brass,  and  by  stamoing  in 
sections  can  produce  perfect  balls  of  any  larger  diameter.  Let  us  quote  on  whatever  you  may  need  in  the 
line  of  spun  metal  ornaments. 


94 


■A! BIT  PAUL  CQERUGATMG  CO, 

GALVANIZED  STEEL  NAME  AND  DATE  PANELS 

(Made  in  Any  Style) 


m TEMPLE 


-utvavwvwwwT  %-vvvvi  vwm  rfirv 


MME  OF  I 


Style  "A”  Name  Panel  with  Egg  and  Dart  Moulding. 


Style  *'B”  Name  Panel  with  Plain  Formed  Moulding. 


These  Date  and  Number  Plates 
can  be  made  in  any  size  or  style 
and  with  any  inscription  to  meet 
your  requirements. 


GALVANIZED  BLOCK  LETTERS  AND  FIGURES 

These  letters  can  be  furnished  in  any  size  or  style  to  fasten  on  brick  walls,  to  nail  to  wood  walls  or 
to  solder  on  galvanized  steel  backgrounds.  The  letters  illustrated  and  priced  below  are  suitable  for 
most  purposes  and  are  assembled  complete  ready  to  solder  in  place.  Projection  is  one  and  one-quarter 
inch. 

These  Date  and  Name  Plates  can  be  painted  any  color  desired  at  small  extra  cost.  A most  attrac 
tive  finish  is  obtained  by  gilding  the  faces  of  the  letters  with  gold  leaf,  nainting  the  sides  of  the  letters 
yellow  and  painting  and  sanding  the  background  to  match  the  trim  of  the  building. 


Prices  per  Letter 


Each 

.$0.80 


Height 

6-inch  letters  or  figures  

8- inch  letters  or  figures  1.00 

9- inch  letters  or  figures  1.25 

10-inch  letters  or  figures  1.50 


Height 

12-inch  letters  or  figures 
15-inch  letters  or  figures 
18-inch  letters  or  figures 
24-inch  letters  or  figures 


Each 
.$2.00 
. 2.50 
. 3.00 
. 4.00 


For  attaching  lugs  for  nailing  or  bricking  in  add  50%. 

Prices  on  painting  or  gilding  with  gold  leaf  will  be  quoted  on  request. 

HALF  BALLS 

Spun  Half  Balls,  Zinc  and  Copper. 
Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Made  of  Spun  Zinc  or  Copper 


Diameter 

Halves, 

Each 

of  Balls 

Zinc 

Copper 

1” 

w 

07^4 

07  54 

• 1054 

1 54” 

08 

.12 

2”  

0854 

.15 

254” 

3”  

1154 

.25 

13 

•3154 

354” 

19 

.3754 

4”  

21 

.50 

5”  

30 

.67 

6”  

46 

.8654 

7”  

60 

1.38 

8”  

74 

1.76 

9”  

90 

2.20  i 

10”  

1.16 

2.56  ; 

12”  

1.76 

5.18 

14”  

2.70 

7.02 

16”  

5.00 

11.56 

18”  

7.00 

14.10 

20”  

9.00 

17.50 

22”  

12.00 

25.50 

24”  

16.50 

38.00 

95 


o 


FURNACE  PIPE  AND  ELBOWS 

Furnished  in  joints  measuring  2 feet  over  all  and  in  Bundles 
of  50  feet  each. 


Made  of  28  gauge  Galvanized  in  sizes  3 to  6 inches  inclusive. 

Made  of  26  gauge  Galvanized  in  sizes  7 to  48  inches  inclusive. 

Made  of  24  gauge  Galvanized  in  sizes  7 to  12  inches  inclusive. 

N.  B.  Black  Iron  24  gauge  Nested  Pipe  is  made  in  sizes  7 to  12  inches 

inclusive. 


90°  Angle 


Adjustable  Elbow 


60°  Angle 


30°  Angle 


Galvanized  Iron  26  gauge  Adjustable  Elbows  and  Angles  are  made  in  sizes  6 to  48  inches  inclusive. 
Galvanized  Iron  and  Black  Iron  24  gauge  Adjustable  Elbows  and  Angles  are  made  in  sizes  7 to  12 
inches  inclusive. 

All  Adjustable  Elbows  and  Angles  14  inches  in  diameter  and  larger  are  made  with  above  hoop. 

FURNACE  PIPE  AND  ELBOWS 

List  Prices  Galvanized  ELBOWS,  each,  and  FURNACE  PIPE,  per  foot,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


Size,  inches  

Galvanized  Pipe,  26  gauge,  per  ft 

Galvanized  Pipe,  24  gauge,  per  ft 

Black  Pipe,  24  gauge,  per  ft 

Galvanized  4 piece  90°  Elbows,  26  gauge,  each 

Galvanized  4 piece  90  Elbows,  24  gauge,  each. 

Black  4 piece  90°  Elbows,  24  gauge,  each. 

Galvanized  2 piece  45°  Angles,  26  gauge,  each 

Galvanized  2 piece  45°  Angles,  24  gauge,  each. 

Galvanized  3 piece  60  Angles,  26  gauge,  each. 

Galvanized  3 piece  60  Angles,  24  gauge,  each. 

Size,  inches  

Galvanized  Pipe,  per  ft 

Galvanized  4 piece  90  Elbows,  each  

Galvanized  3 piece  60°  Angles,  each  

Galvanized  2 piece  45°  Angles,  each  

Galvanized  2 piece  30°  Angles,  each  

Size,  inches  

Galvanized  Pipe,  per  ft 

Galvanized  4 piece  90°  Elbows,  each  

Galvanized  3 piece  60°  Angles,  each  

Galvanized  2 piece  45°  Angles,  each  

Galvanized  2 piece  30°  Angles,  each  

Size,  inches  

Galvanized  Pipe,  per  ft 

Galvanized  4 piece  90  Elbows,  each  

Galvanized  3 piece  60°  Angles,  each  

Galvanized  2 piece  30°  Angles,  each  


5 & 6 7 8 9 10  11-12 


$0.33 

$0.36 

$0.38 

$0.40 

$0.44 

$0.58 

.45 

.49 

.53 

.58 

.76 

.36 

.38 

.40 

.44 

.58 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.80 

1.00 

1.40 

.80 

.90 

1.10 

1.30 

1.70 

.60 

.70 

.80 

1.00 

1.40 

.47 

.54 

.63 

.77 

.90 

.60 

.70 

.80 

1.00 

1.40 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.90 

1.20 

.64 

.75 

.90 

1.20 

1.50 

13-14 

15-16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

$0.63 

$0.72 

$0.90 

$1.08 

$1.35 

$1.62 

1.80 

2.40 

3.00 

3.60 

4.40 

5.20 

1.40 

1.80 

2.20 

2.90 

3.20 

3.70 

1.15 

1.50 

1.85 

2.35 

2.60 

3.00 

.90 

1.00 

1.50 

1.80 

2.00 

2.30 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

$1.89 

$2.16 

$2.43 

$2.70 

$2.97 

$3.24 

6.00 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

4.20 

4.90 

5.60 

6.70 

7.50 

8.30 

3.40 

3.95 

4.55 

2.60 

3.00 

3.50 

4.50 

5.00 

5.50 

38 

40 

42 

44 

46 

48 

$3.51 

$3.78 

$4.05 

$4.32 

$4.59 

$4.86 

12.00 

13.00 

18.00 

20.00 

22.00 

24.00 

9.00 

10.00 

13.50 

15.00 

16.50 

18.00 

6.00 

6.50 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

12.00 

96 


o 


There  is  nothing  that  adds  so  much  to  the  appearance  of  cornices  and  other  architectural  sheet  metal 
work  as  our  zinc  ornamentation  illustrated  on  the  following  pages.  It  rivals  terra  cotta  in  beauty  of  detail 
and  at  but  a fraction  of  the  cost.  Try  to  imagine  how  plain,  how  unattractive  the  buildings  illustrated 
below  would  be  without  the  ornamentation  used. 


All  ornamentation  and  balustrades  shown  on  this  building  were  made  out  of  zinc  in  our  factory. 
Notice  how  the  appearance  is  improved  by  this  work. 


i 


i 


All  ornaments  as  well  as  the  cornice  itself  were  manufactured  in  our  plant.  The  building  is  twelve 
stories  high,  but  the  ornamental  details  are  clearly  visible  from  the  street. 

97 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS 


EZZ 


No.  223.  1%  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.19 


->0^x3 

No.  282.  1 y2  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.22 


No.  233.  2 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.27 


No.  234.  2%  inch.  List,  per  foot... 


.$0.28 


No.  206.  234  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.38 


\ No.  212.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot 

k« - ■ 


.$0.40 


No.  1221.  3%  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.44 


rrrrr- 


. 

fibi/S  W/  Vvy*  w/ 


No.  224.  4 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.48 


Kama*/' 


No.  1211.  4 Y2  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.50 


A.WA  SKS?  jk.  A 


No.  252.  5 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.60 


No.  202.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.70 


No.  240.  7 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.90 


No.  241.  10  inch.  List,  per  foot $1.50 


No.  295.  11*4  inch.  List,  per  foot $1.80 


No.  281. 


\y2  inch.  List,  per  foot 


$0.18 


No.  218.  414  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.50  No.  274.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.42 

On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


A HINT  PAUL  CORRUGATM©  CO 

PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS— Continued 

tegss 


BBWj 

No.  1227.  l3/4  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.24 


.$0.27 


No.  225.  2 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.27 


No.  239.  2\\  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.28 


No.  1220.  iy2  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.32 

No.  203.  234  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.34 


No.  269.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.38 


No.  1230.  1%  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.20 


No.  235.  3/\  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.20 


2 


No.  1204.  1 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.22 

No.  254.  1 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.22 


No.  216.  154  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.30 


No.  201.  1 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.15 


No.  290.  134  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.36 


^ ^ K**  <5**  <■ 


No.  243.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.38 


H >_.  <>. AnJ 

No.  298.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.48! 


© r a /■  A 

-c-  ^ ^ ^ ^ 

- 

No.  242.  4 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.46  No.  263.  4*4  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.56 

On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


99 


iAIKT 


COEROGATMG  CO. 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS — Continued 


\ | 


No.  1226.  2 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.30 


No.  229.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.42 


No.  275.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.40 


-»  * * m,  t,  i 


No.  228.  3 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


$0.42 


i ^ ^ n ^ • 


■ ... 


3 


E 


No.  222.  314  inch.  List,  per  foot $0.42  No.  260.  334  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


$0.48 


No.  213.  4 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.48 


No.  289.  33/4  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


$0.48 


No.  259.  5 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.56 


No.  215.  8T,4  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.80 


No.  1215.  10  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.90 


No.  276.  334  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


.$0.48 


No.  244.  4 inch.  List,  per  foot. 


$0.56 


No.  205.  414  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


$0.70 


4%  5%  0 


No.  1263.  4'4  inch.  List,  per  foot. 


$0.70 


On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


100 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS— Continued 


L' 

i 

No.  230.  5 inch.  List,  per  foot 

No.  287 

. 5 inch.  List,  per  foot 

ZV.  ' A / \ / V / 

No.  2206.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 


No.  272.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 


No.  221.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 


No.  285.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 


No.  291.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 

On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


No.  2216.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 


No.  268.  6 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.75 


No.  219.  7 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.80 


No.  273.  7 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.80 


.... 


No.  211.  9 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.90  ; 


No.  231.  9 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.90 

No.  231.  Sawed  out  as  shown 1.80 

cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 


No.  231.  9 inch.  List,  per  foot $0.90 

No.  231.  Sawed  out  as  shown 1.80 


I 


101 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS — Continued 


No.  354 
18  inch 
List,  $5.00 


No.  369 
15  inch 
List,  $2.40 


No.  345 
12  inch 
List,  $1.25 


No.  305 
12  inch 
List,  $1.50 


No.  301 
12  inch 
List,  $1.25 


No.  348 
10  inch 
List,  $0.80 


No.  320 
9 inch 
List,  $0.75 


No.  373 
9 inch 
List,  $0.85 


No.  316 
7*4  inch 
List,  $0.55 


No.  384 
8 inch 
List,  $0.60 


No.  306 
6 inch 
List,  $0.42 


No.  346 
514  inch 
List,  $0.40 


No.  353 

No.  349 

No.  341 

No.  342 

No.  307 

No.  359 

8 inch 

7 inch 

6 inch 

4 inch 

4 inch 

3^4  inch 

List,  $0.65 

List,  $0.60 

List,  $0.55 

List,  $0.45 

List,  $0.40 

List,  $0.40 

No.  381 
2*4  inch 
List,  $0.20 


No.  302 
9x9  inch 
List,  $0.90 


No.  347 
8x8  inch 
List,  $0.90 


No.  314 
6x6  inch 
List,  $0.40 


No.  309 
4x4  inch 
List,  $0.32 


No.  313 
6x10  inch 
List,  $0.75 


No.  337 
4}4x6*4  inch 
List,  $0.40 


On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS— Continued 


inches.  List,  per  pair,  $6.00 


No.  415 
7x10*4 
List,  $0.80 


No.  403 
9x12 

List,  $1.20 


No.  426 
5*4x10 
List,  $0.65 


No.  461.  Right  and  Left,  14x1854 
List,  per  pair $7 


No.  401 
1 1*4x12*4 
List,  $1.60 


No.  402 
10x13 
List  $1.40 


No.  459 
554x8*4 
List,  $0.60 


No.  418 
4x8 

List,  $0. 


No.  472 
5x11 

List,  $0.60 


No.  471 
5x6*4 
List,  $0.50 


No.  409 
6*4x7 
List,  $0.60 


No.  406 
5x6 

List,  $0.45 


No.  470 
3*4x4 
List,  $0.40 


No.  508 
6x7 

List,  $0.75 


No.  503 
6^4x7 
List,  $0.75 


No.  505 
•3x1034 
List,  $1.25 


No.  502 
8*4x14 
List,  $2.00 


No.  506 
954x16  *4 
List,  $2.40 


No.  507 
10x10 
List,  $1.25 


No.  589 
954x8 
List,  $1.25 


No.  504 
7 54x9 
List,  $1.00 


No.  411 

No.  451 

No.  440 

No.  416 

No.  413 

No.  423 

834x1354 

4x16 

8x9 

4x13 

3x17 

5x1654 

List,  $1.50 

List,  $0.70 

List,  $0.90 

List,  $0.60 

List,  $0.80 

List,  $1.00 

On  orders  for 

small  quantities  a service  charge  to 

cover  cost  of 

casting  dies 

and  hammers  will  be 

made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 

103 


A UNIT  PAUL 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS— Continued 


No.  926 

13x23^4x8  inch  face.  List,  in  parts $9.00 


No.  931 

11x25x10  inch  face.  List,  in  parts $9.50 


No.  901 

7x14x7  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $3.00 


No.  902 

754x19x6  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $5.50 


No.  928 

854x1754x7  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $5.50 


No.  906 

654x13x5  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $3.0G 


No.  908 

9x15x5  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $3.00 


No.  909 

554x8x4  inch  face 
>t,  in  parts $2.25 


No.  904 

9x1754x7  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $4.50 


No.  919 

26x11x3  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $7.50 


No.  911 

554x1054  x4  inch  face 
List,  in  parts $2.50 


No.  925  No.  974 

454x10^4x5  inch  face  6x12x654  inch  face 

List,  in  parts $2.5C  List,  in  parts $3.50 


On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


104 


o 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS— Continued 


No.  1222  Cresting 
Shells  18^4  inches  high 

List,  per  foot,  in  parts,  without  backing,  $3.00 


No.  1257  Corner  Shell 
Shells  1854  inches  high 

List,  each,  in  parts,  without  backing $7.50 


No.  1209  Cresting 
1254  inches  high 
List,  per  foot,  without  backing, 
$1.80 


No.  567  Shell 
2054x1834  inches 
List,  each,  without  backing, 
$4.50 


No.  568  Corner  Shell 
10x10x1834  inches 

List,  each,  in  parts,  without 
backing,  $4.50 


No.  1270  Corner  Shell  No.  1294  Corner  Shell  No.  559  No.  560 

15x15x20  inches  8x8x18  inches  18  inches  high  14  inches  high 

List,  each,  in  part,  List,  each,  in  parts,  List,  per  lineal  foot,  without  backing $3.00 

without  backing,  $7.50  without  backing,  $3.50 


On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


I 


105 


o 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS — Continued 


No.  1078 — Garland.  Complete,  18x44  inches,  36  inches  to 
center.  List,  each $10.50 


No.  1001.  Complete,  1454  x29  inches, 
24  inches  to  center.  List $5.00 


No.  2021 
8x15  inches 
List,  each,  $1.50 


No.  2024 
10x12  inches 
List,  each,  $1.50 


No.  1122 
1354x1654  inches 
List,  each,  $2.50 


No.  1173 

No.  1132 

No.  1094 

No.  221 1 D 

No.  526 

No.  1089 

454x454 

6x6 

434x12 

954x1234 

234x654 

2x454 

List,  each, 

List,  each. 

List,  each. 

List,  each, 

List,  each. 

List,  each, 

$0.80 

$0.90 

$1.25 

$2.00 

$0.36 

$0.40 

On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


106 


PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS 


No.  1178 
12x15 
List,  $7.00 


No.  1022 
12x15 
List,  $7.00 


No.  1064  No.  1107 

9x11  9x11 

List  in  parts  $3.00  List,  $3.50 


No.  1041 
8x10 

List,  $4.50 


No.  1015 
12x14 
List,  $7.00 


No.  1042 
5V2x6y2 
List,  $1.00 


No.  1149 
4x454 
List,  $1.00 


No.  1090 
3 inch 
List,  $0.50 


No.  1007 

6x6  neck,  754  high, 

9 inch  abacus 
l,ist  in  parts $4.00 


No.  1062 
3%  neck 

554  high 

6^4  abacus 
List  in  parts 
$5.00 


No.  2007 

1654  neck,  19  high,  2854  abacus 

List  for  full  capital  in  parts $90.00 

List  for  half  capital  in  parts 54.00 


No.  1102 
5x554 
List,  $1.50 


No.  1120 
6x10 

List  in  parts 
$1.80 


No.  1008 
6x6  neck 
454  high 
854  abacus 
List  in  parts 
$4.50 


No.  1119 

354x714 

List  in  parts 
$1.50 


No.  1026 
5x9 

List  in  parts 
$2.00 


No.  1118 
454x5 

List  in  parts 

$1.00 


No.  1080 
7/4x7  54 
List  in  parts 
$1.50 


No.  601.  18x20 

List  $8.00 


No.  2006 


12  neck,  18  high,  19  inch  abacus 

List  for  full  capital,  in  parts $60.00 

List  for  half  capital,  in  parts....  36.00 


No.  1101  Horns  of  Plenty,  Right  and  Left 

Each  11x37  inches  without  backing.  List,  each $21.00 

On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


■AIEUT  PAUL  C©ERU©ATMG 

PRESSED  ZINC  ORNAMENTS — Continued 


List 


No.  1060 

Right  and  left,  354x1954  inches, 
price,  each 


.$1.10 


No.  1061 

Right  and  left,  6x15  inches. 
List  price,  each 


.$1.50 


No.  457 

Right  and  left,  454x1054  inches. 
List,  per  pair $0.80 


No.  564 

Right  and  left,  7x1054  inches. 
List,  per  pair $1.00 


No.  514 

Right  and  left,  6x12  inches. 
List,  per  pair $0.80- 


No.  553 

Right  and  left,  3 x754- 
List,  per  pair $0.80 


Right  and  left,  10x14  inches. 
List,  per  pair 


.$3.00 


No.  520 

Right  and  left,  354x454- 
List,  per  pair $0.70' 


No.  1054 
31/4x1654 
List,  $1.00 


No.  575 
11x15 

List  in  parts 
$3.00 


No.  538 
1254x6 
List  in  parts 
$2.50 


No.  1058 
354x18 
List,  $1.00 


List  in  parts 
$2.00 


No.  1059 
294x11 
List,  $0.90 


List  in  parts 
$1.50 


No.  548  No.  547  No.  607  No.  599 

9x11  754x654  654x14  354x13 

List  in  parts  List  in  parts  List,  $1.00  List,  $0./5 

$2.00  $1-60 

On  orders  for  small  quantities  a service  charge  to  cover  cost  of  casting  dies  and  hammers  will  be 
made  in  addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  material. 


EXPANDED  METAL  LATH 


Metal  Lath  and  Plaster  is  the  most  economical  form  o 
fire-proofing  for  frame  construction 


A flat,  diamond-meshed,  expanded  metal  lath  cut 
from  sheet  steel  and  used  as  a base  and  reinforcing 
for  all  types  of  plastering  work,  also  for  fire- 
proofing, fire-stopping,  etc. 

KNO-BURN  Metal  Lath  provides  a most  excel- 
lent “key,”  is  very  economical  in  the  use  of  plaster, 
has  a flat,  rigid  plastering  surface  which  facilitates 
coverage,  yet  is  sufficiently  flexible  to  be  readily 
formed  to  any  desired  shape — a particularly  im- 
portant feature  in  ornamental  plastering,  ceiling 
work,  etc. 


been  calcined  by  the  action  of  fire  and  would  other- 
wise fall  off.  Complete  embedment  of  the  steel  is 
facilitated  by  the  small  mesh,  the  slant  of  the 
strands  and  their  individual  small  width.  The  in- 
terlacing of  the  strands  forming  the  mesh  assures  | 
adequate  reinforcement  of  the  plaster  in  all 
directions. 

KNO-BURN  Metal  Lath  does  not  expand,  con- 
tract or  warp,  nor  are  there  any  excretions  from 
the  metal  to  stain  the  plaster.  It  is  also  “easy  on 
the  hands.” 


The  “diamonds”  are  but  34-inch  wide.  Therefore, 
only  sufficient  mortar  passes  thru  to  provide  the 
desired  perfect  “key,” — one  so  perfect  in  fact,  that 
it  retains  the  plaster  in  place  even  after  it  has 


The  sheets  are  uniform  and  square,  with  straight 
parallel  edges  on  the  long  sides  so  that  the  lath 
laps  easily  with  minimum  waste. 


Furnished  painted. 


Stock  Sizes  and  Weights  of  KNO-BURN  Metal  Lath 

I 

Weight  Width  Length  Sheets  Yards  Weight 

Per  Square  Yard  of  Sheets  of  Sheets  Per  Bundle  Per  Bundle  Per  Bundle 

3.4  lbs.  24  in.  96  in.  9 16  54.4  lbs. 

Furnished  also  cut  from  Galvanized  Sheet  or  Pure  Iron 

2.5  lbs.  24  in.  96  in.  9 16  40.0  lbs. 

Furnished  also  cut  from  Galvanized  Sheet  or  Pure  Iron 

I 

2.2  lbs.  24  in.  96  in.  9 16  35.2  lbs. 

Note  how  the  mortar  “keys”  to  the 
steel,  completely  imbedding  it. 


109 


AMT  PAUL 


A flat  lath  cut  from  a special  copper-bearing 
sheet  and  especially  designed  for  use  in  warm, 
damp  climates,  in  salt-laden  air,  by  the  sea  coast, 
in  manufacturing  sections — or  wherever  unusually 
trying  atmospheric  conditions  exist,  also  where 
j deteriorating  elements  exist  in  the  plaster  used. 

Exhaustive  tests  extending  over  several  years 
have  proven  that  such  copper-bearing  steel  has  a 
I marked  superiority  in  rust-resisting  properties  as 
I compared  with  non-coppered  metal  of  the  same 
| general  composition  or  other  so-called  special 
! analysis  steel — pure  iron,  etc. 


It  is  economical  in  the  use  of  plaster,  and  has 
the  same  excellent  keying  qualities  and  other 
desirable  attributes  of  Kno-Burn  lath,  with  the 
further  advantages  of  being  acid-resisting  and  little 
affected  by  damp. 

This  greatly  increases  its  scoDe  of  usefulness, 
since  while  plaster,  properly  applied  and  of  good 
materials,  forms  a perfect  protection  for  completely 
embedded  lath,  yet  to  provide  against  contingencies 
of  accident,  of  climatic  or  chemical  conditions,  the 
use  of  a lath  such  as  we  offer  in  20TH  CENTURY 
is  frequently  indicated.  20TH  CENTURY  is  also 
used  with  exceptional  satisfaction  for  rat-proofing. 


Furnished  painted  with  a special  red  paint. 


Stock 

Sizes  and 

Weights  of  20TH 

CENTURY 

Metal  Lath 

Weight 

Width 

Length 

Sheets 

Yards 

Weight 

Per  Square  Yard 

of  Sheets 

of  Sheets 

Per  Bundle 

Per  Bundle 

Per  Bundle 

3.4  lbs. 

24  in. 

96  in. 

9 

16 

54.4  lbs. 

2.5  lbs. 

24  in. 

96  in. 

9 

16 

40.0  lbs. 

Painted  or  galvanized  lath  properly  erected 
and  embedded  amply  meets  all  ordinary  require- 
ments. Occasionally,  however,  builders  prefer 
as  a special  precaution  to  use  Pure  Iron  Dia- 
mond Mesh.  This  lath  possesses  all  the  desirable 
features  of  Kno-Burn  but  is  cut  from  genuine 
open  hearth,  pure  iron  sheets,  processed  to  re- 
move impurities,  carbon,  manganese,  etc.,  this 
giving  added  resistance  to  climatic  effects. 

Furnished  flat  or  corrugated  and  painted  red. 
Weights,  respectively,  3.4  lb.  and  2.5  lb.  per  sq. 
yd.  Sheets  24x96  in.  Packed  9 sheets  16  sq.  yds. 
per  bundle. 


I 


A11MT  PAUL  COERUGATIMG  CO. 


Ls-IN.  FLAT  RIB  EXPANDED  METAL  LATH  Not  a bushel  of  dropDings”  from  15,000  yards  of 

PLASTA-SAVER 


A distinctive  type  of  steel  plastering  base  com- 
bining the  best  features  of  diamond  mesh  and  rib 
lath,  and  which  is  moreover  so  economical  that  it 
provides  builders  with  a vehicle  by  means  of  which 
they  can  obtain  the  crack-preventing  and  fire-resist- 
ing advantages  of  metal  lath  construction  at  a cost 
that  permits  them  to  compete  with  inferior  and 
cheaper  bases  for  plaster.  It  is  as  easy  as  wood 
lath  to  plaster  over,  and  can  be  erected  far  more 
rapidly. 

Sections  of  small  diamond  mesh  are  connected  by 
flat  ribs  about  y2-in.  wide  and  spaced  1 2-10-in. 
from  center  to  center.  Ribs  and  mesh  are  formed 
from  a single  sheet  of  steel.  Along  the  center  of 
each  rib  is  a bead  %- in.  high. 

PLASTA-SAVER  affords  an  excellent  and  most 
economical  base  and  reinforcing  for  all  types  of 
interior  plastering.  Its  stiffness  endwise  prevents 
any  give  or  sag  under  the  trowel.  At  the  same 
time  it  is  sufficiently  flexible  sideways  to  use  on 
cove  work,  for  wrapping  of  beams,  pillars,  etc. 
There  are  no  sharp  edges  to  tear  and  cut  the  hands. 
The  meshes  are  too  small  to  catch  and  hold  any 


lump  or  pebble  that  may  find  its  way  into  the  I 
mortar.  The  salvage  edge  nests  or  interlocks  with  I I 
the  next  sheet,  consequently  there  is  no  loss  of  ' 
coverage  on  side  laps.  Its  width,  24-in.,  is  greater  | 
than  that  of  most  other  flat  rib  laths,  saving  labor 
and  securing  greater  coverage  when  the  sides  of 
sheets  are  lapped  instead  of  the  ribs  being  nested. 

The  smooth  surface  makes  it  possible  for  a man 
to  “scratch”  at  least  50  yards  more  surface  per  day 
than  usual  and  with  no  more  effort.  The  small  dia-  I 
mond  mesh  connecting  the  ribs  assures  an  adequate 
key.  Yet  the  plasterer — no  matter  how  poor  a 
worker — cannot  push  through  an  excessive  amount 
of  mortar  to  the  back  of  the  lath,  there  to  fall  off 
and  be  wasted. 

SIZE  AND  WEIGHT  OF  PLASTA-SAVER  METAL  LATH 

Height  of  rib.  Va-in.  Width  from  center  to  center  of  ribs, 

1 2-10-in. 

PLASTA-SAVER  is  furnished  cut  from  standard  steel  sheet 
(painted  black)  also  from  copper-bearing  sheet  (painted  red),  i 
Packed  9 sheets  or  16  square  yards  to  bundle.  Shipped  nested 


and  uncrated. 

Weight  per  Square  Yard 3.4  lbs. 

Size  of  Sheets 24x96  in. 

Weight,  per  Bundle 54.4  lbs. 


Compare  the  inadequate  clinch  ob- 
tained on  wood  lath  (top)  with  the 
splendid  “key”  of  PLASTA-SAVER 
(bottom). 

Be  sure  you  obtain  the  genuine 
PLASTA-SAVER. 


ill 


Recommended  Specifications  for  Metal  Lath  Construction 


CUTTING  AND  NAILING 

METAL  lath  is  easily  cut  by  ordinary  lather’s 
shears.  It  should  be  attached  to  wood  stubs  or 
joists  by  not  less  than  6d  nails  driven  to  a penetra- 
tion of  not  less  than  ^4  in-  and  bent  over  to  engage 
at  least  two  strands.  In  place  of  nails  34  in.  No.  14 
wire  staples  may  be  used.  Nails  or  staples  should 
be  spaced  not  to  exceed  6 in.  on  center  and  should 
be  placed  so  that  one  occurs  where  upper  and  lower 
edges  of  sheets  lap  at  supports.  If  a rib  lath  is 
used,  the  staples  or  nails  should  hold  the  rib  on 
walls  and  the  nails  should  be  bent  upwards.  Nail- 
ing or  stapling  at  the  center  of  the  sheet  and  work- 
ing outwards  makes  the  sheet  lie  flat  and  econ- 
omizes plaster. 


HOW  TO  START  LATHING 

Apply  lath  to  ceiling  first.  Bend  sheets  down  6 
in.  on  to  side  walls  and  partitions  to  reinforce 
corner  against  cracks.  If  floor  above  is  not  of 
wood  joists,  lathing  should  be  started  at  top  of  wall 
working  downwards.  Lath  should  always  be  bent 
into  vertical  corners  by  carrying  around  6 in.  on  to 
masonry  walls,  or  if  adjoining  wall  is  of  wood 
studs,  start  sheet  there,  one  stud  away  from  the 
corner.  Lath  may  be  roughly  treated  with  a 
lather’s  hatchet  to  tuck  it  into  the  corners.  Same 
applies  to  outside  corners.  No  butt  joint  should 
be  permitted  in  any  corner. 

The  strands  of  diamond  lath  are  slightly  tilted. 
In  placing  the  sheet  on  the  studs  care  should  be 
taken  so  that  the  strand  of  the  lath  is  tilted  down 
and  away  from  you.  This  makes  miniature  shelves 
on  which  the  plaster  is  given  support  and  greatly 
assists  the  plasterer  in  doing  a good  job. 

In  starting  the  lath  at  the  top  of  the  room  and 
working  down,  lap  lower  sheet  over  sheet  above, 
not  less  than  54  in.  in  the  case  of  flat  lath.  When 
rib  laths  are  used,  merely  nest  the  outside  ribs. 
This  manner  of  lapping  the  lower  sheet  over  the 
upper  prevents  catching  of  the  trowel  when  the 
plasterer  works  his  trowel  upwards. 

Ends  of  sheets  should  be  lapped  only  over  sup- 
ports and  the  lap  should  be  not  less  than  1 in. 


Adjacent  sheets  of  lath  should  be  wired  to- 
gether once  between  supports  to  prevent  bulging 
and  to  stiffen  under  the  trowel. 

Where  METAL  lath  is  not  used  throughout 
Corna  lath  should  be  applied  to  all  inside  vertical 
corners  and  into  the  corners  between  ceilings  and 
partitions  over  ordinary  lathing  bases,  to  reinforce 
against  corner  cracks.  This  is  particularly  im- 
portant where  masonry  and  stud  walls  join. 


Attach  -secure//  to  ony  type  o / f/oor  cons f rue f /on 
- tlongers  /V&3  golr  wire  -(/'*  /%’ f/ot  or  f $ m//d  steet, 
(spaced  not  to  exceed!  d-o'c  toe  m eoch  direction 


~ three  trvtsfs 


"tno  trv/s! 


Furring  channe/s  wired  to  runners  by  J turn . 

ot /Va/6  ga/yanized  annealed  tv  ire  . 


'//  'Runner  channels 
minimum  of  .442/6., not 
to  exceed  4-o“ c to  c. 
v Minimum  weight  of  /at h 
J/b  wired  6" c toe  by  /Qgo. 
ga/y  annea/ed  tv/ re. 


Furrmg  channe/s- 
minimum  276//x///$  centers 
for  J/b.  f/af  expanded 
me/a/  lath,  or  /S$  center# 
for  J 4 /b.  f/ot  /ath,  or  2.4* 
centers  for  3 ib  rib  / ath , 
and  JO  'centers  for  3 S/d 
rib  /ath. 


Minimum  Requirements  for  Suspended  Ceilings. 


START  APPLY" i NG 
METAL  LATH  AT  ONE 
END  OF  CEILING,  ALLOWING 
6 ' CARRIED  DOWN 
ON  WALL. WORK 

DOWN  ON  WALLS. 


BE  SURE  LAPS  ARE  OVER 

Supports. 


Figures  Indicate  Order  of  Application  of  Sheets 


1 12 


o 


Weights  ami  Styles  of  Metal  Lath  Recommended  for 
Different  Construction  Purposes 


FOR  SOLID  OR  DOUBLE  PLASTER  OR 
CEMENT  PARTITIONS 


Spacing  of  Supports  Type  of  Lath 

12  in.  c-c 2.2  lb.  Kno-Burn 

16  in.  c-c 2.5  lb.  Kno-Burn 

1914  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Longspan 

30  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 

36  in.  c-c 4.0  lb.  Longspan 

FOR  INTERIOR  WALLS  AND  PARTITIONS 
ON  WOOD  STUDS 

16  in.  c-c 2.5  lb.  Kno-Burn 

1 9 14  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Longspan 


FOR  CEILINGS  ON  WOOD  JOISTS 


16  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Kno-Burn 

19 14  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 


FOR  CEILINGS  SUSPENDED  MORE  THAN 


6 IN.  BELOW  SUPPORTS 

12  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Kno-Burn 

16  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Kno-Burn 

19J4  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Longspan 

19*4  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 

30  in.  c-c 4.0  lb.  Longspan 

FOR  EXTERIOR  STUCCO 
16  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  20th  Century 


FOR  ATTACHED  CEILINGS  OR  CEILINGS 
SUSPENDED  LESS  THAN  6 IN.  BELOW 
SUPPORTS 


Spacing  of  Supports 

12  in.  c-c 

16  in.  c-c 


Type  of  Lath 
3.0  lb.  Kno-Burn 
3.4  lb.  Kno-Burn 


19*4  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Longspan 

1954  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 

30  in.  c-c 4.0  lb.  Longspan 


FOR  FLOORS  OVER  STEEL  LUMBER 
JOISTS 


12  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Kno-Burn 

16  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Kno-Burn 

19*4  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 

24  in.  c-c 4.0  lb.  Longspan 


FOR  CEILINGS  UNDER  STEEL  LUMBER 
JOISTS 


12  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Kno-Burn 

16  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Kno-Burn 

19*4  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Longspan 

19*4  in-  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 

30  in.  c-c 4.0  lb.  Longspan 


FOR  WALL  FURRING 


12  in.  c-c 2.2  lb.  Kno-Burn 

16  in.  c-c 2.5  lb.  Kno-Burn 

19*4  in.  c-c 3.4  lb.  Plasta-Saver 

24  in.  c-c 3.0  lb.  Longspan 

30  in.  c-c 3.5  lb.  Longspan 

36  in.  c-c 4.0  lb.  Longspan 


113 


o 


Sw/tch  Box  set  on 
Channe/  s/de  of  Partition 


^Switch  hat  let  on 
( loth  s/de  of  Partition 


{-2*  Solid  P/as  fer  s' 

^ ^ — - /let a/  Lot/') 

' aJ  o f 

. j 

rfe''>fe^--4^TK'.  1 

/Tx  Deep  t ■{«.  - LVEAr  y>  ■ f 

Me  fa/  Lafh  Wired  To  -fy*  Channels ^ 

No/e  Sr*  I fen  3<w  can  6e  set  Verhco/fy  or  /tomonto/fy.  ot  aes-'td 

Plan  View  On  Typical  Electrical  Installations 
In  2,-Inch  Sex.  id  Metal  Latn  Partitions 


Snitch  dca  on 
Channel  s/de  < 
of  Part //ton  \ 
Shorrn  (tiffed^ 
P/as  ter 


fief  a!  Lof/r 


5^'  P/as  fer 

"&K  Cable 
or 

Rigid  Condui  t 

*■ Switch  Box  or* 

B roc Aef  Ouf/et 

mCc/t  Lath  at  Box 
and  W/ re  Box  fQ 
L ath. 


hi'  Plaster 
Covering  Channel 


Rigid  Conduit 


fit Tttoo  or  Installing  Sinrcn 
Box  or  Bracket  Light 

Note  B 03 c receptoc/es  sot  ot>ore  dose- 


ConcncN  S'ch 


Method  or  Installing  case 
Teceplacl  e TCP  Lie  tal  Lath  Pa  an  tion. 

For  Alternole  const  vchon  set  no/e  tr.  '«// 


Fireproofing  of  Sleel  Beams  Under 
Concrete  Floors. 


Detailed 
Specifications 
for  Any  Type 
of  Metal  Lath 
Construction 
Furnished 
on  Request 


Samples,  Prices  or  Information 
Gladly  Supplied 


Typical  Electrical  Installations  in  2-Inch  Solid  Metal  Lath  Parti- 
lions.  Showing  Use  of  Special  Shallow  Switch 

Boxes  and  Other  Devices.  114 


© 


\ 


NEW  STUCCO  FINISHES 


f 


Stucco,  properly  mixed  and  applied,  should  last  indefinitely.  It  is  the  most  flexible  of  any  form  of 
exterior  finish  and  one  of  the  most  economical.  A wide  variety  of  colors  can  be  secured  with  colored 
aggregates  or  mineral  pigments.  And  a few  of  the  many  charming  finishes  are  here  shown. 


English 


Greek 


Italian 

Cottage 


California 


French  Trowel 


NOTE  THE 
KEY 

The  plaster  curls 
over  and  around 
the  strands,  as- 
suring perfect 
embedment  of  the 
steel.  Lath  and 
plaster  are 
“locked.” 


Stucco,  with  its  almost  limitless  textural  and 
color  possibilities,  is  the  most  adaptable  of  all 
forms  of  exterior  finish — and  perhaps  the  most 
universally  appealing. 

Stucco  is  economical.  It  is  adapted  to  every 
climate,  practically  all  architectural  periods,  and  it 
gives  endless  scope  for  individual  preferences  and 
the  harmonizing  of  the  dwelling  with  its  topo- 
graphic setting. 

It  is  attractive,  either  unadorned,  combined  with 
the  English  half-timbered  effects  or  embellished 
thru  the  judicious  use  of  colored  tiles  or  wrought 
iron  work. 

When  the  work  is  properly  done  over  a steel  base, 
which  supplies  the  necessary  reinforcing,  stucco 
retains  its  beauty  and  firm,  smooth  surface  thru 
the  years,  as  can  be  proven  by  the  many  old  stucco 
houses — the  charm  of  which  is  as  great  as  when 
erected  several  generations  ago. 

RECOMMENDED 

Do  not  use  a lighter  stucco  base  than  CORRU- 
GATED weighing  3.4  pounds  per  square  yard.  Keep 
lath  protected  from  elements  or  moisture  until 
ready  to  use.  Avoid  “skimped”  coats  of  plaster. 
(Not  less  than  a total  of  Y\  inch  [or  for  back 
plastering  1 / inches]  is  necessary  for  proper  em- 
bedment of  lath.) 


BACK  PLASTERED  METAL  LATH  WALLS 
REQUIRE  NO  SHEATHING 

This  type  of  stucco  construction,  so  heartily  en- 
dorsed by  the  Bureau  of  Standards  as  a result  of 
its  exhaustive  tests,  is  probably  the  least  expensive 
and  most  satisfactory  type  of  permanent  stucco 
construction.  Studs  are  erected  as  usual,  but 
sheathing  is  omitted.  Metal  lath  is  attached  at 
once  to  studs  by  metal  furring  strips.  The  first 
exterior  stucco  coat  is  applied  as  usual.  The  work- 
man then  plasters  the  inside  of  the  metal  lath,  be- 
tween the  studs,  before  the  inner  lath  is  applied. 
The  studs  are  braced  laterally  against  movement,  | 
thus  reinforcing  the  whole  structure. 

Back  plastering,  or  this  monolithic  coat  of  ce- 
ment and  steel,  is  far  stronger  than  sheathing,  is 
cool  in  summer,  warm  in  winter  and  highly  FIRE  ! 
RESISTIVE— an  important  factor  in  sections 
where  fire  fighting  facilities  are  deficient.  It  is  also 
sanitary  and  vermin-proof. 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Stucco  should  not  be  run  to  grade.  Over-hanging 
roofs  or  projections  are  desirable  since  it  is  essen-  > 
tial  to  keep  water  from  getting  behind  the  stucco.  , 
Use  a mix  not  richer  than  1 to  4 for  finish  coat  and 
1 to  3 proportions  for  scratch  and  brown  coats.  Be 
careful  to  keep  newly  finished  stucco  surface  moist 
to  avoid  hair  cracks. 


115 


KNO-BURN  METAL  LATH 


Very  economical  because  of  the  small  size  of  the  mesh  which 
prevents  waste  of  plaster.  Perfect  keying.  Easily  bent,  cut  and 
shaped.  Firm,  smooth  surface  assures  maximum  “coverage.” 
Furnished  painted  in  standard  steel. 

Furnished  in  following  weights:  Black  painted,  2.2,  2.5,  3.4  lb. 
Copper  alloy,  red  painted,  2.5,  3.4  lb.  Galvanized  common,  2.5, 
3.4  lb.  Gohi  pure  iron,  painted,  3.4  lb. 


Weight  Square  Yard,  Lbs. 

3.4 

2.5 

2.2 


Bundle,  Lbs. 
54.4 
40.0 
35.2 


Sheets  24x96  inches.  Packed  9 Sheets  (16  yards)  to  bundle. 


20TH  CENTURY  LATH 

Cut  from  copper  bearing  sheet,  hence,  particularly  recom- 
mended for  work  exposed  to  dampness  or  for  use  with  patent 
plasters.  The  small  diamond  mesh  bonds  perfectly  and  saves 
waste  of  plaster.  Made  in  the  Kno-Burn  mesh.  Furnished 
painted. 

Weight  Square  Yard,  Lbs.  Bundle,  Lbs. 

3.4  54.4 

2.5  40.0 
Sheets  24x96  inches.  Packed  9 Sheets  (16  yards)  to  bundle. 


NEW  CORRUGATED  LATH 

A very  satisfactory  self-furring  lath  for  stucco,  overcoating, 
etc.  The  open  meshed  corrugations  inch  deep  which  act  as 
furring  strips  are  placed  1*4  inches  apart  and  run  lengthwise  of 
sheet.  Furnished  in  the  Kno-Burn  mesh  and  in  the  same 
weights.  Painted,  cut  from  pure  iron,  copper  bearing  or  gal- 
vanized sheet. 


FLAT  RIB  “PLASTA-SAVER”  METAL  LATH 

The  new  four-way  alternating  rib  plaster  saving  lath  for 
which  there  has  been  so  wide  a demand.  The  *4  inch  stiffening 
ribs  connected  by  sections  of  diamond  shape  mesh  alternately 
face  either  way,  making  either  side  the  right  side.  Besides  being 
exceedingly  economical  of  mortar,  PLASTA-SAVER  can  be  used 
either  side  out — just  as  the  lather  picks  it  up — saving  consider- 
able time  in  erection  and  making  it  virtually  “fool-proof.” 
PLASTA  SAVER  is  perfect  keying — easy  on  the  hands. 

Weight  per  square  yard  3.4  lbs.  Sheets  24x96  inches.  Width 
of  sections  from  center  to  center  of  ribs  1.2  inches. 


y8  INCH  U-RIB  LONG-SPAN  METAL  LATH 


For  ceilings,  walls,  partitions,  stucco,  etc.  A 34  inch  U-Rib 
self-furring  lath  permitting  wide  spacing  and  saving  channels  and 
wiring.  Provides  a perfect  “key”  for  the  plaster  and  a rigid 
working  surface.  No  waste  for  side  laps.  U-Ribs  nest  perfectly 
and  facilitate  splicing.  Sheets  2x8  feet.  Painted.  Packed  9 
sheets  to  bundle.  Shipped  uncrated.  Weight  per  square  yard, 
3.5  lbs.  Weight  per  bundle,  56  lbs. 


116 


o 


Zone  Map  on  which  prices  are  based 


ZONE  A — In  addition  to  states  shown,  includes  Duluth,  Minneapolis,  and  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  also  all 
towns  on  the  West  and  East  Bank  of  the  Mississippi  River  down  to  the  Arkansas-Tennessee  line. 

ZONE  B — In  addition  to  the  states  shown,  includes  all  large  cities  on  the  West  Bank  of  the  Mis- 
souri River  in  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  also  Sioux  Falls,  So.  Dak. 

ZONE  C-D — Includes  all  cities  on  the  East  and  West  Bank  of  the  Mississippi  River  in  Louisiana. 
Does  not  include  large  cities  on  the  West  Bank  of  the  Missouri  River  in  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  nor 
Sioux  Falls,  So.  Dak. 

ZONE  H — In  addition  to  the  states  shown,  includes  all  of  the  State  of  Washington  East  of  the 
Columbia  River. 


Delivered  prices  per  square  yard 

Zones  A B D E H j 

Minn.  Mont. 

Wis.  Iowa  S.  D.  N.  D.  Wyo. 

2.2  lb.  Painted,  full  weight 

2.5  lb.  Painted,  full  weight 

3.4  lb.  Painted,  full  weight 

For  Corrugated  Lath No  extra  charge  !i 

For  “COPPER  ALLOY” — 20th  Century  Lath Add  lc  per  sq.  yd. 


For  “GOHI”  Pure  Iron  Lath,  full  weight,  3.4  lb Add  3c  per  sq.  yd.  1 

For  Hot  Galvanized  Before  Cutting: 

Full  weight  Lath,  2.5  and  3.4  lb Add  per  sq.  yd.  I 


NOTE — Delivered  prices  on  Metal  Lath  apply  on  shipments  of  100  sq.  yds.  or  more.  Less  than  100 
sq.  yds.  take  Zone  B prices  f.  o.  b.  St.  Paul. 


COPPER  ALLOY 

(Painted  Red) 

CORRUGATED  EXPANDED  METAL  LATH 

A Superior,  Self-Furring  Expanded  Metal  Lath  Cut  from  Copper  Alloy  Black 
Sheet  Steel,  dipped  in  red  metallic  paint  after  forming. 

Highly  Recommended  as  a Base  for  Stucco  and  Other  Plastering  Work  Wherein 
Permanence  and  Resistance  to  Climatic  Conditions  are  Important. 


117 


o 


The  unsightly  corner  cracks,  found  in  so  many 
wood-lathed  buildings,  not  only  spoil  the  appear- 
ance of  the  room  but  constitute  a real  fire  hazard. 
Prevent  them  by  using  CORNA-LATH,  a 3x3  “L” 
or  sharp,  true  angle  formed  of  Expanded  Metal 
Lath,  cut  in  8 ft.  lengths.  This  reinforces  plaster- 
ing where  the  strain  is  greatest,  tending  to  assure 
permanently  firm,  crack-free  corners. 

METHOD  OF  APPLYING 

Apply  CORNA-LATH  to  all  inside  vertical 
corners  of  wood  lathed  buildings.  Also  into  cor- 
ners where  wall  and  ceilings  intersect  (this  is  par- 
ticularly important  where  masonry  and  stud  walls 
join).  Adjust  CORNA-LATH  in  place  with  a 
light  tap  of  the  hammer  and  fasten  with  ordinary 
lath  nails  or  staples. 


CORNA-LATH  adds  so  little  to  the  cost  that 
you  can  well  afford  to  utilize  its  advantages  even 
in  the  most  moderate  priced  building. 

AN  AID  TO  GOOD  WORK 
The  sharp  true  angles  of  CORNA-LATH  are  so 
much  more  rapidly  placed  and  plastered  and  con- 
tribute so  much  to  a neater  job  that  after  you  have 
once  used  CORNA-LATH  you  will  never  again  be 
satisfied  with  the  clumsy,  inaccurate  home-made 
“cornerites”  cut  and  bent  on  the  job. 

CAREFULLY  PACKED  FOR  SHIPMENT 
CORNA-LATH  is  carefully  crated  so  as  to  reach 
the  job  in  first  class  condition — straight  and  free 
from  dents.  Packed  100  eight-foot  pieces  (4  bdls. 
of  25  pieces)  to  crate.  Weight,  per  crate  (800  lin. 
ft.,)  approximately  140  lbs. 

ORDER  YOUR  SUPPLY  NOW! 


Made  from  2.5  lb.  Kno-Burn  Lath,  in  Black  painted 

and  Galvanized 


118 


AliMT  PAUL  COE1RUOATMG  CO. 


PROTEX  BEAD 

Sets  a New  Corner  Bead  Standard 


Remarkable  Rigidity 
Wide  Fastening  Surface 
Ease  and  Speed  of  Erection 


Notice  the  strong  plaster  key 
and  the  way  the  plaster  forms 
all  around  and  back  of  the  nose. 

A REINFORCED  PROTECTED  CORNER 
Architects,  builders  and  owners  have  long 
been  looking  for  a corner  bead  that  would 
not  only  protect  the  corner  but  reinforce  it 
as  well.  Protext  bead  definitely  reinforces 
the  corner  and  actually  produces  a stronger 
plastered  surface  there  than  anywhere  else  in 
the  wall.  The  wide  wings  with  their  spe- 
cially twisted  strands  produce  strong,  well- 
formed  keys  of  plaster  entirely  surrounding 
the  nose. 

RIGID  CROSSWISE,  LENGTHWISE 
Protex  Bead  is  rigid  lengthwise  of  the  strip 
as  well  as  crosswise.  The  wide  wings  always 
remain  at  the  proper  angle  to  the  nose.  The 
nose  is  as  true  as  a die  with  neither  up-and- 
down  curves  nor  in-and-out  waves.  This 
unusual  rigidity  is  a decided  advantage  on 
the  job — and  off  the  job  as  well.  The  bead 


A sample  will  show  you,  at  once,  that  here  at  last 
is  the  expanded  bead  you’ve  always  wanted. 

will  stand  handling  in  warehouse  and  deliv- 
ery even  though  removed  from  the  crate. 

WIDE  FASTENING  SURFACE 
The  wide  wings — 3 inches  from  center  of 
nose  to  outside  of  wings — make  it  easy  to 
fasten  Protex  bead  on  any  kind  of  a ground 
without  the  use  of  clips.  Simply  anchor  the 
bead  at  the  most  convenient  points.  The  rib 
down  the  center  of  each  wing,  together  with 
the  outside  ribs,  gives  such  great  rigidity 
that  a man  can  place  a length  of  Protex  Bead 
against  a corner  without  any  possibility  of 
the  bead  buckling  or  twisting. 


Protex  Bead  is  manufactured  from  tight- 
coated,  galvanized  sheets  furnished  in  stock 
lengths,  6 ft.,  7 ft.,  8 ft.,  9 ft.,  10  ft.  and  12  ft. 
Shinned  in  crates,  75  pieces  to  the  crate,  re- 
gardless of  length.  Approximate  weight  ex- 
clusive of  crate,  225  pounds  per  thousand 
feet. 


AT1MG  CO, 


•AIBUT 


PAUL 


“PRUDEN” 
Outside  Corner  Bead 


PLASTER  CORNER  READ 


Makes  a Perfect  and  Permanent  Plaster 
Corner  a Reality. 

“ Pruden’s”  Square  nose  of  outside  Cor- 
ner Bead  with  undercut  makes  straight 
square  corner,  holds  plaster  firmly  and  pre- 
vents knocking  off.  Saves  labor  of  making 
straight  plaster  Corner  and  gives  a definite 
line  to  work  from. 

Inside  Corner  Bead  should  be  used  on  all 
inside  Corners  as  well  as  around  the  room 
at  ceiling  line  as  it  will  prevent  the  crack- 
ing of  plaster. 

In  erecting,  nail  Ends  first,  the  Center 
next  and  then  follow  with  the  nailing  of  all 
intermediate  points. 

To  cut,  snip  the  flanges  and  break  bead; 
to  fit  around  arches,  snip  flanges  and  bend 
bead  to  fit. 

Made  of  No.  26  gauge  galvanized  steel 
in  6,  8,  9 and  10  foot  lengths. 

Weight  per  100  lineal  feet,  20  pounds. 
List  price  per  100  lineal  feet  in  any 

quantity,  f.  o.  b.  St.  Paul $5.00 


r 


“PRUDEN” 
Inside  Corner  Bead 


“St.  Paul”  Corner  Bead  is 
made  from  No.  26  gauge  gal- 
vanized steel,  in  8 and  10-ft. 
lengths. 


“ST.  PAUL”  OUTSIDE  CORNER  BEAD 


“St.  Paul”  Corner  Bead  is 
crated  in  500  and  1000-ft. 
lots  to  the  crate  and  weighs 
220  lbs.  per  1000  ft.  crated. 


BASE  SCREED 
Galvanized,  26  gauge,  10  ft. 
lengths. 


BASE  GROUNDS 
Galv.,  26  gauge  (for  1(4  in- 
grounds), 10  ft.  lengths. 


BULL  NOSE  BEAD 
Galvanized,  26  gauge,  10  ft. 
lengths. 


PICTURE  MOLD 
Galvanized,  26  gauge,  10  ft. 
lengths. 


BUILDING  SPECIALTIES  AND  ACCESSORIES 


COLD  ROLLED  CHANNELS 


Furnished  in  the  Following  Stock  Sizes  and  Lengths: 

Weight,  per 


Size 
3/4  inch 

1 inch 
1(4  inch 

2 inch 


Lengths,  Feet 
12,  14,  16,  18,  20 
12,  14,  16,  18,  20 
12,  14,  16,  18,  20 
16,  18,  20, 


1M  Lineal  Ft. 
276  lbs. 
332  lbs. 
456  lbs. 
580  lbs. 


22  ft.  lengths  on  special  order. 


Combine  Strength  with  Light  Weight. 

Manufactured  from  16  gauge  cold  rolled  open  hearth 
steel  strips.  Their  strength,  light  weight  (saving 
freight  and  trucking  charges),  and  the  ease  with  which 
they  can  be  erected  or  formed  to  any  special  shape 
required,  commend  them  to  builders.  Channels  are 
square  and  straight,  free  from  curl  or  twist,  and  are 
readily  spliced  by  merely  interlocking  flanges.  The 
■(4-inch  perpendicular  legs  strengthen  and  supply 
greater  rigidity  to  the  channel. 


1(4  inch  and  2 inch  Channels  are  packed  10  pieces  to  bundle.  The 
(4  inch  and  1 inch  sizes  are  packed  20  pieces  to  bundle. 


Screeds  and  Grounds  make  a perfect  joint  between  the  concrete  base 
and  the  plaster  wall.  They  establish  a definite  line  for  concrete  work- 
ers and  plasterers  to  work  from  and  leave  a smoothly  finished  surface. 
Save  labor, — prevent  cracks  where  plaster  and  concrete  meet  and  are 
inexpensive. 


120 


“ST.  PAUL”  BRICK  BONDS 

Made  of  Heavy  Galvanized  Steel 


Q 


Note  particularly  the  straight  edges  which  add  greatly  to  the  tensile  strength  of  the 
Brick  Bond  and  prevent  the  corrugations  from  flattening  or  pulling  out  even  under  exces- 
sive strain.  Note  also  the  large  binding  surface  which  grips  the  mortar  firmly  and  will 
hold  it  tightly  on  both  sides. 


n n i n ii  nm  i n 1 1 1 n 

Brick  Bond 

For  bonding  face  and  common  brick.  Size  724x54  inches. 


No.  124 — No.  24  gauge;  weight  boxed,  40  lbs.  Price,  per  1,000 $3.00 

No.  120 — No.  20  gauge,  weight  boxed,  58  lbs.  Price,  per  1,000 3.50 


Veneering  Brick  Bond 


For  bonding  brick  veneering  to  wood  sheathing.  Size  6x§4  inches. 


No.  224 — No.  24  gauge;  weight  boxed,  35  lbs.  Price,  per  1,000 $3.50 

No.  220 — No.  20  gauge;  weight  boxed,  50  lbs.  Price,  per  1,000 4.00 


“St.  Paul”  Brick  Bonds  are  packed  in  strong  boxes  containing  1,000  Bonds  each.  They 
are  not  bundled  or  shipped  loose  in  kegs  or  barrels.  When  less  than  1,000  are  wanted  we 
reserve  the  right  to  increase  the  price  to  cover  additional  cost  of  handling  and  to  add  for  re- 
boxing. 

“St.  Paul”  Brick  Bonds  save  labor  because  no  clipping  of  brick  is  necessary  for  con- 
cealed headers.  When  used  with  end  headers  they  save  material  as  a smaller  number  of  face 
brick  are  necessary.  In  both  cases  they  save  time  and  assure  the  contractor  of  a safe  and 
substantial  wall. 


Illustrating  Use  of  Brick  Bonds 


The  usual  requirements  are  at  least  one  Bond  on  each  brick  in  the  binding  courses,  and 
binding  courses  to  be  not  less  than  one  in  each  six  courses  thus  making  1,000  Bonds  suffi- 
cient for  6,000  face  brick.  On  account  of  their  low  cost  is  pays  to  use  them  liberally. 


121 


Why  we  suggest  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  culverts 
for  the  Highways  in  your  Community 

Members  of  the  township  boards  are  familiar  with  the  road  drainage  problems  of  their 
respective  townships;  they  hear  the  suggestions — sometimes  they  are  complaints  or  criti- 
cisms— of  the  residents,  the  road  users.  They  want  the  best  roads  possible. 

We  have  been  thirty-five  years  in  the  successful  manufacture  of  various  lines  of  sheet 
metal  products.  Before  we  became  authorized  representatives  for  the  entire  Northwest  of 
“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  culverts  we  investigated  with  extreme  care  the  merits 
of  the  various  types  of  corrugated  pipe. 

The  superiority  of  corrugated  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  culverts  over  vit- 
• rified  clay  pipe,  concrete  pipe  and  cast-iron  pipe  is  best  known  by  the  constantly  increasing 
use  of  this  type  of  culvert  on  jobs  where  formerly  the  other  types  were  used.  The  vitrified 
pipe  and  concrete  pipe  are  hard  to  install  on  account  of  their  great  weight;  they  are  fragile, 
l comparatively  speaking,  and  considerable  loss  in  breakage  has  to  be  figured  against  them; 

they  have,  obviously,  practically  no  elasticity,  and  their  resistance  to  vibration,  the  hard, 
i ceaseless  pounding  of  heavy  traffic,  is  much  less.  Cast  iron  pipe  is  not  only  more  costly 
to  buy  than  corrugated  metal,  but  it  also  is  more  costly  to  install  because  of  its  excessive 
weight;  on  county  road  construction  it  is  out  of  the  question. 


“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON” 
Culvert  sunk  in  County  Road 


Hard  service  demanded  from  culvert  in  road  of  this  type 


“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  culverts,  round  riveted  full  circle  construction, 
are  made  up  in  multiples  of  two  feet  in  any  desired  length.  Connecting  bands  are  furnished 
free  for  such  lengths  as  may  be  too  long  to  ship  or  handle  easily — that  is  an  important 
point  for  dealers  and  township  board  members  to  consider. 

“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  culverts  are  the  ideal  type  of  culvert  pipe  to  use 
on  any  work  where  a reasonably  priced,  permanent  drainage  is  required.  Send  us  your  order 
now.  Prompt  delivery. 

The  taxpayers  tell  them  (as  though  they  did  not  already  know),  about  the  chuck  holes, 
the  “low  places”  the  boggy  spots  that  become  more  aggravating,  both  to  the  road  user  and 
the  township  board  member,  every  season. 

They  naturally  want  good  drainage;  they  want  culverts  that  “stand  up";  that  do  the 
business.  Our  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  culverts— 99.875%  pure  iron  with 
copper  alloy— will  give  them  this  service.  They  are  approved  by  the  State  highway  depart- 
ments; they  are,  without  exaggeration  the  last  word  in  rust  resisting  material  and  skilled 
workmanship. 


S A HINT  PAUL  COSSRtJGATlMG  CO, 

We  are  Authorized  Representatives  in  the  Entire  Northwest 
for  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  Culverts 


OUR  AUTHORITY 

(Original  letter  on  file  in  St.  Paul  Corrugating  Co.  Office.) 
To  whom  it  may  concern: 

This  letter  it  written  for  the  purpose  of  notifying  the  pur- 
chasers of  Galvanized  Corrugated  Culverts  that  the  St.  Paul 
Corrugating  Co.  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  has  arranged  with  our 
company,  the  Newport  Rolling  Mill  Co.,  for  the  use  of  our 
•GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  (99.875%  pure  iron 
copper  alloy  sheets),  in  the  manufacture  of  Corrugated  Metal 
Culverts,  and  is  authorized  to  offer  Corrugated  Culverts  manu- 
factured from  our  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  pure 
iron  copper  alloy  sheets  in  the  states  of  Minnesota,  North  and 
South  Dakota,  and  Montana. 

Our  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  sheets  for  cul- 
vert work  as  furnished  to  the  St.  Paul  Corrugating  Co.,  of  St. 
Paul  are  prepared  for  that  company  with  not  less  than  2 
ounces  of  spelter  coating  per  square  foot. 

“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  pure  iron  copper 
alloy  sheet  analysis  shows  that  the  impurities  are  eliminated 
until  they  do  not  exceed  .125%  in  the  aggregate,  that  is,  car- 
bon. manganese,  phosphorus,  sulphur,  silicon,  oxygen,  hydro- 
gen, nitrogen,  and  containing  not  less  than  .20%  of  copper. 

NEWPORT  ROLLING  MILL  CO., 

(Signed)  Frank  A.  Moeschl. 

Vice  Pres,  in  charge  of  sales. 


CERTIFIED  ANALYSIS 

(Original  on  file  in  St.  Paul  Corrugating  Co.  Office.) 

We,  the  Newport  Rolling  Mill  Company  of  New- 
port, Ky.,  manufacturers  of  “GENUINE  OPEN 
HEARTH  IRON,,  will  furnish  “GENUINE  OPEN 
HEARTH  IRON”  sheets  complying  with  the  fol- 
lowing analysis  on  your  standard  specifications  for 
Class  “A”  base  metal  for  corrugated  metal  culvert 
pipe. 

Carbon,  not  exceeding 015 

Manganese,  not  exceeding..... 025 

Sulphur,  not  exceeding .035 

Phosphorus,  not  exceeding 006 

Silicon,  not  exceeding 005 

Variation  not  to  exceed  .04  of  1 per  cent  in 
amount  of  impurities  is  to  be  allowed  covering  the 
recognized  analytical  variations  between  expert 
chemists. 

Copper  contained  in  “GENUINE  OPEN 
HEARTH  IRON”  will  show  approximately  .2  to 
.25  and  not  over  .3  of  1 per  cent. 

NEWPORT  ROLLING  MILL  COMPANY, 

By  Jos.  Gaff  Andrews,  Secretary. 
(Notary  public’s  acknowledgement  and  seal.) 


GOHI,  a coined  word  formed  by  taking  the  first  letters  of 
the  words  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON.”  When  you 
specify  GOHI  you  are  assured  of  getting  a Pure  Iron  Copper 
Alloy  sheet  metal  that  possesses  lasting  and  rust-resisting 
qualities. 


This  Trade-Mark  on  every  sheet  of  GENUINE 
OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  has  been  the  guide  for 
years  to  the  discriminating  buyer  of  sheet  metal 
who  required  a product  that  was  workable  as  well 
as  rust-resisting.  Look  for  this  mark. 

It  is  sold  entirely  on  its  merits  and  in  no  other 
way.  GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  is  the 
Best  by  any  and  Every  Test. 


WHAT  GOHI  MEANS 

GOHI  is  the  abbreviated  form  used  in  speaking 
of  Genuine  Open  Hearth  Iron,  a Pure  Iron-Copper 
Alloy.  GOHI  has  been  on  the  market  for  years, 
giving  unexcelled  service  at  minimum  cost.  If  you 
want  a serviceable  sheet  metal,  one  that  possesses 
good  working  qualities  and  will  give  years  of  serv- 
ice and  is  rust-resisting,  specify  GOHI. 


123 


o 


note  the  dry  road  bed  with  CUL- 
VERT IN  OPERATION 


Installation  Is  Easy 
PURE  IRON 


“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON,”  the  mate- 
rial in  “St.  Paul  Class  A”  Culverts,  is  the  result  of 
j many  years  of  experimenting  in  an  effort  to  pro- 
duce a sheet  metal  that  would  be  more  resistant  to 
rust  and  corrosion.  The  “GENUINE  OPEN 
HEARTH  IRON”  has  had  all  impurities  elimi- 
nated to  an  extent  not  usually  reached  in  any  other 
grade  of  pure  iron.  In  eliminating  these  impuri- 
ties, great  care  is  used  in  the  selection  of  raw 
materials  with  which  the  furnaces  are  charged,  and 
very  careful  heat  treatment  is  given. 

The  pouring  of  the  ingot,  the  heat  control  in  the 
soaking  pits,  the  slower  method  of  reducing  the 
ingot  to  sheet  bars  through  the  blooming  mills  to 
prevent  unnecessary  torture  and  strain;  the  slower 
process  of  rolling  the  sheet  bars  into  sheets;  the 
extremely  careful  application  of  heat  in  the  an- 
nealing furnace  to  overcome  any  evil  effects  of 

Carload  of  “GOHI”  Pure  Iron  Culverts 


rolling;  these  and  many  other  important  details 
not  only  increase  the  life  of  the  iron  sheet,  but  also 
increase  cost  of  production. 

Do  not  accept  a substitute.  “GENUINE  OPEN 
HEARTH  IRON”  Culverts  are  worth  the  reason- 
able price  that  their  high  quality  merits. 

NOTE — A new  trademark  name  “Gohi”  has  been 
devised  by  the  Newport  Rolling  Mill  Co. 
However  the  material  “ Genuine  Open 
Hearth  Iron"  is  the  same,  whether  it  bears 
the  trademark  that  has  been  in  general  use 
or  the  new  one. 

COPPER  ALLOY 

“GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  Cul- 
verts, the  “St.  Paul  Class  A”  Culverts,  contain  not 
less  than  twenty  one-hundredths  of  1 per  cent  cop- 
per. Copper  is  used  for  this  reason:  Metallur- 
gists will  tell  you  that  even  sheet  steels  are  bene- 
fited by  the  alloying  of  a small  percentage  of  cop- 
per; therefore  there  is  no  doubt  that  this  same 
alloying  of  copper  with  extremely  pure  iron  at  the 
mills  of  the  Newport  Rolling  Mill  Co.  gives  a sheet 
metal  highly  resistant  to  rust  and  corrosion. 

Copper  could  be  left  out  and  thousands  of  dol- 
lars saved  annually,  but  it  is  not  the  desire  of  the 
manufacturers  of  “GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH 
IRON”  to  save  money  and  sacrifice  quality.  To 
emphasize  the  manufacturers’  sincerity  in  the  mat- 
ter, attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  up  to  Janu- 
ary 1,  1916,  the  copper  content  in  “GENUINE 
OPEN  HEARTH  IRON”  was  not  less  than  fif- 
teen one-hundredths  of  1 per  cent.  Service  tests 
made  by  their  research  laboratories  showed  that  a 
little  more  copper  would  be  still  more  beneficial; 
hence  since  January  1,  1916,  all  “GENUINE  OPEN 
HEARTH  IRON”  (note  the  trademark  stamped  on 
every  two-foot  length)  shows  not  less  than  twenty 
one-hundredths  of  1 per  cent  copper.  This  is  the 
percentage  of  copper  in  the  “St.  Paul  Class  A” 
Culverts  which  the  ST.  PAUL  CORRUGATING 
CO.,  is  supplying  to  the  Northwest  trade. 

for  F.  W.  Duncanson,  Winnebago,  Minn. 


Whether  a section 
or  a carload,  we  are 
prepared  to  give  our 
customers  prompt 
service  and  depend- 
able quality  in  “Pure 
Iron,”  "Coppered 
Iron”  and  “Copper 
Alloy”  Steel. 


124 


AS1NT  PAUL  COEMJGATSMG  CO. 


Every  user  of  Culverts  and  Sheet  Metal  Build- 
ing Material,  should  investigate  and  learn  of  the 
superior  rust-resisting  and  lasting  qualities  of 
GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  over  other 
Iron  and  Steel  formed  products. 

GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  contains  of 
impurities,  namely:  Carbon,  Manganese,  Sulphur, 
Phosphorous  and  Silicon,  a total  of  only  .035  of  1% 
to  .125  of  1%,  or  approximately  not  exceeding  Y& 
of  1 (/c.  Steel  contains  at  least  ten  times  this 
amount  of  impurities,  and  is  consequently  inferior 
in  lasting  qualities,  as  these  impurities  are  danger- 
ous rust  and  corrosion  agents. 

GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  is  abso- 
lutely uniform  in  quality,  being  manufactured  from 
the  highest  grade  of  selected  materials,  assuring 
the  desired  results;  that  is — the  Best  Rust-Resist- 
ing Metal  for  any  and  all  conditions. 

It  is  a well-known  fact  that  impurities  in  Iron 
and  Steel  hasten  and  aid  corrosion.  (See  U.  S. 
Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Bulletin  No.  239  and  other 
Reports.)  GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON 
contains  less  impurities  or  corrosion  agents  than 
other  iron,  and  far  less  than  any  steel. 


It  conforms  to  the  theories  of  noted  metallur- 
gical authorities  as  to  what  a superior  rust-resisting 
metal  should  be — A PURE  IRON  COPPER 
ALLOY. 

GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  value  as  a 
rust-resisting  metal  has  been  tested  and  approved 
by  the  leading  Engineers,  Architects,  and  the 
United  States  Government. 

It  will  give  longer  life,  and  is  MORE  DUR- 
ABLE than  re-worked  Muck  Bar,  Charcoal  Iron, 
Steel,  or  other  Iron  Sheet  Metal. 

On  account  of  its  superior  working  qualities, 
labor  costs  are  reduced  and  are  actually  less  than 
in  working  up  Steel  or  other  Iron  Sheets. 

Lasting  qualities  considered,  it  makes  the  cost 
cheaper  than  any  other  Sheet  Metal  Building  | 
Material  you  can  use.  It  means  economy  and  sat- 
isfaction. 

If  you  use  GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  I 
Sheet  Metal  Products,  you  will  avoid  the  replacing 
of  your  Sheet  Metal  work  every  few  years,  as 
GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  will  last  for 
an  indefinite  period  under  any  ordinary  conditions.  I 

GENUINE  OPEN  HEARTH  IRON  is  manu- 
factured by  a firm  whose  reputation  for  Sterling 
Products  has  long  been  established. 


Installed  in  1914  “Good  as  New” 


The  picture  to  the 
right  shows  a bat- 
tery of  two  42-inch 
diameter,  12  gauge, 
“G  enuine  Open 
Hearth  Iron”  cul- 
verts installed  by 
the  Linnville  River 
railway  in  1914.  To- 
day they  aoparently 
are  as  good  as  the 
day  they  left  the 
factory,  13  years 
ago. 


ijj 


I 


o 


Delivered  List  Prices  to  Dealers  on  Corrugated  Culverts 

All  Grades  Carry  2-ounce  Coating. 

Prices  Include  End  Reinforcing  and  Connecting  Bands. 

All  Prices  Are  Per  Lineal  Foot. 


Mini 

nesota  and 

Wisconsin 

North  and  South 

(East  of  Missouri 

Dakota 

River) 

Class  A 

Class  B 

Class  C 

Class  A 

Class  B 

Class  C 

Size 

Gauge 

Coppered 

Coppered 

Coppered 

Coppered 

Weight 

“Pure  Iron" 

Iron 

Steel 

"Pure  Iron ” 

Iron 

Steel 

9 

16 

8 

$1.60 

$1.36 

$1.28 

$1.66 

$1.46 

$1.34 

10 

16 

9 

1.72 

1.48 

1.42 

1.78 

1.54 

1.46 

12 

16 

10** 

2.06 

1.74 

1.68 

2.16 

1.80 

1.74 

15 

16 

13** 

2.52 

2.14 

2.04 

2.64 

2.18 

2.10 

18 

16 

15** 

2.98 

2.54 

2.42 

3.18 

2.64 

2.56 

20 

16 

171/2 

3.26 

2.78 

2.66 

3.52 

2.90 

2.78 

24 

16 

21 

3.86 

3.28 

3.16 

4.20 

3.42 

3.28 

24 

14 

25** 

4.62 

3.94 

3.78 

5.06 

4.14 

3.92 

30 

14 

31** 

5.80 

4.94 

4.74 

6.46 

5.42 

4.90 

36 

14 

39 

6.94 

5.92 

5.66 

7.46 

6.74 

6.02 

36 

12 

52 

9.50 

8.44 

7.76 

10.52 

9.30 

8.24 

42 

14 

42** 

8.92 

7.60 

7.26 

9.94 

8.54 

7.40 

42 

12 

60 

11.10 

9.46 

9.04 

12.30 

10.90 

9.34 

48 

14 

49 

9.54 

8.12 

7.78 

10.34 

9.58 

8.50 

48 

12 

69 

13.10 

11.16 

10.68 

14.26 

12.80 

12.00 

60 

12 

86 

16.18 

13.78 

13.20 

17.38 

15.58 

14.92 

60 

10 

108 

20.12 

17.14 

16.66 

21.60 

19.38 

18.82 

72 

12 

103 

19.28 

16.42 

15.74 

20.70 

18.56 

17.78 

72 

10 

131 

23.98 

20.42 

19.82 

25.76 

23.08 

22.42 

GENERAL  INFORMATION  ABOUT  SHIPPING  CULVERT  PIPE 

Maximum  Culvert  Loading  Lengths  for  less  than  carload  shipments: 


9 in.  to  15  in.  diameter,  inclusive 22  ft. 

18  in.  to  24  in.  diameter,  inclusive 20  ft. 

30  in.  diameter 18  ft. 

36  in.  diameter 14  ft. 

42  in.  diameter 12  ft. 

48  in.  diameter  12  ft. 

60  in.  diameter 10  ft. 

72  in.  diameter 6 ft. 


Orders  specifying  longer  culverts  will  be  shipped  in  the  most  convenient  loading  lengths  and  neces- 
sary connecting  bands  will  be  furnished  free  of  charge.  Orders  aggregating  5,000  pounds  or  more  may 
be  loaded  on  flat-cars  and  any  length  up  to  40  feet  may  be  then  ordered. 


FREIGHT  CLASSIFICATION  ON  CULVERT  PIPE  IS  AS  FOLLOWS: 


CLASSIFICATION 


LESS  CARLOAD  CARLOAD 


Set  up  No.  16  gauge  and  heavier  up  to  24 
inches  diameter. 

Over  24  inches  to  48  inches. 

Over  48  inches  diameter. 

Well  Curbing,  set  up,  thinner  than  No.  16 
Corrugated. 


2nd  Class. 


Riveted  or  Set  Up.  Minimum 
weight  20,000  lbs.,  rate  all  sizes  is 
4th  class. 


1st  Class. 

Two  times  1st  class. 
Two  times  1st  class. 


EXCEPTIONS  TO  ABOVE  CLASSIFICATION  ON  RIVETED  OR  SET  UP  CULVERT  PIPE: 

Shipments  made  wholly  within  the  State  of  Minnesota  can  go  at  second  class  rate  of  freight  for  all 
sizes,  9-inch  to  72-inch,  inclusive. 


126 


o 


“St.  Paul”  Corrugated  Well 
Curbing,  will  insure  a supply  of 
clean  water.  Dense,  smooth  sur- 
face does  not  allow  the  growth  of 
rank,  green,  moss-like  vegetation, 
invariably  found  clinging  to  wood 
curbs.  Nothing  to  absorb  mois- 
ture or  allow  the  growth  of  disease 
germs. 

Much  easier  to  dig  in  than  wood 
curbing.  Corrugations  give  it 
great  circumferential  strength. 
Guaranteed  to  successfully  with- 
stand earth  pressure,  regardless  of 
the  composition.  Used  extensive- 
ly in  quicksand  districts. 

Shipped  in  convenient  sections 
that  are  assembled  and  securely 
bound  together  on  the  job,  with 
12-inch  wide  connecting  bands. 
Bands  or  collars  are  provided  with 
heavy  lugs  riveted  on  outside 
which  are  readily  drawn  up  with 
bolts  and  nuts  and  form  a tight 
grip  on  sections  joined. 


A Carload  of  St.  Paul  Well  Curbing  consigned  to 
J.  Borgerding  Company,  Melrose,  Minnesota. 


Rivets  in  curbing  are  located  in  valleys  or  depressions  of  inside  diameter.  No  projecting  heads  to 
tear  clothing  or  cause  injury  to  one  descending  or  coming  up. 

“St.  Paul”  Well  Curbings  are  made  from  No.  20  gauge  galvanized  special  analysis  Copper  Alloy  steel. 
Guaranteed  not  to  peel  or  crack  in  forming.  Copper  added  to  base  plate  in  the  rolling,  while  yet  hot, 
makes  it  rust  resisting  in  a high  degree;  base  plates  are  then  galvanized  with  a heavy  coating  of  prime, 
first-run  spelter. 

Use  and  recommend  “St.  Paul”  corrugated  well  curbings  to  trade.  They  represent  full  value  and 
will  give  years  of  satisfactory  service. 


GALVANIZED  COPPER-ALLOY  CORRUGATED  RIVETED  WELL  CURBING 

List  Prices,  per  Foot,  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


i Copper  Bearing  Steel, 

Size  Weight,  per  Foot  No.  20  gauge,  per  ft.  il 

10  inches 6 pounds  $1.06 

12  inches 7 pounds  1.22 

15  inches 8}4  pounds  1.48 

18  inches 10^2  pounds  1.86 

20  inches 12  pounds  2.12 

24  inches 1314  pounds  2.36 

30  inches 17  pounds  3.00 

36  inches 20^4  pounds  3.62 

42  inches 24  pounds  4.22 

48  inches 27  pounds  4.76 


PRICES  INCLUDE  CONNECTING  BANDS. 
Made  also  of  “GOHI”  Pure  Iron. 

Ask  for  Discount. 


127 


o 


Steel  Buildings  Combine  Stability  and  Low  Cost 

“PRUDEN  SYSTEM”  Steel  Buildings  were  developed  a number  of  years  ago  to  meet  an  increasing 
1 demand  for  a light,  inexpensive,  fire-proof  construction.  Thousands  of  these  buildings  are  now  in  use 
I in  this  and  foreign  countries  and  their  number  is  being  increased  every  day.  Where  durability,  low  cost, 
| appearance  and  portability  are  elements  to  be  considered  these  buildings  present  an  unusual  value. 


Entire  construction  is  fire-proof.  Roofing  and  siding  are  made 
of  special  analysis  galvanized  copper  alloy  steel  sheets,  superior  in 
every  feature,  or  for  any  use,  to  the  ordinary  galvanized  steel  sheets. 
Tight  coating  of  spelter  prevents  peeling  in  manufacture  and  expos- 
ing of  black  base  plate,  and  copper  mixture  rolled  into  base  plate 
adds  years  of  service  that  ordinary  steel  cannot  give.  All  roofing 
and  siding  is  made  in  2-foot  wide  sections  or  panels. 


A Money-Making  Group  of  Pruden  System  Garages 


Doors  have  wood  cores,  carefully 
fitted  and  nailed.  Steel  covers 
both  sides  and  is  locked  at  edges. 
Water  cannot  enter  anywhere  to 
cause  warping,  twisting  or  decay. 

Hinges  are  sherardized  and  will 
not  rust.  Single  doors  are  regu- 
larly glazed  with  DSA  glass,  and 
double  doors  are  furnished  with 
54-inch  wire  glass. 

Single  doors  are  fitted  with 
knob  locks  and  double  doors  have 
a 3-point  bar  lock  operated  with  a 
handle  located  outside.  Cylinder 
locks  can  be  added  at  small  extra 
cost. 

Insulation  and  lining  can  be  add- 
ed to  any  ‘‘PRUDEN  SYSTEM” 
building.  Sketch  illustrating  how 
this  is  done  is  shown  elsewhere  in 
this  section.  Any  standard  insula- 
tion material  and  wall  board  can 
be  used. 

Prices  Quoted  never  include  in- 
sulation, lining  and  furring  unless 
specifically  mentioned. 

Garages,  while  illustrated  in 
singles  and  doubles,  can  be  made 
with  any  number  of  stalls,  depend- 
ing upon  ground  space  available. 
Standard  garages  are  10,  12,  14,  16, 
18  and  20-ft.  wide  by  any  length  in 
2-ft  units.  Filling  stations  and 
other  standard  buildings  are  sup- 
plied in  similar  sizes.  Standard 
heights  are  8,  9 and  10-ft. 


Trusses,  cross-ties,  binding  rods,  plates  and  other  reinforcing 
members  are  formed  from  heavy  galvanized  steel  or  black  rolled 


LARGE  INDUSTRIAL 
BUILDINGS. 


shapes  depending  upon  the  size  of  the  structure  and  the  weight  such 
members  must  sustain. 

Windows  are  formed  of  galvanized  steel  and  glazed  with  54-inch 
wire  glass  for  garages  or  double  strength  “A”  glass  for  filling  sta- 
tions unless  otherwise  ordered.  Top  hinged  windows,  with  54-inch 
wire  glass  are  the  common  type  for  garages.  Casement  windows,  in 
singles,  doubles,  and  triples,  with  DSA  glass,  are  regularly  furnished 
with  filling  stations.  Types  of  windows  and  kinds  of  glass  can  be 
changed  if  desired. 


Factories  and  other  industrial 
buildings  wider  than  20-ft.  have 
recently  been  added  to  our  line  of 
fire-proof,  portable,  all-steel  build- 
ings. Separate  circular  will  be  fur- 
nished upon  request.  Plans  and 
estimates  to  any  interested  party 
without  charge. 

Complete  erecting  plans  and  de- 
tails with  every  building. 

Erecting  expert  to  supervise 
work  on  large  buildings  will  be 
furnished  when  desired,  at  reason- 
able extra  cost. 


128 


Standard  Equipment  of  No.  Pl-1 
Garage  Building 


One  Pair  No.  4 Double  Doors,  95x92}4  inches, 
with  center  bar  locking  device. 

Two  Wire  Glass  Lights  in  Stationary  Frames. 
20x26  inches. 

One  Gable  Ventilator. 

Three  Side  and  Four  Corner  Shelves  with 
brackets. 

Two  Ornamental  Roof  Terminals. 

Bolts.  Nuts.  Angles,  etc.,  for  erecting  the 
building. 

Floor,  Insulation  and  Lining  are  not  included. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  including 
above  equipment,  on  request. 


Size 

Wt 

lbs. 

Size 

Wt.,  lbs. 

10x12x8  ft. 

high. 

1350 

10x16x8  ft. 

high. 

1550 

10x14x8  ft. 

high. 

1450 

10x18x8  ft. 

high. 

1650 

10x20x8  ft. 

high. 

1750 

No.  Pl-1— GABLE  ROOF  ONE-CAR  GARAGE 


No.  Bl-2— GABLE  ROOF  ONE-CAR  GARAGE 


Standard  Equipment  of  No.  Bl-2 
Garage  Building 


One  Pair  No.  4 Double  Doors,  95x92^4  inches, 

with  center  bar  locking  device. 

One  No.  04  Wire  Glass  Window,  24x48  inches, 
top  hinged,  including  bar  lock. 

One  Ventilator  in  Rear  Gable. 

Three  Side  and  Four  Corner  Shelves  with 
brackets. 

All  Bolts.  Nuts,  Rods,  Angles,  etc.,  for  erect- 
ing the  building. 

Floor,  Insulation  and  Lining  are  not  included. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  including 
above  equipment,  on  request. 


Size Wt„  lbs. 

10x12x8  ft.  high,  1600 
10x14x8  ft.  high,  1750 
10x16x8  ft.  high,  1900 
10x18x8  ft.  high,  2050 
10x20x8  ft.  high,  2210 
12x14x8  ft.  high,  1800 
12x16x8  ft.  high,  2000 


Size Wt„  lbs. 

12x18x8  ft.  high,  2200 
12x20x8  ft.  high,  2400 
12x22x8  ft.  high,  2600 
14x16x8  ft.  high,  2325 
14x18x8  ft.  high,  2500 
14x20x8  ft.  high,  2660 
14x22x8  ft.  high,  2875 
14x24x8  ft.  high,  3000 


Standard  Equipment  of  No.  Bl-4 
Garage  Building 


One  Pair  No.  4 Double  Doors,  95x92^4  inches,  1 
with  center  bar  locking  device. 

One  No.  U2  Single  Side  Door,  23  inches  x 6 
feet  6 inches,  with  lock  and  hinges  com-  I 
plete. 

Two  No.  04  Wire  Glass  Windows,  24x48 
inches,  top  hinged,  including  bar  lock. 

Two  Ornamental  Roof  Terminals. 

One  Ventilator  in  Rear  Gable. 

Three  Side  and  Four  Corner  Shelves,  with 
brackets. 

All  Bolts,  Nuts,  Rods,  Angles,  etc.,  for  erect-  , 
ing  the  building. 

Floor,  Insulation  and  Lining  are  not  included.  . 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  including  J 
above  equipment,  on  request. 


Size Wt„  lbs. 

10x12x8  ft.  high,  1665 
10x14x8  ft.  high,  1920 
10x16x8  ft.  high,  2000 
10x18x8  ft.  high,  2125 
10x20x8  ft.  high.  2320 
12x14x8  ft.  high,  2040 
12x16x8  ft.  high,  2135 
12x18x8  ft.  high,  2355 


Size  Wt.,  lbs.  ' 

12x20x8  ft.  high,  2S20 
12x22x8  ft.  high,  2635 
14x16x8  ft.  high,  2580 
14x18x8  ft.  high,  2710 
14x20x8  ft.  high,  2870 
14x22x8  ft.  high,  3075 
14x24x8  ft.  high,  3200 


No.  Bl-4— GABLE  ROOF  ONE-CAR  GARAGE 


129 


Standard  Equipment  of  No.  HB1-2 
Garage  Building 


One  Pair  No.  4 Double  Doors,  95x9234  inches, 
with  center  bar  locking  device. 

One  No.  04  Wire  Glass  Window,  24x48  inches, 
top  hinged,  including  bar  lock. 

Three  Side  and  Four  Corner  Shelves  with 
brackets. 

Two  Ornamental  Roof  Terminals. 

All  Bolts,  Nuts,  Rods,  Angles,  etc.,  for  erect- 
ing the  building. 

Floor,  Insulation  and  Lining  are  not  included. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  including 
above  equipment,  on  request. 


Size Wt.,  lbs. 

10x12x8  ft.  high,  1630 
10x14x8  ft.  high,  1750 
10x16x8  ft.  high,  1875 
10x18x8  ft.  high,  2030 
10x20x8  ft.  high,  2150 
12x14x8  ft.  high,  1935 
12x16x8  ft.  high,  2065 


Size  Wt.,  lbs. 
12x18x8  ft.  high,  2195 
12x20x8  ft.  high.  2330 
12x22x8  ft.  high,  2460 
14x16x8  ft.  high,  2340 
14x18x8  ft.  high,  2480 
14x20x8  ft.  high,  2630 
14x22x8  ft.  high,  2270 
14x24x8  ft.  high,  2900 


No.  HB1-2— HIP  ROOF  ONE-CAR  GARAGE 


Standard  Equipment  of  No.  B2-2 
Garage  Building 

Two  Pair  No.  4 Double  Doors,  each  pair 
95x92^4  inches  with  center  bar  locking  de- 
vice. 

Two  No.  04  Wire  Glass  Windows,  24x48 
inches,  top  hinged,  including  bar  lock. 

Three  Side  and  Four  Corner  Shelves  with 
brackets. 

One  Ventilator  in  Rear  Gable. 

All  Bolts,  Nuts.  Rods,  Angles,  etc.,  for  erect- 
ing the  building. 

Separating  Partition.  Floor,  Insulation  and 
Lining  are  not  included. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  including 
above  equipment,  on  request. 


Size  Wt.,  lbs.  Size  Wt..  lbs. 


18x16x8  ft.  high.  3125 
18x18x8  ft.  high,  3345 
18x20x8  ft.  high.  3510 
18x22x8  ft.  high.  3745 
18x24x8  ft.  high,  3915 


20x18x8  ft.  high,  3610 
20x20x8  ft.  high,  3765 
20x22x8  ft.  high,  3970 
20x24x8  ft.  high,  4135 
20x26x8  ft.  high.  4300 
20x28x8  ft.  high,  4470 


No.  B2-2— GABLE  ROOF  TWO-CAR  GARAGE 


Standard  Equipment  of  No.  B2-4 
Garage  Building 

Two  Pair  No.  4 Double  Doors,  each  pair 
95x9234  inches,  with  center  bar  locking  de- 
vice. 

One  No.  U2  Single  Side  Door.  23  inches  x 6 
feet  6 inches,  with  lock  and  hinges  com- 
plete. 

Two  No.  04  Wire  Glass  Windows.  24x48 
inches,  top  hinged,  including  bar  lock. 

One  Ventilator  in  Rear  Gable. 

Two  Ornamental  Roof  Terminals. 

Three  Side  and  Four  Corner  Shelves,  with 
brackets. 

All  Bolts.  Nuts.  Rods.  Angles,  etc.,  for  erect- 
ing the  building. 

Separating  Partition.  Floor,  Insulation  and 
Lining  are  not  included. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  including 
above  equipment,  on  request. 


Size Wt.,  lbs. 

18x16x8  ft.  high,  3285 
18x18x8  ft.  high,  3435 
18x20x8  ft.  high.  3630 
18x22x8  ft.  high.  3835 
18x24x8  ft.  high,  3990 


Size Wt.,  lbs. 

20x18x8  ft.  high,  3730 
20x20x8  ft.  high,  3885 
20x22x8  ft.  high.  4090 
20x24x8  ft.  high,  4255 
20x26x8  ft.  high.  4420 
20x28x8  ft.  high.  4595 


130 


No.  B2-4— GABLE  ROOF  TWO-CAR  GARAGE 


I’RUDEN  Quick-up  Service  Stations  are  made  of  Special  Analysis. 
Copper  Alloy,  Rust  Resisting,  Tight  Coated,  Galvanized  Steel  Sheets 


& O 

x x < 2 

00  00  -i  w 

rt-  rf 


* * 
cr>  O'  o 


rt  rt 

3 

CL 

t\>  _ fU 

00  CO  n *-1 

tt  ;<  o>  Cl 
• - — 3 r. 
c*  o»  o 52. 

M->  ►-*->'0  N 
rt  rt***  a 
C/2 

- K< 

o vo  n 

— • N 
M">  ^CTP  • • 

r r oo- 


rt 

JO 

C 

>5' 

~ 3 

WMMHo 

5'5'5'o  a 

TO  (TP  TO  C 

n no  2^' 

y>  on”  3 

B)  BJ  O 3 

— . CO  Cfl  DJ 

an  n b ,+ 
„3  3 2 3- 
Onn3» 

O 3 3 n 
° ~ "■  3 to 

8j|«; 

x aa3  a 

Oio  O O'? 

2 rt 

rss:r 

rt  x X 00  ni 
3 £;  £ a- 
o °°.  °°  i,  c 

r I I .'O- 
oOd|  S’ 
r>  ”0  • [— (TO 

W S)  Oi.  v> 

• J3  • 

C >W 

,► 


221 
sr  sr  o 

B B “ 
CO  C/1  Cu 


3 c- 

to  r 

H*TO 
O 3 

*"t  rt 

D* 

JL  ffc 

3 3 
O rt 
•O  ° 
*<  n 


o 

Wx: 

Oq 

rr  o' 

c 

(22 

o O' 

rt 

?r  ? 

n> 

~\ 

2 1 

yi 

Si; 

"2. 

CO 

3 ~ 

*5' 

CL 

a> 

3*r 

cr 

aq  o 

w 

3 

o 

crq 

o 

a> 

n> 

*1 

(0 

3* 

3) 

aq 

3* 

OP 

C/2 

n 

3 

3 

0 

^3 

o’ 

3 


131 


a 

o 

3^ 

W 

«T 


HA340  Single  Drive  Canopy  Station 
Made  in  two  Standard  Sizes,  viz: 


Overall 
16x24  ft. 
16x24  ft. 


Office 
10x16  ft. 
10x16  ft. 


Canopy 
16x14  ft. 
16x14  ft. 


Equipment  items  that  go  with  these  buildings: 

4 Double  Casement  Windows  48"48 — D.  S.  A.  Glass. 

1 Single  Casement  Window  24''x48" — D.  S.  A.  Glass. 

1 Single  Casement  Window  24"x48" — Opaque  Glass. 

1 Single  Solid  Door  24"x6'6” — Knob  Lock. 

Height  1 Single  Glass  Panel  Door  32"x6'6" — Yale  Lock. 
q rt  1 Chimney  with  double  wall  stack  extending  to  ceiling. 

y 1 Sign  and  Light  Reflector. 

10  ft.  Steel  ceiling  for  canopy;  also  gutter,  pipe,  hangers,  and  fittings. 


PRUDEN  CONSTRUCTION 
will  adapt  itself  to  an  endless  variety  of  buildings. 
If  the  stock  sizes  given  in  this  catalog  do  not  suit 
your  ideas  or  convenience,  send  us  a sketch  of  what 
you  want  and  we  will  gladly  quote. 


OB24  Bulk  Station 
Made  in  two  Standard  sizes,  viz: 

18x24x8  ft.  high  and  18x24x9  ft.  high  walls. 
Equipment  items  that  go  with  these  buildings: 

2 Pairs  No.  4 Double  Doors  95x923^  inches — with 
center  bar  locking  device. 

2 Top  hinged  wire  glass  Windows  24"48". 

1 Tilting  Vent  in  Gable. 


HB337  Filling  Station 
Made  in  two  Standard  sizes,  viz: 

10x16  and  10x18  ft. — 8 ft.  high  walls. 

Equipment  items  that  go  with  these  buildings: 

1 Triple  Casement  Window  72  "x48" — D.  S.  A.  Glass. 
1 Single  Casement  Window  24"x48" — D.  S.  A.  Glass. 
1 Single  Casement  Window  24  "x48" — Opaque  Glass. 
1 Single  Solid  Door  24"x6'6"  with  Knob  Lock. 

1 Single  Glass  Panel  Door  32"x6'6"  with  Yale  Lock. 
1 Sign  and  Light  Reflector. 

1 Chimney  with  double  wall  stack  extending  to 
ceiling. 

Also  gutter,  pipe,  hangers  and  fittings  and  eaves 
brackets. 

Lining,  insulation,  wood  furring  extra. 


132 


HA338  Filling  Station 


Made  in  two  Standard  sizes,  viz: 

14x20  ft.  and  14x22  ft. — 9 ft.  high  walls. 

Equipment  items  that  go  with  these  buildings: 

2 Quadruple  Casement  Windows  96  "x48"— D.  S.  A. 
Glass. 

1 Double  Casement  Window  48"x48” — D.  S.  A. 
Glass. 

1 Single  Casement  Window  24"x48"— D.  S.  A.  Glass. 
1 Single  Casement  Window  24"x48"- — Opaque  Glass. 
1 Pair  Double  Doors  47"x6'6" — D.  S.  A.  Glass— 
Yale  Lock. 

1 Single  Solid  Door  24"x6  6"— Knob  Lock. 

1 Chimney  with  double  wall  stack  extending  to 
ceiling. 

Also  gutter,  pipe,  hangers,  fittings  and  eaves  brack- 
ets. 

Lining,  insulation  and  wood  furring  extra. 

32"  Single  Door  can  be  had  in  place  of  doors 
shown. 


HA336  Filling  Station 
Made  in  two  Standard  sizes,  viz: 

12x18  and  12x20  ft.— 9 ft.  high  walls. 

Equipment  items  that  go  with  these  buildings: 

1 Triple  Casement  Window  72"x48"— D.  S.  A.  Glass. 
1 Double  Casement  Window  48’x48"- — D.  S.  A. 
Glass. 

1 Single  Casement  Window  24"x48"-— D.  S.  A.  Glass. 
1 Single  Casement  Window  24"x48  ’— Opaque  Glass. 
1 Pair  Solid  Doors  47"x6'6"-— Yale  Lock. 

1 Single  Solid  Door  24"x6'6” — Knob  Lock. 

1 Sign  and  Light  Reflector. 

1 Chimney  with  double  wall  stack  extending  to 
ceiling. 

Also  gutter,  pipe,  hangers,  fittings  and  eaves  brack- 
ets. 

Lining,  insulation  and  furring  extra. 

32"  Single  Door  can  be  had  in  place  of  doors  shown. 


« 


C400  Pump  Canopy 

Made  in  4 sizes:  6x10  ft.  6x14  ft. 

6x12  ft.  6x16  ft. 

The  height  of  the  pumps  controls  the  height  of 
each  canopy  and  this  height  must  be  given  in  each 
case  so  they  can  be  made  to  fit. 


C500  Pump  Canopy 
Made  in  three  sizes: 

6x16  ft.  8x16  ft.  10x16  ft. 

Height  of  pumps  must  always  be  given  so  factory 
can  determine  length  of  posts. 


Chicago,  111. 

“You  can  do  anything  with  a 
Pruden  building.  After  one  was 
used  nine  years  by  the  Standard  Oil 
Company  as  a storage  house,  I took 
it  down,  moved  it  several  blocks 
away,  added  a few  of  your  standard 
windows  and  doors,  and  put  it  up 
for  a first  class  filling  station.” 

M.  J.  Qualey. 


Minneapolis.  Minn. 

“A  Pruden  Quick-up  Filling  Sta- 
tion enables  a man  of  limited  cap- 
ital to  enter  the  filling  station 
business  and  make  even  better  per- 
centages of  profit  than  the  “big 
fellows”  who  buy  their  lots,  and  put 
up  expensive  brick  and  concrete 
stations.” 

W . H.  Rogers. 


Albany,  N.  Y. 

“A  Pruden  station  is  easily  and 
quickly  erected  and  doing  business. 
It  can  be  enlarged,  altered  or 
moved  with  little  trouble.  Lined 
with  an  insulation  material  and 
wall  board,  it  is  cool  in  summer, 
warm  in  winter,  and  handsome  in- 
side as  well  as  out.” 

James  N.  Kemp  Machine  Works. 


133 


An  attractive  installation  consisting  of  an  HB337  10x16x8  ft.  Building  and  two  C-500  10x16  ft. 
Hip  Roof  Canopies  to  cover  pumps. 

Many  other  variations  and  combinations  can  be  installed  which  will  prove  attractive,  low  in  cost 
and  serviceable. 

Let  us  quote  you  our  prices  and  demonstrate  the  economy  in  using  these  buildings. 


All  types  of  “Pruden”  buildings  can  be  made  from  10  to  20  ft.  wide  and  in  ANY  desired  length, 
either  8,  9,  10  or  12  ft.  high,  using  standard  2 ft.  w'de  units. 


petroieiii  SERVICE  CO.  I 


A low  cost  gasoline  and  oil  service  installation.  This  installation  consists  of  a combination  of  our 
regular  HB337  10x16x8  ft.  station  and  a C-400  gable  roof  pump  canopy  6x16  ft.  Height  of  pumps  must  be 
given  so  posts  can  be  made  long  enough  to  clear  pumps. 


No.  20,  No.  22  and  No.  24  gauge  galvanized  special  analysis,  copper-alloy,  tight  coated  steel  sheets 
are  used  in  these  buildings. 

For  corner  and  door  posts,  ridge,  gable,  eaves  pieces,  and  all  reinforcing  members  No.  20  gauge  is 
used  exclusively. 

Roofs  and  walls  of  large  buildings  are  made  of  No.  22  gauge  and  small  buildings  of  No.  24  gauge. 


134 


AMT  PAUL  COMITUGATraG  CO. 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  LINING  WALLS  AND  CEIL- 
INGS AND  BUILDING  PARTITIONS  WITH 
, STANDARD  INSULATION  AND 

I WALL  BOARD 

The  illustration  above  shows  the  sidewall  and  roof  con- 
struction of  Pruden  Steel  buildings  and  an  approved  way  of 
lining,  insulating,  and  building  partitions. 

This  interior  finish  resists  heat  in  summer  and  retains 
warmth  in  winter  to  a surprising  degree.  It  has  been  de- 
termined by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Standards  after 
making  careful  investigations  that  such  walls  hold  warmth 
in  winter  and  keep  out  summer  heat  as  effectively  as  a 20" 
brick  wall. 

This  illustration  is  given  here  to  show  the  most  approved 
way  of  finishing  the  interior  of  Pruden  Quick-up  Buildings. 

Such  interior  finish  is  never  included  in  our  prices  unless 
specially  requested  and  so  stated  in  our  quotation. 

Material  like  this  can  always  be  bought  at  home  with  a 
saving  in  freight  if  not  in  price. 


Chimney  has  double  wall  from  ceiling  to 
roof.  This  construction  carries  away  ex- 
cess heat  which  would  otherwise  spread 
under  the  roof  and  cause  “sweating”  in 
cold  weather  and  besides  acts  as  a venti- 
lator of  the  room  below. 


DOORS  HAVE 
WOOD  CORES 
AND  ARE 
ENCASED 
WITH  STEEL. 
CANNOT  BE 
MORE 
STURDILY 
BUILT. 

Wood  core  is 
made  of  select 
clear  pine,  sawed 
as  shown  and 
clout-nailed. 

Front  and  back 
are  one-piece 
locked  on  edges. 
No  warping  of 
doors  or  curling 
of  edges. 


ORNAMENTAL  CHIMNEY  WITH 
DOUBLE  STACK  AND  CEIL- 
ING CONNECTION 


135 


o 


Pruden  Doors  are  Built  to  Last 


No.  4A  Double  Doors 

Equipped  with  bar  lock,  and  sherardized  hinges. 
Glazed  with  ^4-inch  ribbed  wire  glass. 


FIREPROOF  DOORS  WITH  PLENTY 
OF  LIGHT 

The  panel  effect  on  Pruden  Doors  is  en- 
tirely the  product  of  the  embossing  hammer. 
Motddings,  panels,  stiles  are  embossed  out  of 
one  piece  of  metal. 

In  no  other  way  can  a door  be  made  having 
the  strength,  beauty  and  simplicity  of  these 
doors.  Nos.  4A  and  4B  Double  Doors  com- 
bine all  of  the  important  features  of  most 
other  doors  with  several  more  that  are  strictly 
original. 

Galvanized  Copper  Alloy  Steel 
No.  4A — 95  in.  wide  by  923,4  in.  high. 

Double  glass  panel  doors $42.00 

No.  4B — 108  in.  wide  by  120  in.  high. 

Double  glass  panel  doors 67.50 

If  above  doors  equipped  to  slide,  add  for 
track  hangers,  etc.,  $10.00  per  pair, 
including  padlock. 

Cylinder  lock  for  swing  doors,  $4.00  extra. 

Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  U3  Single  Door 
Equipped  with  knob  lock 
and  sherardized  hinges. 


HAVE  EVERY  WORTH-WHILE 
FEATURE  IN  FIREPROOF 
DOORS 

Pruden  System  Single  Doors  are  made  of 
two  pieces  of  galvanized  iron,  one  for  the 
front  and  the  other  for  the  back  to  form  a 
covering  over  the  wood  core,  and  these  are 
joined  at  the  outside  edge  by  a slip  joint  lock 
securely  nailed.  The  outside  metal  is  deeply 
embossed  to  give  it  the  required  panel  effect, 
while  the  inside  is  crimped  to  give  that  finely 
finished  appearance  which  characterizes  all 
Pruden  Doors. 

Galvanized  Copper  Alloy  Steel 


No.  U2 — 23  in.  by  6 ft.  6 in.  Single 

solid  door  $13.00 

No.  U3 — 32  in.  by  6 ft.  6 in.  Single 

solid  door  16.00 

No.  U4 — 47  in.  by  6 ft.  6 in.  Single 

solid  door  22.00 

No.  U2P — 23  in.  by  6 ft.  6 in.  Single 

glass  panel  door 18.00 

No.  U3P — 32  in.  by  6 ft.  6 in.  Single 

glass  panel  door 20.00 

No.  U4P — 47  in.  by  6 ft.  6 in.  Single 

glass  panel  door 27.50 


Glazed  with  x/t  in-  wire  glass. 

If  above  doors  equipped  to  slide,  add  for 
track,  hangers,  etc.,  $6.00  each. 
Cylinder  lock  for  swing  doors,  $4  extra. 
Prices  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul. 


No.  U3P  Single  Door 
Equipped  with  knob  lock 
and  sherardized  hinges. 
Glazed  with  % in.  ribbed 
wire  glass. 


136 


METAL  COVERED  DOORS 

Designed  for  and  Widely  Used  in  High-Class  Buildings 
Made  of  Painted  and  Galvanized  Steel  or  Copper.  Prices  upon  Application. 


With  or  without  frames.  Ap- 
pearance is  most  attractive.  They 
can  be  made  absolutely  fireproof 
by  using  wire  glass  or  metal  in- 
stead of  glass  panel.  Extensively 
used  to  make  partition  walls  fire- 
proof. Doors  of  any  style  or  size 
made  to  order  promptly.  Can  be 
decorated  or  painted  to  harmon- 
ize with  any  scheme  of  decora- 
tion. Shipped  without  lock  sets 
and  unglazed  unless  specially 
ordered.  Prices  quoted  on  spe- 
cial designs. 


These  doors  are  not  only  valu- 
able fire  retardants  (if  fitted  with 
wire  glass  or  metal  panels),  but 
they  are  richly  beautiful  and  can 
be  more  perfectly  fitted  than 
wood,  as  they  do  not  shrink  or 
swell.  Monogram  or  coat-of- 
arms  designs  to  order.  Nothing  | 
better  for  public  entrances. 


Style  No.  151 


Doors  are  shipped 
without  lock  sets  un- 
less specially  ordered, 
but  if  desired  will  put 
in  place  lock  sets  sup- 
plied us  by  purchaser. 


Style  No.  140 


Style  No.  141 


Style  No.  131 


Style  No.  150 

IN  ORDERING 
Give  exact  size  of 
door,  or  of  rough  open- 
ing (if  you  desire 
frame),  with  allowance 
for  threshhold,  with 
hand  or  swing-about 
hardware,  etc.,  width  of  1 
frame,  style  of  casing 
or  staff  bead. 


137 


o 


STANDARD  FIREPROOF  WINDOWS 


Approved  by  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 


Standard  Pivoted  Window  with 
Stationary  Lower  Sash 


We  Can  Furnish 
Any  Style 
of  Hollow  Steel 
Windows  for 
Use  in  Factories, 
Warehouses  or 
Office  Buildings. 
Send  Us  Your 
Plans  For 
Estimates. 


Standard  Double  Hung  or  Box 
Frame  Window 


LOWRY  BUILDING 


A Wall  of  360  of  Our  Fireproof  Windows  Installed  in  an  Office  Building  in  St.  Paul. 
The  Total  Height  of  the  Structure  is  14  Stories. 


138 


•AH BUT  PAUL  COERUGATMG  COJ 

TIN  CLAD  FIREPROOF  DOORS 

Approved  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 


Send 

Specifica- 
tions for 
Prices. 
State  Style, 
Quantity 
and  Give 
Sizes  of 
Openings. 


I 

I 

■ft 

111!  111111-1111111111111; 

J!iiiiiiii|.-.llllllllllllilfiililiiiiiiii:ii!2s^KH 

Protect 
Your  Own! 
and  Your 
Neightbors! 
Property 
at  the 

Same  Time.: 
by  Using 
These 
Doors. 


Style  No.  22  Standard  Gravity  Sliding  Door 
Made  to  close  automatically  in  case  of  fire 

All  these  doors  are  fitted  with  fusible  links  which  melt  at  a 
temperature  of  about  155  degrees  F.  This  action  allows  the 
doors  to  close  tightly,  thereby  protecting  adjoining  property 
from  flames.  Used  in  partition  walls  the  advantages  are  the 
same. 


Style  No.  88  Standard  Swinging  Lap  Fire  Door 
Made  to  close  automatically  in  case  of  fire 

139 


Style  No.  44  Standard  Verti< 
Sliding  Door 

Made  to  close  automatically 
case  of  fire 


tmirn  jjjiurouurjrri  iiTu  u:a  g ?r  nutim 


COPPER  STEEL  BASEMENT  WINDOWS 


Neat  in  Appearance.  Easily  Installed.  Absolutely  Permanent. 
Write  for  complete  folder  showing  various  typical  installation  details. 


Cross  section  of  a YPS 
Copper  Steel  Basement 
Window.  Note  T-section 
of  both  ventilators  and 


The  frame  is  made  of  a single  piece  of  heavy  rolled  copper  steel 
T bar,  which  cannot  get  “out  of  square.”  The  windows  have  a single 
weathering  and  integral  drip,  no  rain,  snow,  or  wind  can  get  through. 
The  lock  is  positive,  cam  action,  window  locks  solid  and  safe,  break 
proof  and  burglar  proof. 

When  closed  these  windows  admit  from  sixty  to  eighty  per  cent 
more  light,  when  open  they  give  much  greater  ventilation  than  the 
ordinary  window,  they  are  absolutely  permanent,  never  stick,  rot  or 
warp,  and  in  appearance  they  cannot  be  beat.  Above  all  the  low  first 
cost  is  your  final  cost. 


frames.  Also  that  drip  is 
an  integral  part  of  the 


ventilator 


No.  701 
No.  702 
No.  703 
No.  704 


section. 


Overall  Size 
1 ft.  3%  in.  x 2 ft.  11% 
1 ft.  9%  in.  x 3 ft.  554 
1 ft.  11^4  in.  x 2 ft.  11% 
1 ft.  1154  in.  x 2 ft.  874 


MADE  IN  FOUR 

STANDARD 

SIZES 

Price 
F.  O.  B. 

Masonry  Opening 

Lights 

Weight 

St.  Paul 

in. 

3474  in-  x 1434  in- 

3—10x12 

21  lbs. 

in. 

4074  in.  x 2034  in. 

3—12x18 

27  lbs. 

in. 

3414  in.  x 2234  in. 

3—10x20 

26  lbs. 

in. 

31%  in.  x 223%  in. 

2—14x20 

23  lbs. 

Prices  do  not  include  glass. 


Nos.  702  and  704  have  been  particularly  designed  to  work  out  satisfactorily  with  concrete  block, 
which  are  standardized  to  lay  up  in  multiples  of  16  inches  wide  and  8 inches  high. 


140 


A11NT 


COPPER  STEEL  COAL  DOORS 


The  frame  of  every  YPS  Coal  Door  is  one  solid  piece  of  deep  drawn,  heavy  Copper  Steel 
Tank  Plate.  The  same  unbreakable  material  is  used  throughout  the  door’s  construction. 
The  bottom  of  the  apron  is  made  heavy  to  easily  withstand  the  severest  shocks  of  coal 
delivery. 

YPS  Copper  Steel  Coal  Doors  meet  the  demand  in  every  particular.  Handsome,  dur-  I 
able  and  everlasting,  they  satisfy  the  most  critical  tastes  in  appearance  and  make  the  coal 
man’s  job  easy.  Once  installed  they  require  no  further  attention. 


The  Hopper  is  optional.  For  those 
who  desire  a Coal  Hopper  attached, 
YPS  Coal  Doors  can  be  provided  with 
this  equipment  at  slight  extra  cost. 
The  Hopper  is  of  13  gauge  copper 
steel  and  fits  either  style  door  per- 
fectly. It  easily  swings  into  place 
when  the  door  is  opened  and  closes 
inside  when  door  is  shut. 

Damage-Proof . Weather-Proof.  No 
YPS  Coal  Door  can  break  in  transit 
or  after  installation.  Heavy  copper 
steel  is  used  in  its  construction.  This 
material,  *4  inch  thick,  is  pressed  out 
on  huge  presses  into  handsome  fin- 
ished form,  ready  for  years  of  strenu- 
ous service. 


Style  No. 
801 
802 
810 


STYLES  AND  DIMENSIONS 


Wall 

Thickness 


Door  and  Frame  (no  Hopper) 8 

Door  and  Frame  (no  Hopper) 13 

Hopper  only  


Masonry  Opening 
Width  Height 
213^  in.  16  in. 

2134  in-  16  in. 


Weight 
46  lbs. 
50  lbs. 
14  lbs. 


Prices 
F.  O.  B. 
St.  Paul 


141 


APPEARANCES  COUNT 
IN  BUSINESS 


Every  business  man  deals  with 
the  public.  This  includes  the  store- 
keeper, theater  owner,  banker, 
butcher,  and  others.  And  what 
the  Public  thinks  of  a business 
place  is  of  vital  moment  to  the 
owner. 

Public  opinion  is  largely  based 
upon  appearances.  If  a business 
place  “looks  good”  it  generally  en- 
joys a good  business.  Conversely, 
a place  that  “looks  all  in”  is  gen- 
erally a failure. 


Design  6000 


GUARANTEED  STEEL  CEILINGS  AND  SIDEWALLS 

Looks  count  in  personal  affairs  and  they  count  as  much  and  more  in  business.  Stock 
kept  orderly  helps.  Washing  the  windows  and  mopping  the  floor  helps  also.  But  the 
value  of  these  things  is  offset  largely  by  cracked  ceilings  and  walls. 


Dark  rooms,  dusty  shelves, 
smoked  ceilings,  cracked  plaster 
and  battered  walls  do  not  attract. 
They  are  deterents,  they  repel. 
The  public  does  not  enter  such 
places  by  choice  or  preference  but 
they  go  there  because  they  must. 

A clean,  bright,  airy  store  will 
attract  customers  and  make  money 
for  the  owner.  Such  places  surely 
but  silently  draw  trade.  Somehow 
they  give  cheer  and  warmth  that 
attracts. 

Put  on  a good  front.  “Appear- 
ance of  success  begets  success.” 
There  is  no  surer  way  of  being 
successful  than  to  look  the  part. 


Design  6001 


1 42 


ATMG  CO. 


1 —"****' 

|7|  ' 4 \ 

- Hi 

Guaranteed  Ceilings  and 
Sidewalls,  made  of  steel, 
richly  embossed,  will  help 
immensely  in  building  a larg- 
er, sounder  and  more  profitable 
business  because  they  give 
that  attractive,  compelling, 
magnetic  appearance  which 
draws  trade  and  helps  holding 
it. 


Design  6002 


Steel  may  cost  a little  more 
than  other  interior  finishes 
but  as  the  first  cost  is  the  last 
it  is  the  most  economical  in 
the  end.  Soap  and  water  will 
keep  a steel  interior  spick  and 
span. 


Design  6003 


Guaranteed  Steel  Ceilings 
are  in  the  best  buildings  of  the 
Northwest.  They  are  in  many 
large  bank  buildings — rich  and 
ornate.  They  are  in  large  pub- 
lic buildings,  in  bold  patterns, 
suitable  for  such  structures. 
And  then  they  are  in  churches 
— elegant  and  impressive. 

Design  6004 


143 


STEEL  INTERIORS  RESIST  EIRE 


No  other  interior  finish  resists  fire 
like  steel.  A steel  interior  will  often 
confine  a fire  to  the  room  in  which  it 
originates. 

Guaranteed  Steel  Ceilings  and  Side- 
walls  make  old  buildings  look  new 
again  and  will  make  new  buildings 
ptay  new  much  longer. 

Originality  is  a feature  of  our  de- 
signs. Nothing  is  copied  from  others 
and  our  designs  are  not  purchased 
from  “professional  artists”  who  will 
sell  their  designs  to  any  who  will  pay 
their  price  regardless  of  numbers. 

All  designs  are  developed  by  our 
artists  in  our  own  factory  and  every 
square  of  ceiling  material  sold  is  em- 
bossed on  our  presses. 


Design  6005 


Design  6006 


144 


o 


BUT  PAUL  COEra©AT!H©  CO 

HOW  TO  TAKE  MEASUREMENTS  OF  WALLS 


Make  a sketch  of  each  wall  showing  the  exact  size  and  location  of  all  openings  and  offsets.  In 
measuring  windows  and  doors  get  their  size  outside  of  the  casings.  Get  distance  from  floors  to  win- 
dows and  from  top  of  windows  and  doors  to  ceiling. 

METAL  WINDOW  AND  DOOR  CASINGS 

The  use  of  Metal  Casings  shown  on  page  222  is  especially  recommended,  as  they  are  not  expensive 
and  provide  the  only  means  of  making  the  interior  entirely  metal  clad  and  consequently  fireproof. 


ERECTING  INSTRUCTIONS 
PRELIMINARY 


Before  starting  to  erect  the  mate- 
rial open  all  crates  and  check  goods 
therein  with  lists  attached  to  the 
crate  and  after  being  found  correct 
recheck  with  the  complete  bill  of 
material  listed  out  on  the  blue  print 
or  invoice.  All  shipments  are  care- 
fully checked  twice  before  shipment 
is  made  but  errors  will  occur  in  rare 
cases  in  spite  of  these  precautions. 
Make  your  claims  for  shortages,  if 
any.  AT  ONCE  AND  BEFORE 
STARTING  WORK,  either  return- 
ing the  tags  attached  to  the  crates  or 
advising  us  of  the  order  number, 
crate  number  and  the  material  lack-  i 
ing.  Any  actual  shortages  will  be  1 
made  good  immediately  without 
charge  or  inconvenience  of  any  kind. 
We  can  not,  however,  assume  re- 
sponsibility for  shortages  resulting 
from  customers’  mistakes  or  because 
of  deviation  from  arrangements 
shown  on  our  plans. 


Only  after  you  have  carefully  ! 
studied  and  understand  fully  the  blue  I 
prints  are  you  ready  to  proceed  with  I 
your  work.  It  is  better  to  spend  a ! 
few  minutes  reading  the  erecting  in-  | 
structions  than  it  is  to  go  ahead,  j 
make  mistakes  and  then  spend  hours  i 
correcting  them.  Draw  a chalk  line  1 
down  the  center  of  the  ceiling  and 
use  this  line  as  a starting  point.  If  ' 
Illustrating  how  to  apply  furring  strips  on  Ceilings  and  Walls;  also  how  to  put  wood  furring  strips  are  used,  nail  the  , 
up  complete  Ceilings  and  Walls.  first  one  directly  on  the  line,  other- 

wise apply  the  plates  from  the  line, 
following  the  plans  and  directions  at 
all  times. 

Start  in  the  rear  of  the  room,  work  both  ways  and  towards  the  front,  first  applying  the  field  plates,  ' 
then  the  borders,  fillers  and  lastly  the  cornice.  W -iod  brackets  and  miters  must,  of  course,  be  nailed  in 
place  before  the  cornice  is  fitted.  Be  sure  to  get  Centers  of  wood  strips  located  correctly.  Finish  in 
the  front  of  the  room  as  nearly  as  possible  in  accord  ince  with  the  arrangement  shown. 


SIDEWALLS 

In  erecting  sidewalls  start  at  a rear  corner,  working  both  ways  towards  the  front.  Place  necessary 
strips  as  shown  on  plans.  It  is  advisable  to  put  wainscoting  panels,  chair  rail  and  base  on  first,  as  the 
wall  plates  can  be  trimmed  if  necessary  while  panels  cannot  be  cut  to  fit.  Cut  plates  and  wall  sheets 
against  openings  and  offsets. 


145 


o 


“Perfecto"  Steel  Ceiling  Paint  gives  a beautiful  flat  finish 


To  attain  the  very  best  results  “Perfecto”  Steel  Ceiling  Paint  should  be  used  in  finishing  your  work. 
: f the  decorating  is  poorly  done  or  an  inferior  paint  used  the  ceiling  and  walls  will  reflect  no  credit  on 
ou  or  your  work.  We  recommend  two  coats  of  paint  as  necessary  to  get  perfect  results.  Read  the 
escription  of  this  superior  paint  that  is  made  for  no  other  purpose  than  use  on  Steel  Ceilings  and  Side- 
| /alls. 

ESTIMATING 


To  obtain  estimates  of  cost  without  writing  to  us  proceed  as  follows:  To  both  the  length  and  the 
iridth  of  the  room  add  the  depth  of  each  Cornice,  in  no  case  adding  less  than  12  inches.  Multiply  these 
esulting  measurements,  use  CORRECT  list  price  and  apply  discount  quoted.  Make  no  deductions  for 
penings  and  offsets  of  less  than  50  square  feet  area.  Example:  If  Design  2046  is  wanted  for  a room 
4x36  feet  with  Cornice  on  two  sides  and  the  rear  you  figure  it  as  26x37  feet  equals  962  square  feet  or 
.62  squares,  which  at  a list  price  of  $9.00  per  square  equals  $86.58,  subject  to  discount.  Each  space  sur- 
ounded  by  Cornice  or  Border  must  be  considered  as  a separate  room.  List  prices  apply  only  to  quanti- 
ies  in  each  room,  not  to  the  total  quantity  in  several  rooms. 

All  orders  sent  us  without  previous  quotations  will  be  invoiced  at  the  prevailing  discount. 


WOOD  FURRING  STRIPS 

When  erecting  Steel  Ceilings  over  plaster  or  opan  joists  it  is  always  necessary  to  use  Wood  Furring 
drips  which  should  be  nailed  at  right  angles  to  the  joists.  All  Plates  and  Borders  except  sunk  Panels 
lay  be  applied  directly  to  wood  sheathing.  For  ceilings  we  recommend  wood  strips  ^4x1^4  inches,  sur- 
aced  on  one  side  and  for  walls  you  should  use  strips  Y2x2  inches. 

Erecting  instructions  should  be  followed  carefu'ly  both  as  to  spacing  and  size  of  strips,  as  well  as 
rrangement  of  the  plates  themselves.  We  can  furnish  Wood  Furring  Strips  from  stock  at  attractive 
rices.  1 

PRICES 

List  prices  quoted  herein  are  subject  to  a discount  which  we  shall  be  glad  to  name  on  application. 
Ill  quotations  will,  unless  otherwise  specified,  be  for  immediate  acceptance  and  for  delivery  free  on 
ioard  cars,  St.  Paul.  For  net  prices  the  best  way  is  to  send  in  plans  and  specifications  outlining  your 
equirements  clearly,  and  ask  for  definite  net  prices.  See  pages  147  and  148  for  instructions  on  taking 
leasurements.  The  use  of  our  standard  Inquiry  Blanks  is  recommended  for  this  purpose. 


Design  6008 


146 


HOW  TO  TAKE  MEASUREMENTS  OF  STORES 


Typical  Plan  of  Store,  Hall  or  Basement  Ceiling  indicating 
what  measurements  are  essential. 


The  easiest  and  most  accurate  way  to  take  measurements  of  stores  and  rooms  of  tha 
character  for  Steel  Ceilings  is  to  first  make  a rough  drawing  showing  the  general  shape  o', 
the  room  as  well  as  the  approximate  location  of  all  offsets,  openings  and  other  irregularities 
Next,  starting  at  the  front  of  one  side,  measure  the  lengths  of  the  various  walls  and  not 
results  on  your  sketch  as  you  proceed  around  the  room.  When  you  have  reached  the  start 
ing  point  again  check  the  measurements  taken  by  measuring  the  total  length  and  width  o 
the  room,  noting  these  figures  on  your  sketch  also. 

After  your  rough  drawing  is  finished  and  the  measurements  checked  as  suggested  yo 
can  redraw  it,  making  it  to  scale,  if  you  wish.  This  is  not,  however,  entirely  necessary.  Jus 
see  to  it  that  ALL  measurements  are  correctly  given.  The  plan  illustrated  on  this  pag 
should  assist  you  as  it  shows  what  dimensions  are  necessary  and  illustrates  the  irregularitie 
you  are  likely  to  encounter.  Be  sure  to  give  the  distance  between  top  of  highest  window 
and  the  width,  depth,  construction  and  location  of  beams,  if  any.  These  latter  measurement 
may  influence  the  depth  of  Cornice  to  be  used. 

For  further  instructions  on  taking  measurements  refer  to  page  148. 


147 


o 


SAimr  PAUL  COERUCATMC  CO 

How  to  Take  Measurements  of  Churches 


Typical  Plan  of  Church  Ceiling  and  Wall,  indicating  how 
essential  measurements  must  be  taken. 


Do  not  be  frightened  at  the  apparent  difficulties  of  measuring  church  interiors  for  Steel 
Ceilings.  While  a more  complicated  and  tedious  task  than  measuring  simple  store  rooms  it 
is  not  difficult  if  you  go  about  it  in  the  right  way.  Study  the  plan  shown  on  this  page.  Then 
make  rough  sketches  of  both  ceilings  and  wills  and  take  your  measurements  as  suggested 
above,  in  addition  to  which  you  give  wall  and  gable  sizes  as  shown  on  the  plan. 

An  easy  way  to  get  the  correct  height  of  ceilings  in  churches  is  to  use  a tape  line 
attached  to  the  end  of  a long  pole. 

If  the  church  has  side  gables  or  transepts  measure  them  in  the  same  way  as  you  did  the 
end  gables,  noting  their  location  as  well.  The  altar  recess,  if  any,  should  be  carefully 
measured  using  the  plan  as  a guide.  You  can  then  redraw  your  plan  as  suggested  above. 

For  further  instructions  on  taking  measurements  refer  to  page  147. 


148 


o 


GUARANTEED  STEEL  CEILINGS  GIVE 
EVERLASTING  ATTRACTIVENESS 

“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings  are  made 
in  many  designs  to  meet  any  requirements  of 
style.  For  instance  Gothic  patterns  are  in- 
tended for  use  in  churches,  other  styles  for 
stores,  etc.  Their  beauty  is  unquestioned  and 
unequalled.  They  are  noted  for  their  quiet 
elegance  of  design.  The  plates  can  be 
arranged  to  please  YOU  and  meet  YOUR 
requirements.  There  is  no  danger  of  the 
decorations  being  ruined  or  discolored  be- 
cause of  shrinking,  swelling  or  peeling,  as 
they  are  impervious  to  dampness  and  water. 
When  soiled  they  can  be  washed  with  soap 
and  water.  Cracks  and  roughness  on  the  sur- 
faces of  plaster,  wood  and  wall  board  are 
conspicuously  absent  from  the  surface  of 
“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings. 

ARE  A SANITARY  DECORATION 

As  a sanitary  decoration  “GUARAN- 
TEED" Steel  Ceilings  are  unsurpassed. 
While  the  embossing  is  deep  and  sharp  there 
are  no  under-cuts  or  rough  surfaces  that  al- 
ways provide  lodgment  for  dust,  dirt  and 
germs.  Rats  and  mice  cannot  make  their  way 
through  the  steel  plates,  so  “GUARAN- 
TEED” Steel  Ceilings  are  proof  against 
vermin  of  all  kinds.  As  they  are  proof 
against  dampness,  disagreeable  odors  will 
never  be  present.  Any  doctor  or  physician 
will  tell  you  that  germs  will  not  adhere  to 
nor  breed  on  steel  coated  with  paint  in  which 
there  is  any  white  lead.  All  the  plates  are 
primed  with  a special  paint  in  which  the  prin- 
cipal pigment  is  white  lead.  Besides  attract- 
ing business  because  of  its  cleanliness  a 
“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceiling  will  in- 
crease the  business  of  the  store  in  which  it  is 
installed  by  its  very  attractiveness. 


ARE  MECHANICALLY  PERFECT 
AND  GUARANTEED 

“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings  are  as 
perfect  as  mechanical  ingenuity  assisted  by 
modern  methods  of  manufacture  and  electric- 
ally driven  machinery  can  make  them.  Steel 
dies,  accurately  made,  and  heavy  drop  presses 
are  used  exclusively.  Each  and  every  plate 
must  be  perfect  or  it  will  never  be  shipped 
out.  The  clear,  sharp  embossing  is  a feature 
of  this  material.  Only  the  best  hot  rolled 
and  annealed  steel  is  acceptable  for  “GUAR- 
ANTEED” Steel  Ceiling  stock.  So  perfect 
are  the  materials  used  and  the  finished  prod- 
uct that  we  do  not  hesitate  to  GUARANTEE 
EVERY  ONE  SOLD  OR  QUOTED  ON. 
Hence  the  name  “GUARANTEED”  Steel 
Ceilings.  This  gives  you  added  security  and 
protection.  It  puts  this  material  in  a class 
distinctly  by  itself. 

I 

WILL  NOT  DETERIORATE 

There  is  nothing  about  “GUARANTEED” 
Steel  Ceilings  to  wear  out  or  deteriorate  in 
the  slightest  degree.  Since  only  the  best 
material  obtainable  is  used  and  the  plates  are 
thoroughly  painted  before  being  stamped 
they  are  permanently  protected  from  ordi- 
nary dampness.  We  do  not  know  how  long 
“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings  will  last.  ; 
Some  of  them  have  been  in  place  for  thirty 
years  and  are  apparently  good  for  many  years 
more.  When  Steel  Ceilings  are  wanted  for 
rooms  in  which  there  is  continual  dampness 
it  is  advisable  to  specify  Galvanized  “GUAR- 
ANTEED” Steel  Ceilings.  These  are  par- 
ticularly recommended  for  such  rooms  and 
buildings  as  laundries,  Turkish  bath  parlors, 
creameries,  etc.  Galvanized  plates  are  not 
carried  in  stock  but  can  be  stamped  to  order 
on  short  notice. 


49 


o 


ARE  AN  ECONOMICAL  NECESSITY  ARE  ABSOLUTELY  FIREPROOF 


From  an  economic  standpoint  “GUARAN- 
TEED” Steel  Ceilings  are  superior  to  any 
other  kind  of  interior  finish.  Their  first  cost 
is  small.  A few  cents  per  square  foot  will 
buy  a most  attractive  combination  of  Plates, 
Borders,  Fillers  and  Cornices  with  no  extra 
charge  for  Centers  for  light  drops  if  they  are 
wanted.  Once  in  place  they  add  one  hun- 
dred cents,  for  every  dollar  spent,  to  the  val- 
uation of  the  building.  “GUARANTEED” 
Steel  Ceilings  totally  eliminate  the  expense 
of  lath  and  plaster  in  new  buildings.  Repairs 
will  never  be  necessary  as  there  is  nothing 
about  the  plates  to  wear  out.  Plaster  ceilings 
must  be  renovated  every  few  years,  patched 
up,  repaired  and  redecorated  frequently.  The 
first  cost  of  a “GUARANTEED  Steel  Ceil- 
ing is  the  last  cost.  Other  kinds  are  a con- 
tinual expense. 

ARE  SAFE  AND  PERMANENT 

“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings  are  not 
only  permanent,  but  they  are  absolutely  safe. 
They  cannot  crack  and  fall  like  plaster  ceil- 
ings. When  the  steel  plates  are  erected  over 
open  joists  in  new  buildings  or  over  lath  and 
plaster  in  old  buildings  it  is  necessary  to  use 
wood  furring  strips.  In  the  latter  case  the 
wood  strips  serve  the  double  purpose  of  hold- 
ing the  plaster  in  place  and  providing  a solid 
nailing  surface.  The  plates  being  nailed  to 
strips,  are  held  rigidly  in  place.  They  cannot 
loosen.  The  steel  is  not  affected  by  weather 
changes  so  it  does  not  shrink  and  swell  but 
remains  uniformly  perfect  at  all  times.  The 
estimated  life  of  a building  is  thirty  years. 
“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings  will  out- 
last the  building  at  that  rate.  Some  have  been 
in  place  for  thirty  years  and  are  still  in  good 
condition.  In  all  that  time  the  danger  and 
damage  caused  by  falling  plaster  will  never 
be  experienced. 


“GUARANTEED"  Steel  Ceilings  must  be 
fireproof.  Steel  will  not  burn.  The  question 
of  how  much  more  fireproof  they  are  than 
lath  and  plaster  has  been  thoroughly  tested 
out.  This  test  was  conducted  a few  years 
ago  and  here  is  the  result:  Both  lath  and 
plaster  and  steel  plates  were  subjected  to  an 
equal  heat  of  1700  degrees  for  an  hour  and  a 
quarter.  The  lath  and  plaster  fell  in  twelve 
minutes.  The  steel  plates  withstood  the  test 
only  the  paint  being  burned  off.  Newspapers 
report  almost  daily  that  certain  buildings 
were  undoubtedly  saved  from  total  destruc- 
tion bv  the  Steel  Ceilings  in  them.  “GUAR- 
ANTEED” Steel  Ceilings  are  indestructible 
and,  being  fire-resisting  as  well  as  fireproof, 
will  confine  a fire  to  the  room  in  which  it 
starts.  They  give  buildings  an  added  pro- 
tection, an  insurance  on  which  there  are  no 
premiums  to  pay.  Surely  this  is  worth  while. 

EASILY  AND  QUICKLY  INSTALLED 

“GUARANTEED”  Steel  Ceilings  can  be 
easily  and  quickly  installed  in  old  buildings 
without  inconveniencing  the  occupants  to  a 
material  degree.  It  is  not  necessary  to  re- 
move the  old  plaster  in  fact,  we  strongly  urge 
that  it  be  left  on.  It  will  give  the  building 
much  additional  warmth  and  the  wood  fur- 
ring strips  will  hold  it  firmly  in  place.  To 
remove  the  plaster  would  be  a dirty  job  and 
the  dust  would  permeate  everything,  so  leave 
the  plaster  on.  It  is  obvious  they  can  be  in- 
stalled in  new  buildings  at  the  convenience 
of  the  contractor.  Ease  and  cheapness  of 
erection  has  been  a particular  aim  in  the 
manufacture  of  “GUARANTEED"  Steel 
Ceilings.  Erectors  with  experience  have 
complimented  us  repeatedly  on  this  point. 


iso 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  1998 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  X29  Field  Plate  24x48",  raised  7/s". 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  inlcuding  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $9.50 

18x25  ft 10.00 

15x20  ft 10.50 

12x15  ft 11.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/s"xl%"  strips. 


I 


151 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  1999 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  X39  Field  Plate  24x48",  raised  7/&". 

No.  T14  Plain  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 

No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  8^2”  deep,  654”  projec- 
tion. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$9.50 

10.00 

10.50 

11.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  % xl*4"  strips. 


152 


AMT  PAUL  C©ERU©AT!MG 

STEEL  CEILINGS 


Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2000 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  V19  Field  Plate  24x24",  l/\"  deep. 

No.  V18  Border  Plate,  12x24". 

No.  V17  Border  Plate  Corner  12x12". 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  9013  Cornice  48"  long.  12"  deep,  9"  projection. 
No.  9015  Inside,  No.  9016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of  1 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$12.00 

12.50 

13.00 

14.00 


Use  Wood  Strips  nailed  edgewise  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


153 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Combination  Designs 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  V9  Field  Plate  24x24",  1%"  deep. 

No.  V8  Border  Plate  12x24". 

No.  V7  Border  Plate  Corner  12x12". 

No.  MK14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48”  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  8*4”  deep,  61/^"  projec- 
tion. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2001 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$12.00 

12.50 

13.00 

14.00 


Use  7,/8xl%"  Wood  Strips  nailed  edgewise  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


154 


o 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2002 

Composed  of  following;  LIST  PRICES 

No  T9  Field  Plate  ?4vd«"  i/"  a Per  ^quare  O00  s9-  ft-)  for  above  Combination  of 

No  T8  Rn  lr  P t deep-  Designs  including  all  units. 

No.  J8  Border  Plate  12x48  . Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

No.  J7  Border  Plate  Corner  12x12  . 20x60  ft ,q“  I 

No.  MK14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long.  18x25  ft.  ,n'rn 

No.  X13  Cornice  48  ’ long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection.  15x20  ft , l nn 

No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters.  12x15  ft 12  00 

Use  1^x1%  Wood  Strips  nailed  flat  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 

1SS 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design  No.  2003 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  X9  Field  Plate  24x24",  1"  deep. 

No.  X8  Border  Plate  12x24". 

No.  X7  Border  Plate  Corner  12x12". 

No.  P62  Beam  Molding  4x48",  1*4"  deep. 

No.  P63  Beam  Molding  Corners. 

No.  B14  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 

No.  5013  Cornice,  48"  long,  12"  deep,  8"  projection. 

No.  5025  Inside,  No.  5026  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $12.00 

18x25  ft 12.50 

15x20  ft 13.00 

12x15  ft 14.00 


Use  24x1*4"  Wood  Strips  nailed  edgewise  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


156 


SAINT  PAUL  COEROGAT1HO  CO. 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2004 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  J49  Field  Plate  24x48",  J4”  deep. 

No.  J8  Border  Plate,  12x24". 

No.  .17  Border  Plate  Corner  12x12". 

No.  B14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  B13  Cornice  48"  long,  9"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


(Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 


20x60  ft. 
18x25  ft. 
15x20  ft. 
12x15  ft. 


.$10.00 

10.50 

11.00 

12.00 


Use  ^4x1*4"  Wood  Strips  nailed  flat  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


157 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  J49  Field  Plate  24x48",  x/i'  deep. 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48  long. 
No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2005 

LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $9.50 

18x25  ft 10.00 

15x20  ft 10.50 

12x15  ft 11.50 


Use  y%x.\Vt,"  Wood  Strips  nailed  flat  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


158 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2006 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  B49  Field  Plate  24 ”x24",  94"  deep. 

No.  B8  Border  Plate  12"x24". 

No.  B7  Border  Plate  Corner  12"xl2". 

No.  MK14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice  48  long,  8^4"  deep,  6j4”  projec- 
tion. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$10.00 

10.50 

11.00 

12.00 


Use  V6xiy4"  Wood  Strips  nailed  flat  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


159 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  T9  Field  Plate  24"x48",  1/i"  deep. 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long.  8"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2007 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 
$10.00 

10.50 

11.00 

12.00 


Use  y&"-x.lYn"  Wood  Strips  nailed  flat  to  provide  for  sinkage  in  above  plates. 


160 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  8019  Field  Plate,  24"x48",  raised  54'\ 

No.  8010  Border  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  8020  Border  Plate  Corner  24"x24". 

No.  8014  Single  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48” 
long. 

No.  8013  Cornice  48"  long,  15"  deep,  12"  projection. 
No.  8025  Inside,  No.  8026  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2008 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$10.00 

10.50 

11.00 

12.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates,  otherwise  use  strips. 


161 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2009 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  8009  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  l/2" ■ 

No.  P42  Beam  Molding,  12"x24",  2"  deep. 

No.  P45  Beam  Molding  Corner. 

No.  8014  Single  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48" 
long. 

No.  9013  Cornice  48"  long,  12"  deep,  9"  projection. 
No.  9015  Inside,  No.  9016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Rooms  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $10.00 

18x25  ft 10.50 

15x20  ft 11.00 

12x15  ft 12.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/sxl%"  Strips. 


162 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2010 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  8049  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  */%  . 

No.  8010  Border  Plate  24  "x48". 

No.  8020  Border  Plate  Corner  24"x24". 

No.  8014  Single  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48'' 
long. 

No.  8013  Cornice  48"  long,  15"  deep,  12"  projection. 
No.  8025  Inside,  No.  8026  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq,  ft.)  for  above  combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square' 

20x60  ft $ 9.75! 

18x25  ft 10.25: 

15x20  ft 10.75 

12x15  ft 11.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  £4x1%  Strips. 


163 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


i 

rrj 

Yf) 

m 

rr 

riv 

ir*r 

h- 

ry'l 

4 

r > 11 

P ; - 4 

rri 

cs 

rr 

m 

rrl 
>V  J 

i 

Cl J 

f) 

\lju 

1! 

r 0 

- .. 

vi 

<-• 

FP 

!.  r. 

I > 

1 rir 

pte 

|r> 

pi?i 

\ — 

PIT 

pi 

M 

r>rl 

r jp 

fi 

f i 

fi  ' 

pi  - 

Fjjr 

Y/ 

Pi 

Yj* 

IP* 

P! 

pi 

..  H 

| ' ' jjl 

HI 

*■  p 

w? 

pH 

rag 

fpf 

IBP 

ETJ 

© 

r : 

L U 

wr 

RW 

r>;  * 

pi® 

nw 

Iqiif 

m 

L | 

p| 

f F 

Bpi 

fr 

Design  No.  2011 

Composed  of  following: 
lo.  8029  Field  Plate  24  x48 ",  raised  54”. 
ro.  8010  Border  Plate,  24"x48". 
fo.  8020  Border  Plate  Corner  24  "x24”. 
lo.  8014  Single  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48' 

r long' 

Jo.  G13  Cornice  48"  long,  12"  deep,  1354"  pro 
jection. 

to.  6035  Inside  No.  6036  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $ 9.75 

18x25  ft io.25 

15x20  ft 10.75 

12x15  ft n.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  74x154"  Stri 


ps. 


164 


iAHIMT 


C0IERTCATSM0 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2012 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  8029  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  *4". 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48”  long. 
No.  B13  Cornice,  48"  long,  9"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.00 

9.50 

10.00 

10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/6xl%"  Strips. 


165 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  8039  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  54"- 
No.  P52  Beam  Molding,  6"x48",  154”  deep. 

No.  P55  Beam  Molding  Corner. 

No.  8014  Double  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48” 
long. 

No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  854”  deep,  654”  pro- 
jection. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 
Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail 


No.  2013 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 

on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  54x1^4 


Per  Square 

$ 9.50 

10.00 

10.50 

11.25 

Strips. 


166 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design  No.  2014 

Composed  of  following:  LIST  PRICES  . 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
No.  8021  Field  Plate  24  "x48".  Designs  including  all  units. 

No.  6013  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48”  long.  Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

No.  All  Cornice  48''  long,  7"  deep,  3"  projection.  20x60  ft $ 8.50 

No.  A17  Inside,  No.  A18  Outside,  Cornice  Miters.  18x25  ft 9.00 

15x20  ft 9.50 

12x15  ft 10.00 

Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  %xl Yu  Strips. 


167 


AIN'T  PAUL  COERUGATINO  CO, 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2015 

Composed  of  following:  LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
No.  8021  Field  Plate  24  "x48”.  Designs  including  all  units. 

No.  MD14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long.  Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection.  20x60  ft $ 8.75 

No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters.  18x25  ft 9.25 

15x20  ft 9.75 

12x15  ft 10.25 

Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  Strips. 


168 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Combination  Designs 


o 


I 


I 


I 


I 

I 


Design  No.  2016 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  X19  Field  Plate  24"x24",  raised  34". 

No.  P9  Beam  Molding  12"x48",  234"  deep. 

No.  P7  Beam  Molding  Corner. 

No.  K14  Filler,  variable  width,  48  long. 

No.  5013  Cornice  48"  long,  12"  deep,  8"  projection. 
No.  5025  Inside,  No.  5026  Outside,  cornice  miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $10.50' 

18x25  ft 11-00 

15x20  ft H-50 

12x15  ft 12.50- 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  Vs*!1/*"  Strips. 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design  No.  2017 

Composed  of  following:  LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
No.  L9  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  Designs  including  all  units. 

No.  L8  Border  Plate  12”x24".  Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

No.  L7  Border  Plate  Corner  12"xl2".  20x60  ft S 9.75 

No.  B20  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48”  long.  18x25  ft 10.25 

No.  X13  Cornice,  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection.  15x20  ft 10.75 

No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters.  12x15  ft 11.75 

Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ?/8x  1*4’  Strips. 


170 


,/K  .1.  Ak  X .,JK  X 


Wi®&i®aSM3fei 


PAUL  C©ERU©ATIIMO  ©Do 

STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2018 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  E9  Field  Plate  24"x24",  raised  y2" . 

No.  E8  Border  Plate  12"x24  ’. 

No.  E7  Border  Plate  Corner,  12"xl2". 

No.  6014  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 

No.  B13  Cornice  48"  long,  9"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$10.00 

10.50 

11.00 

12.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/6x1 Strips. 


171 


Design  No.  2019 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  G19  Field  Plate,  24”x48",  raised  34". 

No.  PS2  Beam  Molding,  6"x48',  1%"  deep. 

No.  P55  Beam  Molding  Corner. 

No.  C14  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 

No.  B13  Cornice,  48"  long.  9"  deep,  6”  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft  


Per  Square 

$ 9.75 

10.25 

10.75 

11.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates:  otherwise  use  %xl*4' 


172 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  G19  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  54 '• 

No.  C14  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 

No.  X23  Cornice  with  1"  filler,  48"  long,  454  deep 
3/4”  projection. 

No.  X25  Inside,  No.  X26,  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2020 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.00 

9.50 

10.00 

10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/gxl%"  Strips. 


173 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2021 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  019  Field  Plate  24”x48”,  raised  S/jj". 

No.  C14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  B13  Cornice  48”  long,  9"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

S 9.00 

9.50 

10.00 

10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  y&xlW  Strips. 


174 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2022 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  019  Field  Plate,  24  "x48",  raised  ^4". 

No.  B14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  A16  Cornice,  with  1"  filler,  48"  long,  6"  deep, 
5"  projection. 

No.  A115  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 8.75 

9.25. 

9.75 

10.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  Strips. 


o 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2023 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  AB29  Field  Plate,  24  x48  , raised  34". 

No.  MD  14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  X13  Cornice  48  long,  8 deep,  6 projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $ 9.50 

18x25  ft io.OO 

15x20  ft io.50 

12x15  ft 11.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7gxlJ4'  Strips. 


176 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


AMT  PAU! 


AT! MO  CO. 


i 


I 

i 


i 


Design  No.  2024 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  C19  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  T/\" . 

No.  MD14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48”  long. 
No.  9013  Cornice  48"  long,  12"  deep,  9"  projection. 
No.  9015  Inside,  No.  9016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square  I 

$ 9.25 

9.75 

10.25  ! 

11.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ^gxl^"  Strips. 


177 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2025 


Composed  of  following: 

| No.  C19  Field  Plate,  24”x48",  raised  54'- 
No.  C14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  B13  Cornice  48"  long,  9”  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $ 9.00 

18x25  ft 9.50 

15x20  ft 10.00 

12x15  ft 10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  54  Strips. 


178 


AlffT  PAUL  COHRUGATM0 

STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


! 


I 


Design  No.  2026 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  U19  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  l/\" . 

No.  MD14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  9013  Cornice  48"  long,  12"  deep.  9"  projection. 
No.  9015  Inside,  No.  9016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft)  for  above  Combination  oi 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.25 

9.7?  | 

10. 2i 

11.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ?4x.l}4"  Strips. 


179 


o 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2027 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  U19  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised 
No.  B14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  854"  deep,  654”  pro- 
jection. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $ 9.00 

18x25  ft 9.50 

15x20  ft 10.00 

12x15  ft 10. 7S 

use  Strips. 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise 


180 


SASiMT  PAUL  COE  EU©  AT  MG  CO. 

STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2028 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  A19  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  *4". 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice,  48"  long,  8 y2"  deep,  6%"  pro- 
jection. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  ofj 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.00 

9.50 

10.00 

10.75* 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ?4xl}4'' 


Strips. 


181 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  A19  Field  Plate  24 "x48",  raised  Y\'  • 

No.  B14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  A16  Cornice  with  1"  filler,  48 " long,  6"  deep 
5"  projection. 

No.  A115  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2029 

LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs,  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft S 8.75 

18x25  ft 9.25 

15x20  ft 9.75 

12x15  ft 10.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furied  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ? 8x1*4  Strips. 


182 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design  No.  2030 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  S19  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  34”- 
No.  B20  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  5013  Cornice  48"  long,  12"  deep,  8"  projection. 
No.  5025  Inside,  No.  5026  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft 5 9.00 

18x25  ft 9.50 

15x20  ft 10.00 

12x15  ft 10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  74x1/4  Strips. 


1 83 


SAMT  PAUL  COHRUGATMG  CO, 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Design  No.  2031 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  L17  Field  Plate  24"x48 ",  raised  . 

No.  C14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48  long. 

No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6 projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $ 9.00 

18x25  ft 9.50 

15x20  ft 10-0(> 

12x15  ft  10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/6x154"  Strips. 


184 


AHHT 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2032 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  42  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  8^4"  deep,  6%"  pro- 
jection. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  o 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

1 5 j: 2 0 ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.0'j 

9.5' 

10.0' 

10.7. 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ^xl^"  Strips. 


185 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  S9  Field  Plate  24"x48",  raised  3/g". 

No.  MD14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48”  long. 
No.  B13  Cornice  48"  long,  9"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  B15  Inside,  No.  B16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2033 

LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft S 9.00 

18x25  ft 9.50 

15x20  ft 10.00 

12x15  ft 10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  %xlJ4  Strips 


186 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2034 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  7009  Field  Plate,  24"x48”,  raised  Y"- 
No.  MT14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  8*4"  deep,  6%"  pro- 
jection. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.00 

9.50 

10.00 

10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/8xl%"  Strips. 


187 


o 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Design  No.  2035 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  43  Field  Plate  24"x48".  „ 

No.  B14  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48  long. 
No.  4013  Cornice  48"  long,  sy2"  deep,  6lA"  pro- 
jection. 

No.  4015  Inside,  No.  4016  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft 5 8-'f 

18x25  ft 9-2f 

12x15  ft 10-25, 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/8 xl%"  Strips. 


188 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


o 


Design  No.  2036 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  43  Field  Plate  24"x48 

No.  MK14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$ 9.00 

9.50 

10.00 

10.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  74x1/4  Strips. 


189 


AMT  PAUL  COERUGATMG  €0. 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2037 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  43  Field  Plate  24'x48”. 

No.  X23  Cornice  with  7"  filler,  48  long,  4^4  deep, 
3*4"  projection. 

No.  X25  Inside,  No.  X26  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft S 8.50 

18x25  ft 9.00 

15x20  ft 9.50 

12x15  ft 10.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/axl%"  Strips. 


190 


ASiMT  PAUL  COERUGATMG  CO 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2038 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  43  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  A16  Cornice  with  7"  filler,  48”  long,  6"  deep, 

5”  projection. 

No.  A115  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


_ „ list  prices 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of  i 
Designs  including  all  units. 

fJSol,  Ro°m . . p"  ^ 

12x15  ft 

Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/sx\%"  Strips. 

191 


AMT 


COERUGAT1 


TrC! 

is  il 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2039 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  38  Field  Plate  24"x48'\ 

No.  B20  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48"  long. 
No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  X15  Inside,  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft 58.75 

18x25  ft 925 

15x20  ft 9 75 

12x15  ft 10  25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates:  otherwise  use  ' gxlli  strips. 


192 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Composed  of  following: 


Design  No.  2040  LIST  PRICES 


No.  38  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  A10  Cornice,  48"  long,  4"  deep,  3 *4"  projec- 
tion. 

No.  A25  Inside,  No.  A26  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$8.50 

9.00 

9.50 

10.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  l%"  strips. 


193 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


O 


Design  No.  2041 


Composed  of  following: 
lo.  34  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

Io.  MK14  Molded  Filler,  variable  width,  48"  long, 
lo.  A16  Cornice  with  1"  Filler,  48"  long,  6"  deep, 
5"  projection. 

lo.  A115  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

$8.75 

9.25 

9.75 

10.25 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates:  otherwise  use  7/6xiyA"  strips. 


194 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2042 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  37  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  A16  Cornice  with  7"  Filler,  48"  long,  6"  deep, 
5"  projection. 

No.  A115  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  o 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Squar. 

20x60  ft $8.5 

18x25  ft 9-0'j 

15x20  ft 9-5 

12x15  ft 10.0' 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/8;:l/4  strips. 


195 


SA1HT  PAUL  COEHGLJGAT1MG  CO, 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2043 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  41  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  A16  Cornice  with  7"  Filler,  48"  long,  6"  deep, 
5"  projection. 

No.  A1 15  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft S8.50 

18x25  ft 9.00 

15x20  ft 9.50 

12x15  ft 10.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  "gxl1/;  strips. 

;rj^ 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2044 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  29  Field  Plate  24 "x48". 

No.  A16  Cornice  with  7"  Filler,  48"  long,  6"  deep, 
5"  projection. 

N o.  A115  Inside,  No.  A116  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $8.50' 

18x25  ft 9.00 

15x20  ft 9.50 

12x15  ft 10.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  <!4xlJ4"  strips. 


197 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


Design  No.  2045 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  29  Field  Plate  24'x48". 

No.  MK14  Molded  Filler,  formed  for  Cornice,  vari- 
able width,  48''  long. 


LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft S8.25 

18x25  ft 8.75 

15x20  ft 9.25 

12x15  ft 9.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates:  otherwise  use  Zgxl1/)  strips 

198 


SAMT  PAUL  COERUGAT1MO  CO J 

STEEL  CEILINGS 

Combination  Designs 


X 

A 

3*-* 

x 

x<r 

IX 

pP 

y \ 

WJ* 

,P\ 

VC 

Vfl 

X 

X 

XI 

gps 

!g 

\ ^ 

1:^ 

|g 

f. 

*■ 

y 

X 

3 

X 

A a A 

XX 

w 

X 

A 

Vo*' 

>;C 

y s 

X 7 

*w* 

p\ 

*fr 

y\ 

X 

AA 

X 

A,P 

*.C 

V’  *• 

~ — M 

Xfj 

\.y“ 

X 

A 

X«' 

X 

p/ 

X 

pa 

\p 

'A 

X 

V' 

s 

VgP  X 

X ; 

if 

X 

X 

X' 

X 

xp 

p\ 

X 

,/  \ 

X 

Vo 

P*  \ 

X 

X 

“ 

*-« 

X 

y’ 
P A 

Vo 

PA 

•.  “ ? 

w.  ? 

BS 

V 

v* 

x 

X 

x 

’♦a  *' 

PA 

\3/ 

V<J 

P.A 

\g'' 

X \ 

X. 

Xi 

X 

PA 

H 

X 

X 

X/ 

p \ 

\ ’i 

XI 

X 

X 

\ 

X 

X 

\.o" 

M, 

X 

A 

\srS 

\c 

X 

X 

’’o*' 

PA 

vl 

PA 

X 

XI 

v 

k ^ 

Ax 

X 
!■•••  \ 

.P\ 

SV*"‘ 

PA 

X 

\ p 

4'\ 

X 

p«. 

m 

p A. 

Pv 

p - < 

^g'' 

X. 

•p 

X 

Aay 

PA 

Vq*' 

X 

x| 

X 

X 

V 

A 

x 

•O'' 

x 

yx 

A 

:W- 

PA 

\ a P* 

PA 

PA 

X 

V' 

A 

v" 

V7 

X 

V1 

.P  A. 

\p 

A 

\0P 

PA 

API 

PA 

\,,? 

PA 

v 

\ p 

X 

\x 

pX 

A* 

1 

X 

\«,p 

PA 

\,o'* 

PA 

X 

x| 

X 

'r© 

X \ 

X 

Vo*' 

x-r 

y 'V 

PA 

v« 

ApP* 

A 

X 

V 

V 

y 

X 

'•o*' 

VO 

X 

X 

X 

xl 

1 

!X 

PA 

x-O 

XA 

X 

X 

\8P‘ 

'i© 

■\X 

•-A 

X 

X 

■P\ 

•«o*' 

PA 

%o*' 

PA 

AgP 

X 

.A 

X 

m 

ss 

b-JKS 

X 

X 

P \ 

X 

X 

PA 

x 

p * 

NX 

A 

A 

W 

x 

X 

i 

X 

V 

X 

xp 

V 

PA 

\;  p 

A 

A 

vX 

PA 

*N0P' 

•yy 

A 

'..o'* 

PA 

m 

V' 

A 

X 

A,P 

Vfl 

P\ 

PA 

vP 

.--•A 

X 

w 

PA 

X 

X 

w 

X 

\ 

X, 

X 

X 

N.P 

PA 

\..-- 

PA 

X 

Aq 

PA 

PA 

CP 

PA 

X 

Xo' 

/\ 

X|t 

X 

V 

V 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

S v* 

X 

VqP 

X 

\p 

,*A 

V 

'\ 

PA 

'«  o *' 

A 

IK 

X 

X| 

1 

1 

1 

1 

g 

x 

*’•%  „ «° . 
x.^ 

PA 

X 

'gP 

PA 

X 

V" 

X 

Ngp 

X 
p \ 

A,/ 

vo 

y**  A, 

Asp 

\ 

AgP 

'a 

PA 

X 

K 

X| 

|§ 

PA 

x 

\,P 

X.« 

p'\ 

PA 

PA 

■w 

PA 

a® 

p\ 

PA 

X 

PA 

X 

A; 

A w *° 
P A. 

x 

■*.« 

p'  \ 

K 

xj 

IX 

A 

PA 

x-<J 

O 'V 

A 

m 

X 

\e'° 

PA 

V" 

PA 

X 

AT 

-■■'A 

*•»*' 

PA 

X 

^•g*' 

^0 

X 

A" 

,--A 

K 

x| 

X 

X 

PA 

'»o»' 

vc 

P \ 

Aqx*' 

y _ cja 

.-■'A 

%.•* 

A 

PA 

X 

A®. 

\p 

\p 

..-A 

X 

\fly 

>-o 

p \ 

p X 

K 

:x| 

X 

X 

X 

PA 

x 

X 

X 

p \ 

•■%„••• 

PA, 

••'A 

X, 

X 

"•o*' 

PA 

%o*' 

w 

p'\ 

W 

X 

x| 

X 

X 

ty.  y 

*»o» 

X »’ 
*»o*' 

,.x\ 

X 

X 

IX 

A 

X 

X 

X 

X 

v 

>-\ 

X 

\„v 

PA 

X 

K 

p 1 

0 

X. 

w 

p 

\,yp' 

K 

A 

X 

V 

w 

X\ 

Vo 

PA 

%o»' 

•*-o 

p \ 

X 

Aay 

y \ 

y ''y 

IK 

m 

X 

PA, 

X 

X 

IX 

IX 

m 

IA 

w 

PA 

IX 

|X 

lx 

PA 

|X 

\ p 
■*?« 
p \ 

*t« 

[p\ 

‘y*' 

X 

py 

X 

•• 

'*«  - p* 

••  \ 

jx 

| 

9 

- 

; 

PA 

E 

B 

A P 

A 

■ 

1 

M' 

PA  PA 

XXIX 

I 

s 

Design 

Composed  of  following: 

No.  35  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  B20  Filler  Border,  variable  width,  48'  long. 

No.  X13  Cornice  48"  long,  8"  deep,  6"  projection. 
No.  X15  Inside.  No.  X16  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


No.  2046 

LIST  PRICES 

Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 

Size  of  Room  Per  Square 

20x60  ft $8.50 

18x25  ft 9.00 

15x20  ft 9.50 

12x15  ft 10.00 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail 


on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  ^gxl *4"  strips. 


199 


Design  No.  2047 


Composed  of  following: 

No.  35  Field  Plate  24"x48". 

No.  A10  Cornice  48"  long,  4"  deep,  3^4  projection. 
No.  A25  Inside,  No.  A26  Outside,  Cornice  Miters. 


LIST  PRICES 


Per  Square  (100  sq.  ft.)  for  above  Combination  of 
Designs  including  all  units. 


Size  of  Room 

20x60  ft 

18x25  ft 

15x20  ft 

12x15  ft 


Per  Square 

S8.25 

8.75 

9.25 

9.75 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  above  plates;  otherwise  use  7/%x.\l/n''  strips 


200 


© 


STEEL  SIDEWALL  COMBINATIONS 


Cornices  shown  are  to  be  considered  as  parts  of  Ceilings  and  Metal  Base  Boards  are  extra 

when  ordered. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  WSO 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $10.50 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  8017  Wall  Plate  24x48". 

No.  8011  Frieze,  24x48". 

No.  R14  Chair  Rail,  2*4x48". 

No.  8021  Wainscoting  Plate,  24x48". 

No.  R36  Base,  6x48". 

Use  *4x2"  Wood  Strips,  12"  on  centers,  running 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W51 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $10.50 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  8010  Wall  Plate  24x48". 

No.  8020  Corner  Plate  24x24". 

No.  Rll  Chair  Rail,  2x48". 

No.  8029  Wainscoting  Plate,  12x48". 

No.  8009  Wainscoting  Plate,  24x48". 

No.  R35  Base,  6x48". 

Use  *4x2"  Wood  Strips,  12"  on  centers,  running 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


201 


STEEL  SIDEW  ALL  COMBINATIONS 


Cornices  shown  are  to  be  considered  as  parts  of  Ceilings  and  Metal  Base  Boards  are  extra 

when  ordered. 


• • • • 

• v«v»  * 

C v.w* 

i* .>> 

K 

c 

(XV  6 

oi  id 

l/f  A I 

S.  o] 

'/(  V' 

u i 

'/(  \> 

IQ 

I 

f/f  V>1 

Q 1 

ill 

a 1 

([ " 

>/(  >\ 
c 

»vt  u 

q 

m 

|| 

am 

m 

y < o 

>/(  >> 

V 

t l 

*'(  >2 
X. 

cr^ 

iS.  rj 

q 

wy 

M Yj 

a 

rc$ 

V 

*j  f iW 

U l 

q 

hr  ■' 

A V \j 

v/fc  1 

u 

TLTKr- 

m 

|g| 

:c; 

vr  <■ 

hrg’i 

i<t  cA 

fill 

m 

r.*  O 

rf 

M - rj 

n 

hi-d 

/yyyt  A 

A /\A  /\  /J 

^vvvnI 

yVW  yi 

xXXXxi 


^LUJsu^uau, 


1 aam» 


.lypT,1 


Sidewall  Design  No.  WS2 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $10.00 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  8021  Wall  Plate,  24x48". 

No.  Z7  Chair  Rail  3x48". 

No.  8019  Wainscoting  Plate  24x48". 

No.  8039  Wainscoting  Plate  12x48  . 

No.  R36  Base  6x48". 

Use  i4x2"  Wood  Strips,  12"  on  centers,  running 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W53 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  8018  Wall  Plate  24x48". 

No.  M25  Chair  Rail  3y2x48  . 

No.  8009  Wainscoting  Plate  24x48'  . 

No.  8029  Wainscoting  Plate  12x48  . 

No.  R36  Base  6x48". 

Use  i4x2"  Wood  Strips,  12"  on  centers,  running, 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


SAimr  PAUL  C©ERU©ATMG  co. 

STEEL  SIDEWALL  COMBINATIONS 

Cornices  shown  are  to  be  considered  as  parts  of  ceilings  and  Metal  Base  Boards 


are  extra  when  ordered. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W54 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) ....$10.50 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  8029  Wall  Plate,  24"x48". 

No.  8010  Frieze  24x48". 

No.  Rll  Chair  Rail  2x48". 

No.  8009  Wainscoting  Plate  24x48". 

No.  8039  Wainscoting  Plate  12x48". 

No.  R36  Base  6x48". 

Use  14x2"  Wood  Strips.  12"  on  centers,  running  ver- 
tically. to  nail  on  above  plates. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W55 
List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $10.50 

No.  34  Wall  Plate  24x48”. 

No.  Z4  Frieze  8x48". 

No.  Z7  Chair  Rail  3x48". 

No.  X8  Wainscoting  Plate  12x24”. 

No.  X7  Wainscoting  Plate  12x12". 

No.  R36  Base  6x48". 

Use  14x2"  Wood  Strips  for  wall  plates  and  %xl% 
nailed  edgewise  for  wainscoting  plates,  12"  on  centers  running 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


I 


i 


STEEL  SIDEWALL  COMBINATIONS 

Cornices  shown  are  to  be  considered  as  parts  of  Ceilings  and  Metal  Base  Boards  are  extra 

when  ordered. 


5i5l515U;]5]5i5i5i5i515|5I 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W56 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $10.50 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  41  Wall  Plate  24x48”. 

No.  Z 3 Frieze  6x48". 

No.  M25  Chair  Rail  3^x48 ". 

No.  V8  Wainscoting  Plate  12x24". 

No.  V7  Wainscoting  Plate  12x12”. 

No.  R36  Base,  6x48". 

Use  y2x 2"  Wood  Strips  for  Wall  Plates  and 
Hxl/4"  nailed  edgewise  for  Wainscoting  Plates, 
12”  on  centers  running  vertically,  to  nail  on  above 
plates. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W57 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) SIO.OO 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  30  Wall  Plate  24x48". 

No.  C14  Frieze,  width  variable,  48  long. 

No.  M25  Chair  Rail,  3I/^x48”. 

No.  J8  Wainscoting  Plate  12x24". 

No.  J7  Wainscoting  Plate  12x12  . 

No.  R36  Base  6x48". 

Use  y2x2”  Wood  Strips  for  Wall  Plates  and 
y%x\yy  nailed  edgewise  for  Wainscoting  Plates. 
12"  on  centers  running  vertically,  to  nail  on  above 
plates. 


2C4 


S.AMT 


o 


STEEL  SIDEWALL  COMBINATIONS 


Cornices  shown  are  to  be  considered  as  parts  of  Ceilings  and  Metal  Base  Boards  are  extra 

when  ordered. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W58 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $9.50 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  39  Wall  Plate  24x48". 

No.  Q6  Chair  Rail  3x48". 

No.  E8  Wainscoting  Plate  12x24". 

No.  E7  Wainscoting  Plate  12x12". 

No.  R36  Base  6x48  . 

Use  >4x2 " Wood  Strips,  12"  on  centers,  running 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


Sidewall  Design  No.  W59 

List  price  per  square  (100  sq.  ft.) $9.00 

List  of  Individual  Plates  in  this  Combination: 
No.  43  Wall  Plate  24x48". 

No.  Z3  Frieze  6x48". 

No.  Rll  Chair  Rail  2x48". 

No.  L8  Wainscoting  Plate  12x24". 

No.  L7  Wainscoting  Plate  12x12". 

No.  R36  Base  6x48”. 

Use  >4 x2"  Wood  Strips,  12"  on  centers,  running 
vertically,  to  nail  on  above  plates. 


205 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates — Colonial  Designs 


Field  Plate  No.  X29 

24"  multiples.  Raised  '/&"•  Stock  size  24x48"  only.  List  price,  per  square  foot 

NEW  COLONIAL  PATTERNS 


SlAc 


Following  a distinct  trend  toward  straight  lines  and  simple  patterns,  the  two  Colonial  Field  Plates 
illustrated  on  this  page  have  been  developed.  Although  new,  they  have  quickly  become  leading  pat- 
terns among  the  extensive  and  attractive  line  shown  in  this  catalog. 

For  dignity  and  beauty  few  patterns  can  excel  the  straight  and  simple  lines  of  these  Colonials. 


OLD  PATTERNS 

Old  customers,  long  familiar  with  our  steel  ceil- 
ing line,  will  observe  that  many  of  the  patterns 
offered  the  trade  in  the  past,  are  not  being  shown 
in  this  catalog.  Like  other  things,  patterns  are 
often  popular  for  a time  and  then  go  into  disuse  or 
otherwise  never  reach  the  popularity  hoped  for 
them  when  first  shown. 

Whatever  other  reason  there  may  be,  the  lack  of 
a steady  or  increasing  demand  alone  will  cause  a 
manufacturer  to  drop  a ceiling  pattern  into  the 
discard. 


A continuing  demand,  insuring  a good  turnover, 
is  the  leading  requirement  to  the  retention  of  any 
ceiling  pattern  among  the  current  designs. 

Old  patterns  not  shown  in  the  book,  can  in  most 
cases  be  had  to  make  repairs  or  extensions. 

A service  charge  of  $5.00  to  $7.50  for  each  pat- 
tern is  made  in  such  cases  to  cover  the  cost  of 
casting  necessary  dies  and  hammers  before  stamp- 
ing operations  can  begin.  In  addition  to  this,  the 
regular  charge  is  made  for  the  material  itself. 


Field  Plate  No.  X39 

24”  multiples.  Raised  74  • Stock  size  24x48  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8’2c 

Covering  sizes  are  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance. 

Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  flush  plates. 


206 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Sunk  Field  and  Border  Plates 


Field  Plate  No.  X-9 
24"  multiples. 

Stock  sizes  24x24"  only. 

1"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  9*4c 


Border  No.  X-8 
Stock  size  12x24". 

1"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot.... 13c 


Corner  X-7 
Stock  size  12x12". 

1"  deep. 

List  price,  each 16c 


Above  Border  and  Corner  made  to  match  Field  Plate  No.  X-9. 


Field  Plate  No.  V-9 
24"  multiples. 

Stock  size  24x24"  only. 

1*4"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  10c 


Above  Border  and  Corner  made  to  match  Field  Plate  No.  V-9. 


Field  Plate  No.  B-49 
12"  multiples 
Stock  size  24x24"  only. 

34"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  ft.,  9kijC 


Border  No.  B-8 
Stock  size  12x24". 

54"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  13c 


Corner  No.  B-7 
Stock  size  12x12". 

54"  deep. 

List  price,  each 16c 


Above  Border  and  Corner  made  to  match  Field  Plate  No.  B-49. 


Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface  must  be  furred  before  sunk  plates 
can  be  nailed  on. 


207 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Sunk  Field  and  Border  Plates 


Field  Plate  No.  V-19 
Stock  size  24x24"  only. 

I14"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  10c 


Corner  No.  J-7 
Stock  size  12x12  '. 

^2  deep. 

List  price,  each 15c 

Above  Border  and  Corner  made 
to  match  Field  Plate  No.  J-49. 


Border  No.  V-18 
Stock  size  12x24". 

154"  deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  15c 


Corner  No.  V-17 
Stock  size  12x12”. 
154"  deep. 

List  price,  each 


7^c 


Above  Border  and  Corner  Made  to  match  Field  Plate  No.  V-19. 


Field  Plate  No.  J-9 

24"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48  only. 

54"  deep. 

Also  made  24x24  . 

List  price,  per  square  foot 9c 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each 

instance.  Surface  must  be  furred  before  sunk  plates 

can  be  nailed  on. 


208 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Sunk  Field  and  Border  Plates 


CO, 


T| 

YU 

T5| 

'T\\ 

v . . — v 

T%' 

m 

Y\ 

n 

T3 

n 

n 

[H 

|TS| 

□1 

Yi 

m 

Y^ 

Field  Plate  No.  T-9 

6"  multiples.  Stock  sizes  24x48"  only.  l/- deep. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 

Also  made  24x24",  in  6",  12"  or  18"  multiples  at  increased  list. 
Surface  must  be  furred  before  sunk  plates  can  be  nailed  on. 

Flush  Field  and  Border  Plates 


i 


9i 


Field  Plate  No.  L-9 

24"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

Raised 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8^c 


Border  No.  L-8 
Stock  size  12x24". 
Raised  . 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  12c 


I 


Field  Plate  No.  E-9 
Stock  size  24x24"  only. 
Raised  J4". 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  9c 


Corner  No.  L-7 
Stock  size  12x12". 

Raised  *4". 

List  price,  each 15ci 

Above  Border  and  Corner  madel 
to  match  Field  Plate  No.  L-9.: 


■ 


Border  No.  E-8 
Stock  size  12x24". 

Raised  y2 

List  price,  per  square  foot,  12c 
Above  Border  and  Corner  made 


Corner  No.  E-7 
Stock  size  12x12”. 
Raised  y2". 

List  price,  each 15c 

match  Field  Plate  No.  E-9. 


Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  flush  plates.  Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock 
size  in  each  instance. 


209 


i AS  Iff  T PAOL  C©ERU©AT!K!G  CO< 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 

These  Gothic  plates  are  specially  recommended  for  churches. 


List  price. 


24"  multiples, 
per  square  foot 


Field  Plate  No.  8019 

Raised  1/" . Stock  size  24x48"  only. 


9c 


Field  Plate  No.  8009 

24"  multiples.  Raised  54'-  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


9c 


Field  Plate  No.  8049 

24"  multiples.  Raised  y6" . Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8‘  »c 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to 
nail  on  flush  plates.  -< 


?io 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 

These  Gothic  plates  are  specially  recommended  for  churches. 


Field  Plate  No.  8029 

12"  multiples.  Raised  54”-  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


sy2 


Field  Plate  No.  8039 

12”  multiples.  Raised  54'-  Stock  size  24x43"  only. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


854 


Field  Plate  No.  8021 
6"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8< 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  tc. 
nail  on  flush  plates. 


211 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 


■A!  BUT 


24"  multiples. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


Field  Plate  No.  G-19 
Raised  34’'-  Stock  size  24x48  only. 


8 y2c 


Field  Plate  No.  0-19 

24"  multiples.  Raised  34  • Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 854c 


Field  Plate  No.  C-19 

24"  multiples.  Raised  54 '•  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8 54c 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to 
nail  on  flush  plates. 


212 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 


c 


Field  Plate  No.  XJ - 1 9 

24"  multiples.  Raised  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 


Field  Plate  No.  AB-29 

24"  multiples.  Raised  Ys".  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


Field  Plate  No.  A-19 

24"  multiples.  Raised  Y".  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to 
nail  on  flush  plates. 


213 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 


Field  Plate  No.  7009 

12"  multiples.  Raised  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8V2C 


Field  Plate  No.  S-9 

12"  multiples.  Raised  34”-  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8^4c 


Field  Plate  No.  S-19 

12"  multiples.  Raised  34”-  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 


List  price,  per  square  foot 8c 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to 
nail  on  flush  plates. 


SAimr  faul 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 


Field  Plate  No.  L-17 

12"  multiples.  Raised  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 


Field  Plate  No.  42 

12"  multiples.  Raised  34".  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 

Large  bead  permits  nailing  No.  42  to  joists  with  beads  running  crosswise. 


\ 


814c 


| 

8c 


I 


Field  Plate  No.  43 

Raised  54 '•  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 


8c 


6"  multiples. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to 
nail  on  flush  plates. 


215 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Flush  Field  Plates 


AT1MO  CG. 


1 

A':' 

^ i i 

M 

I ; ' l 

! ^ 

L tWSUf.'l  JV'  'i 
! ^ 

w ’ 

rrm k 

■'  a**  ‘ 

i 

1 t 

; 

[ ] 

! 4??'  , 

i J 

■ i ■■  -• 

<-wo- 

: 

fe  ■ 

i 

^ ! 1 

^ i~L 

: <^>\‘\ 
^ • ; 

1 ^7  : " O' 

^ VC5/ 

QQ 

. 

» " 

— 

n 

. 

square 

foot.... 

Field  Plate  No. 

6"  multiples.  Stock  size 

38 

24x48" 

mly. 

v 

y tv  iii)  t'  ( 

) .r.  . 1) 

VWgs 

IQ' 

H 

BIB 

(nifnl 

m 

|Q 

m 

Hli 

VCf, 

r55r*. 

rSS 

wr~v 

List  price,  per  square  foot 


Field  Plate  No.  37 

6"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 


8c 


8c 


Field  Plate  No.  34 

6"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48  only. 


8c 


List  price,  per  square  foot... 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  t ■ 

216 


nail  on  flush  plates. 


i 


STEEL  PLATES 

Flush  Field  Plates 


AUNT 


ATI  IMG  CO. 


List  price,  per  square  foot. 


Field  Plate  No.  29 

4"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x4C"  only. 


8c 


Field  Plate  No.  35 

4"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 7}4c 


Field  Plate  No.  41 

4x8"  multiples.  Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot ®c 

Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance.  Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to 
nail  on  flush  plates. 

217 


1 3 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Side  Wall  Plates 


Sidewall  Plate  No.  39 
Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot. ...8c 


Sidewall  Plate  No.  30 
Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot. ...8c 


Sidewall  Plate  No.  8018. 
Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  foot. ...8c 


Plates  No.  36  and  No.  8018 
are  often  used  for  ceiling  work 
and  because  of  large  beads  can 
be  nailed  on  without  furring 
crosswise  of  joists. 

Plates  No.  41  and  No.  8021 
shown  among  ceiling  plates  also 
can  be  used  for  sidewalls.  Both 
as  ceilings  and  sidewalls  they 
make  attractive  finishes. 


Sidewall  Plate  No.  36 
Stock  size  24x48"  only. 

List  price,  per  square  ft.,  7IAC 


Size  of  Tile  1x4". 

Size  of  sheets  24x24"  only. 
List  price,  per  square  foot,  12c 


Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance. 
Surface,  if  boarded,  need  not  be  furred  to  nail  on  flush  plates. 


Large  bead  permits  nailing  No.  36  to  joists  with  beads 
running  crosswise. 


218 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Field  Plates  and  Center  Pieces 


Center  No.  Q-9 
Size  24x24". 

List  price,  each 40c 


Center  No.  X-98 
Size  48x48". 

Composed  of  4 Corner  Panels 
No.  Q-8  and  Center  Panel  No. 
X-9. 

List  price,  complete $2.40 


Center  No.  E-114 
Size  48x48". 

Composed  of  4 Border  Miters 
No.  E-ll. 

List  price,  complete $1.60 


Center  No.  E-14 
Size  48x48". 

Composed  of  4 Border  Miters 
No.  E-12. 

List  price,  complete $1.60 

These  Centers  are  furnished  free 
in  quantities  of  5 squares  or  more. 


Center  No.  8002 
Size  48x48". 

Composed  of  4 Border  Miters 
No.  8020. 

List  price,  complete $1.60 


Center  No.  8222 
Size  48x48". 

Composed  of  4 Border  Miters 
No.  8022. 

List  price,  complete $1 


with  Combination  Designs  shown  on  preceding  pages  when  ordered 


Ventilating  Center  No.  7003  Field  Plate  No.  X-19 

Size  48x48".  Stock  size  24x24”  only. 

In  4 parts.  Raised  94'\ 

List  price  of  parts $6.00  List  price,  per  square  foot. ...9c 

Ventilating  Centers  are  always  charged  extra  regardless  of  the  design  or  quantity  of  Ceiling 
ordered.  Covering  size  is  the  same  as  stock  size  in  each  instance. 


Ventilating  Center  No.  8003 
Size  48x48”. 

In  4 parts. 

List  price  of  parts $6.00 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Cornices  and  Miters 


Cornice  No.  8013 

15"  deep,  12"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 


List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 25c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  8013 

Inside  Miter  No.  8025,  each 90c 

Outside  Miter  No.  8026,  each 90c 


Cornice  No.  G-13 

12"  deep,  13*4"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 


List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 25c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  G-13 

Inside  Miter  No.  6035,  each 90c 

Outside  Miter  No.  6036,  each 90c 


Cornice  No.  9013 

12"  deep,  9"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 20c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  9013 

Inside  Miter  No.  9015,  each 75c 

Outside  Miter  No.  9016,  each 75c 


Cornice  No.  4013 

8 y2"  deep,  projection.  Stock  length  48 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  4013 

Inside  Miter  No.  4015,  each 

Outside  Miter  No.  4016,  each 


16c 

65c 

,55c 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  8013 
and  Wood  Bracket 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  G-13 
and  Wood  Bracket 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  9013 
and  Wood  Bracket 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  4013 
and  Wood  Bracket 


220 


'AMT 


COMRUCSATSMO 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Cornices  and  Miters 


Cornice  No.  5013 

12"  deep,  8"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 20c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  5013 

Inside  Miter  No.  5025,  each  80c  Outside  Miter  No.  5026,  each,  80c 


Cornice  No.  B-13 

9"  deep,  6"  projection.  Stock  length,  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 16c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  B-13 

Inside  Miter  No.  B15,  each,  65c  Outside  Miter  No.  B16,  each,  65c 


8"  deep,  6"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 16c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  X-13 

Inside  Miter  No.  X-15,  each  65c  Outside  Miter  No.  X-16,  each  65c 


Cornice  No.  A-ll 

7"  deep,  3"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 12c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  A-ll 

Inside  Miter  No.  A17,  each  50c  Outside  Miter  No.  A-18,  each  50c 


Cornice  No.  A-10 

4"  deep,  3 y2"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 8c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  A-10 

Inside  Miter  No.  A-25,  each  40c  Outside  Miter  No.  A-26,  each  40c 


„ h f m,  rrfffV ) f 

^ w v o j S * * J S S * / /// * JT ^3 


Cornice  No.  A-30 

3"  deep,  2l/2"  projection.  Stock  length  48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  brackets 6c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  A-30 

Inside  Miter  No.  A-315,  each  35c  Outside  Miter  No.  A-316,  each  35c 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  5013 
and  Wood  Bracket 


s- 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  B-13 
and  Wood  Bracket 


i 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  X-13 
and  Wood  Bracket 


5-  -- 


f 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  A-ll 
and  Wood  Bracket 


| 

i 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  A-10 
and  Wood  Bracket 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  A-30 
No  Wood  Bracket 


221 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Cornices,  Mouldings,  and  Trimmings 


Combined  Cornice  and  Filler  No.  X-23 
4?4"  deep,  projection  3*4  inches,  without  filler.  Stock  length.  48”. 


List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  with  filler  1”  wide,  including  wood  brackets 9c 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  with  filler  7”  wide,  including  wood  brackets 12c 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  X-23 


Inside  Miter  No.  X-25,  each  40c  Outside  Miter  No.  X-26,  each.  40c 


[ 


- - - 


=~2± 


Combined  Cornice  and  Filler  No.  A-16 
6"  deep,  projection  5”  without  filler.  Stock  length  48”. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  with  filler  1”  wide 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  with  filler  7”  wide 

Miters  for  Cornice  No.  A-16 

Inside  Miter  No.  A-115,  each,  60c  Outside  Miter  No.  A-116,  each.  60c 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  X-13 
and  Wood  Bracket 


Cross  Section  Cornice  No.  A-16 
and  Wood  Bracket 


2 inches  wide. 


List  price,  per  lineal 


foot 


Picture  Molding  No.  R-26 


6c 


2 inches  wide. 


List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


Nosing  No.  R-ll 


5c 


3 inches  wide.  List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


Chair  Rail  No.  Q-6 


3 inches  wide.  List  price,  per  lineal  foot.. 


Chair  Rail  and  Casing  No.  M-25 


Chair  Rail  and  Caning  No.  M-24 
4 inches  wide.  List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


4^4  inches  wide. 


Window  and  Door  Casing  No.  M-23 
List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


8c 


9C 


19c 


5 inches  wide.  List  price,  per  lineal  foot.. 


Mullion  Window  Casing  No.  N-3 


Base  No.  R-36 


6 inches  high.  List  price,  per  lineal  foot. 


Stock  length  of  each  48  inches. 
222 


10c 


o 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Borders  and  Miters 


No.  8010  Border  or  Frieze 
Stock  sizes  24x48". 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 20c 


Border  Miter  No.  8020 
Corner  for  No.  8010  Border. 
Stock  size  24x24”. 

List  price,  each 40c 


Stock  sizes  24x48". 
List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


Border  Miter  No.  8022 
Corner  for  No.  8010  Border. 
Stock  size  24x24". 

List  price,  each 40c 


Both  these  Border  Miters  match  Border  No.  8010,  shown  above. 


Border  Miter  No.  7005 
Corner  for  No.  7011  Border. 

Stock  size  24x24". 

List  price,  each 40c 


Border  Miter  No.  7006 
Corner  for  No.  7011  Border. 

Stock  size  24x24". 

List  price,  each 40c 


Both  these  Border  Miters  are  intended  for  use  with  Border  No.  7011,  shown  above. 


223 


STEEL  CEILINGS 


Borders  and  Miters 


I 

I List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


No.  E-13  Border  or  Frieze 
Stock  size  24x48". 


Border  Miter  No.  E-12 
Corner  for  No.  E-13  Border. 
Stock  size  24x24". 

List  price,  each 


Border  Miter  No.  E-ll 
Corner  for  No.  E-13  Border 
Stock  size  24x24". 

40c  List  price,  each 


Both  these  Border  Miters  are  intended  for  use  with  Border  No.  E-13  shown  above. 


20c 


40c 


20c 


List  price,  per  lineal  foot 


No.  6015  Border  or  Frieze 
Stock  size  24x48". 


Mo  Miters  made  for  this  Border. 


224 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Plain  Fillers 


List  price,  per  square  foot. 


No.  A-14  Plain  Filler 


8c 


No.  K-14  Plain  Filler 


No.  M-14  Plain  Filler 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8c 


No.  6014  Plain  Filler 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8c 


, 


No.  T-14  Plain  Filler 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8c 

These  Plain  Fillers  can  be  substituted  for  any  Filler  or  Filler  Border  shown  in  the  Combination  Designs. 

Stock  sizes  8,  10,  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 


225 


SAINT  PAUL  COERUGATMG  G 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Borders  and  Filler  Borders 

No  Miters  made  for  these  Border  Fillers. 


20c 


Filler  Border  No.  6013 
Stock  sizes  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 

list  price,  per  square  foot  8c 


Filler  Border  No.  8014  Single 
Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 

list  price,  per  square  foot 8C 


Filler  Border  No.  8014  Double 
Stock  sizes  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 

These  Filler  Borders  can  be  substituted  for  any  Filler  or  Filler  Border  shown  in  the  Combination 
Designs. 


226 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Filler  Borders,  Moulded  Fillers 

No  Miters  Made  for  these  Borders  and  Moulded  Fillers. 


Filler  Border  No.  B-14 

Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


Filler  Border  No.  C-14 

Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


Filler  Border  No.  B-20 

Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


Moulded  Filler  No.  MD-14 
Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 

List  price,  per  square  foot 8 

a muitiiirmimnrnninimmtrairamia. 

Moulding  No.  281 
Stock  sizes  2"  wide  by  48"  long. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 

No  Miter  made  for  this  Moulding. 


Moulding  No.  2235 
Stock  size  l1/ " wide  by  48''  long. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 

No  Miter  made  for  this  Moulding. 


227 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Moulded  Fillers,  Borders  and  Miters 
No  Miters  made  for  these  Moulded  Fillers. 


Moulded  Filler  No.  MK-14 

Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26  wide  by  48"  long. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


8 14c 


Moulded  Filler  No.  MT-14 

Stock  sizes  13,  16,  20  and  26"  wide  by  48"  long. 
List  price,  per  square  foot 


8r/2c 


No.  Z-5  Border  or  Frieze 
Stock  size  9x48 ", 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 10c 


Corner  No.  Z-14 
Size  9x9". 

List  price,  each 12c 

For  use  with  Border  No.  Z-5. 


raisjn 


No.  Z-3  Border  or  Frieze 
Stock  size  6x48”. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 8c 


Corner  No.  Z-ll 
Size  6x6  '. 

List  price,  each 10c 

For  use  with  Border  No.  Z-3. 


No.  Z-4  Border  or  Frieze 
Stock  size  8x48 '. 

914  c 


Corner  No.  Z-12 
Size  8x8  ". 

List  price,  each 12c 

For  use  with  Border  No.  Z-4. 


List  price,  per  lineal  foot. 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Mouldings,  Tees,  Crosses,  and  Ells 


o 


•r" 


P's* 


t. 


Beam  Moulding  No.  P-42  Stock  size  12x24",  2"  deep. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  blocks 15c 


No.  P-44 


List. 


No.  P-43 

20c  List 20c  List. 

Made  to  match  Beam  Moulding  shown  above. 


No.  P-45 


20c 


List  price,  per  lineal 


Beam  Moulding  No.  P-9  Stock  size  12x48",  234"  deep, 
foot,  including  wood  blocks 


No.  P-10 


List. 


Beam  Moulding  No.  P-32.  Stock  size  12x48",  3"  deep. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  blocks 


15c 


20c 


15c 


229 


STEEL  CEILINGS 

Mouldings,  Tees,  Crosses,  and  Ells 


Beam  Moulding  No.  P-28  Stock  size  10x48",  2*4"  deep. 
List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  blocks 


12c 


No.  P-30.  List,  15c 


No.  P-29.  List,  15c 

Made  to  match  Beam  Moulding  shown  above. 


No-  P-31.  List,  15c 


. . Beam  Moulding  No.  P-52  Stock  size  6x48",  1*4"  deep. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  blocks gc 


No.  P-54.  List,  12c 


I ' t . 


i I 

wire 


ebxz 


No.  P-53.  List,  12c  No.  P-55.  List,  12c 

Made  to  match  Beam  Moulding  shown  above. 


Beam  Moulding  No.  P-11  Stock  size  6x48",  1*4’’  deep. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot,  including  wood  blocks 8c 




nl 

m m 

No.  P-13.  List,  12c 

No.  P-12.  List,  12c 

Made  to  match  Beam  Moulding  shown  above. 

No.  P-14.  List,  12c 

Beam  Moulding  No.  P-62  Stock  size  4x48",  1 *4  deep. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 

Ells,  No.  P-63  to  match,  list  price,  each 


i itsis&si 


Moulding  or  Chair  Rail  No.  Z-7  Stock  size  3x48  , 34  projection. 

List  price,  per  lineal  foot 

Ells  No.  Z-8  to  match,  list  price,  each 


5c 

10c 


230 


How  to  build  and  furr  beams 


Fig.  1 

Method  of  Boxing  Steel  Beam 


Fig  2 

Method  of  Nailing  Cove  Blocks 
to  Wood  Beam 


Fig.  3 

Method  of  Building 
a False  Beam 


Steel  beams  must  be  boxed  out  with  wood  furring  strips  before  cornices  and  soffit  covering  them 
can  be  properly  applied.  Fig.  1 illustrates  how  this  is  generally  done.  Erecting  instructions  and  blue 
prints  should  be  followed  in  all  cases. 

Wood  beams  do  not  always  require  furring.  When  the  depth  of  the  beam  corresponds  with  the 
depth  of  the  cornice  used  and  when  the  depth  of  the  beam  is  greater  than  the  depth  of  the  cornice  wood 
brackets  can  be  attached  right  to  the  wood  beam.  Fig.  2 illustrates  how  this  is  done.  When  the  cornice 
is  deeper  than  the  beam  the  latter  must  be  furred  dawn  to  the  proper  depth.  This  is  easily  done. 

False  beams  can  be  built  any  size  desired  as  shown  in  Fig.  3.  It  is  not  necessary  to  box  them  solid. 
A light  framework  will  answer  the  purpose  just  as  well  and  can  be  built  more  economically. 

Particular  attention  should  be  paid,  if  possible,  to  getting  any  construction  of  beam  the  proper 
depth  to  permit  the  use  of  the  same  cornice  on  the  side  of  the  beam  as  is  used  on  the  walls.  It  is  rare 
that  this  is  not  possible  and  the  finished  appearance  is  best  when  the  same  cornice  is  used  in  both  places. 

When  beams  are  deeper  than  the  cornice  used  it  is  customary  to  use  a wide  soffit  covering  and  bend 
up  the  edges  to  pass  under  the  lower  moulding  on  the  cornice. 

We  recommend  Filler  Border  No.  B-14,  shown  on  page  No.  227,  as  best  suited  for  beam  soffit  cov- 
ering although  any  of  the  Plain  Fillers  shown  on  page  No.  225  can  be  used  advantageously  for  the 
purpose. 


Fig.  6 


Illustrating  sections  of  completed  beams  in  place. 


231 


o 


WOOD  FURRING  STRIPS 


PRICES  ON  WOOD  FURRING  STRIPS  F.  O.  B.  St.  Paul 

%xl54-inch,  weight  22  lbs.,  list  per  100  lineal  feet $1.00 

y2x2  -inch,  weight  18  lbs.,  list  per  100  lineal  feet 1.00 


When  Steel  Ceilings  are  erected  over  old  plaster  or  open  joists  Wood  Furring  Strips  must  be  used. 
All  Sunk  Panel  Plates  require  Wood  Furring  Strips  at  all  times.  The  size  recommended  for  use  in 
most  cases  is  7/gx  1 Uj  inches.  Other  size  listed  above  is  for  Cornices. 


IBsER^Etrro  >v 

if  Nl't  F.lLll 

K 942 JlpM 

S?5  I 

'PERFECTO  PAINT” 

FOR  “GUARANTEED”  STEEL  CEILINGS 

"Perfecto”  Steel  Ceiling  Paint  is  the  only  paint 
on  the  market  that  will  give  perfect  satisfaction.  It 
will  not  crack  or  peel,  will  not  fade;  it  gives  that 
soft  decorative  effect  so  desirable  on  Steel  Ceilings 
and  can  be  washed  with  soap  and  water  as  often  as 
necessary. 

Manufactured  Especially  for  Use  on  Steel  Ceilings. 
Weight,  per  gallon,  15  lbs. 

In  gallon  containers. 


“Perfecto”  Steel  Ceiling  Paint  is  economical  as  it  will  cover  more  surface  than  any  other  paint 
manufactured.  It  does  not  soak  into  the  steel.  On:  gallon  will  cover  about  six  hundred  square  feet  one 
coat.  One  gallon  will  cover  three  squares  two  coats.  We  recommend  finishing  steel  ceilings  with  two 
coats  of  “Perfecto”  Steel  Ceiling  Paint. 


ASK  FOR  NET  PRICES  ON  “PERFECTO"  PAINT 

This  special  paint  is  put  up  in  quart,  two-quart,  gallon,  three-gallon  and  five-gallon  tin  containers. 
Ask  for  free  color  card. 


WHEN  LUMP  SUM  QUOTATIONS  ARE  MADE 

Unless  our  customers  suggest  their  own  arrangement  of  plates  when  lump  sum  prices  are  asked,  we 
decide  upon  the  best  arrangement  for  the  room  and  qjote  accordingly. 

Cove  blocks  are  furnished  without  extra  charge  when  they  are  a part  of  a complete  steel  ceiling 
order. 

Cove  blocks  will  be  charged  for  when  ordered  alone  or  with  steel  cove  only. 

Furring  strips  are  not  included  in  any  of  our  published  prices,  nor  are  they  ever  included  in  special 
quotations  unless  specifically  so  stated. 

Ceiling  nails  are  always  furnished  in  sufficient  quantity  to  nail  the  steel  ceiling  in  place,  but  we  do 
not  include  nails  for  fastening  wood  cove  blocks  or  furring  strips. 

Wood  plaster  lath  is  sometimes  used  with  decided  success  in  nailing  continuous  ceiling  plates  over 
a plastered  ceiling. 

As  long  as  the  steel  plates  used  have  but  a shallow  embossing,  wood  plaster  lath  will  be  found  satis- 
factory over  a plastered  surface. 


232 


INDEX 


A Page 

Angle  Ridge  Cap,  Plain 24 

Animal  Vanes  69 

Asbestos  Fibre  Roof  Cement 17 

B 

Balls,  Half  95 

Barn  Ventilation 60  to  73 

Ventilators  66 

Base  Grounds  120 

Screeds  120 

Basement  Windows  140 

Battens,  Metal  25 

Bead,  Corner  120 

Protex  119 

Beaded  Ceiling  50 

Beam  Mouldings,  Steel  Ceiling 229-230 

Bins,  Grain  53  to  56 

Black  Sheets  35 

Block  Figures  95 

Letters  95 

Terminals  24 

Bonds,  Brick  121 

Border  Filler,  Steel  Ceiling 226  and  227 

Miters,  Steel  Ceiling 223-224-228 

Plates,  Steel  Ceiling 207  to  224 

Borders  and  Frieze,  Steel  Ceiling 223-224-228 

Box  Gutters  10 

Tin  31  to  32 

Brackets,  Zinc  104 

Brick  Bonds  121 

Siding  48 

Building  Corners  26 

Buildings,  Steel  128  to  135 

Burrs,  Tinners  37 

Button  Punch  47 

c 

Canopies  92 

Pump  133-134 

Casings,  Corner  51 

Slip  Joint  51 

Window  222 

Ceiling,  Beaded  i..  50 

Ceilings.  Steel  142  to  231 

Center  Pieces,  Steel  Ceiling 219 

Chair-rail,  Steel  Ceiling 222 

Channels,  Rolled  120 

Chutes,  Silo  57 

Coal  Doors  141 

Combination  Gutters  11 

Steel  Ceilings  151  to  200 

Steel  Sidewalls  201  to  205 

Tongs  47 

Conductor  Heads  16 

Hooks  15 

Pipe  12 

Pipe  Cut-offs  14 

Pipe  Elbows  13 

Pipe  Ends  16 

Pipe  Ends,  Panelled 16 

Pipe  Funnels  13 

Pipe,  Plain  Round 12 

Pipe,  Round  Corrugated 12 

Pipe,  Square  Corrugated 12 

Pipe  Shoes  13 

Pipe  T’s  14 

Pipe  Y’s  14 

Continuous  Cleat  Roll  and  Cap  Roofing 46 

Cleat  Standing  Seam  Roofing 47 

Hip  Shingles  20  to  23 

Hip  Tile  20  to  23 

Rock  Face  Steel 50 

Coppers,  Soldering  36 

Corn  Cribs  and  Dryers 55 

Corna-Lath  118 


Page 

Corner  Bead  120 

Corna-Lath  118 

“Protex”  119 

Corner  Casings  51 

Corners,  Building 26 

Cornice  Covers  89 

Head  Blocks  87  to  90 

Lintel  90 

Main  87  to  90 

Miters  87  to  90 

Steel  Ceilings  220  to  222 

Corrugated  Culverts  122  to  126 

Endwall  Flashing  43 

Gambrel  Joint  43 

Ridge  Roll  43 

Roofing  42 

Sheets,  Curved  43 

Sidewall  Flashing  43 

Well  Curbing  127 

Covers,  Cornice  89 

Cribs,  Corn  55 

Crimped  Sheets  35 

Crosses  94 

Culverts  122  to  126 

Curbing,  Well  127 

Curved  Corrugated  Sheets 43 

Cut-offs,  Conductor  Pipe 14 

Plain  Round  14 

Round  Corrugated  14 

Square  Corrugated  14 

“Youngs”  Combination  14 

D 

Doors,  Coal  141 

Fireproof  139 

Steel  Covered  136-137 

Tin  Clad  139 

Double  Bottom  Gutters 11 

Dressed  Stone  Siding 49 

Drops.  Eaves  Trough 8 

Drop  Siding,  Metal 49 

Dryers,  Corn  55 

E 

Eaves  Trough  Drops 8 

End  Caps  8 

Ends  with  Drops 8 

“Easy  Bead”  6 

Hangers,  Steel  9 

Hangers.  Wire  9 

Hanger  Tongs  9 

Miters  7 

Edging,  Roof  25 

Tongs  47 

Elbows,  Conductor  Pipe 13 

Furnace  Pipe  96 

Plain  Round  13 

Round  Corrugated  13 

Square  Corrugated  13 

End  Caps,  Eaves  Trough 8 

End-lock  Former  47 

Ends,  Conductor  Pipe 16 

Gutter  10-11 

With  Drops.  Eaves  Trough 8 

Endwall  Flashing,  Corrugated 43 

F 

Feeding  Troughs  58 

Fibre  Asbestos  Roof  Cement 17 

Field  Plates,  Steel  Ceiling 206  to  219 

Figures,  Block  95 

Filler,  Steel  Ceiling  225 

Filling  Stations,  Steel 131  to  134 

Filters,  Rainwater  17 

Finials  and  Vanes 93 

Globe  24 

Tower  93 


233 


INDEX — Continued 


Page 

Fireproof  Doors  139 

Windows  138 

Flag  Pole  Ornaments 94 

Flashing,  Corrugated  Endwall 43 

Corrugated  Sidewall  43 

Hooks  16 

Flashings  18 

Galvanized  18 

Tin  18 

Foot  Seamers  47 

Formed  Valley  1# 

Former,  End-lock  47 

Fountains,  Poultry  58 

Fronts,  Store  91 

Funnels,  Conductor  Pipe 13 

Furnace  Pipe  96 

Furnace  Pipe  Elbows 96 

Furring  Strips,  Wood 232 

G 

Gable  Terminals  19  to  24 

Galvanized  Flashings  18 

Nails,  Barbed  42 

Sheets  35 

Valley,  Formed  18 

Galvanized  Valley  in  Rolls 18 

Galvanizing  51 

Gambrel  Joints,  Corrugated 43 

Garages,  Steel  129-130 

Glass,  Skylight  85 

Globe  Finials  24 

Ventilators  76-77 

Gothic  Pressed  Standing  Seam  Roofing 45 

Grain  Bins  53  to  56 

Grounds,  Base  120 

Gutter  Ends  10-11 

Hooks  11 

Miters  10-11 

Outlets  11 

Strap  Hangers  11 

Gutters,  Combination  11 

Double  Bottom  11 

Roof,  Box  and  O.  G 10 

H 

Half  Balls  95 

Hammer  Handles  37 

Hammers,  Tinners’  37 

Handles,  Hammer  37 

Soldering  Copper  36 

Hangers,  Eaves  Trough 9 

Hanger  Tongs,  Eaves  Trough 9 

Head  Blocks,  Cornice 87  to  90 

Heads  Conductor  16 

Hip  Shingles  19  to  23 

Shingle  Starters  20  to  23 

Terminals  19  to  24 

Tile  19  to  23 

Tile,  Continuous  20  to  23 

Tile,  Individual  20 

Tile  Starters  20  to  23 

Hog  House  Ventilators  68 

Hooks,  Conductor  15 

Flashing  16 

Gutter  11 

Hot  Galvanizing  51 

I 

Individual  Hip  Tile 20 

Plates,  Steel  Ceiling 206  to  230 

L 

Lath,  Copper  Alloy  110-116 

Galvanized  116 

Metal  109  to  117 

Painted  109-116 

Plasta  Saver  111-116 

Lead  Headed  Nails 42 


Page 

Lead  Washers  42 

Letters,  Block  95 

Lintel  Cornice  90 

M 

Main  Cornice  

Mallets,  Tinners’  

Marquees  

Metal  Battens  

Culverts  

Drop  Siding  

Lath  

Shingles  

Miters,  Cornice  

Eaves  Trough  

Gutter  

Steel  Ceiling  Borders 

Steel  Ceiling  Cornice 

Moulded  Filler,  Steel  Ceiling 

Moulding,  Picture  

Mouldings,  Steel  Ceiling 

Zinc  


N 

Nails,  Galvanized,  Barbed  Roofing 42 

Lead  Headed  42 

Name  Plates  95 

o 

O.  G.  Gutters 10 

Ornaments,  Flag  Pole 94 

Zinc  102-108 

Outlets,  Gutter  n 

P 

Paint,  Steel  Ceiling  232 

Panelled  Conductor  Pipe  Ends 16 

“Parkers”  Sheet  Metal  Screws 36 

Peak  Terminals 19  to  24 

"Perfecto”  Steel  Ceiling  Paint 232 

Picture  Moulding  120 

Pilasters,  Rock  Face 50 

Pipe.  Conductor  12 

Furnace  96 

Plain  Angle  Ridge  Cap 24 

Ridge  Roll  24 

Round  Conductor  Pipe 12 

Round  Cut-offs  14 

Round  Elbows  13 

Plates,  Name  95 

Poultry  Fountains  58 

Troughs  58 

Pressed  Standing  Seam  Roofing  45 

Continuous  Cleat  47 

Gothic  45 

Prick  Punches  36 

“Protex”  Corner  Bead 119 

Pump  Canopies  133-134 

Punch,  Button  4 7 

Roofing  47 

Punches,  Prick  36 

R 

Rainwater  Filters  17 

Ridge  Roll,  Corrugated 43 

Plain  24 

Tile  19  to  23 

Rivet  Sets  36 

Rivets.  Tinned  36 

Rock  Face  Brick  Siding 48 

Pilasters  50 

Steel,  Continuous  50 

Stone  Siding  48-49 

Rod  and  Nut  Eaves  Trough  Hangers 9 

Roll  Roofing,  Self-capping 46 

and  Cap  Roofing,  Continuous  Cleat 46 

Valleys  18 

Rolled  Channels  120 


87  to  90 

37 

92 

25 

.122  to  126 

49 

.109  to  117 

29-30 

87  to  90 

7 

10-11 

223-224-228 
...220  to  222 

227-228 

120 

.222-227-230 
98-101 


234 


INDEX- — Co  lit  i n u ed 


Page 

Roof  Cement,  Asbestos  Fibre 17 

Edging  25 

Gutters  10 

Windows  74 

Roofing  and  Siding,  Steel 38  to  51 

Corrugated  42 

Gothic  Pressed  Standing  Seam 45 

Nails.  Barbed  42 

Punch  47 

Standing  Seam  45 

Tile  27-28 

Tin  31-32 

Tools  47 

V Crimped  44 

Roofs.  Silo  57 

Round  Corrugated  Conductor  Pipe 12 

Cut-offs  14 

Elbows  13 

S 

Screed,  Base  120 

Screws,  Sheet  Metal 36 

Seamers,  Foot  47 

Self-capping  Roll  Roofing 46 

Sets,  Rivet  36 

Sheet  Metal  Screws 36 

Sheets,  Black  35 

Crimped  35 

Galvanized  33  to  35 

Stove  Pine  35 

Shingles,  Hip  19  to  23 

Metal  29-30 

Shoes,  Conductor  Pipe 13 

Sidewall  Flashing,  Corrugated 43 

Sidewalls,  Steel  201  to  205 

Siding  and  Roofing,  Steel 38  to  51 

Brick  48 

Rock  Face  Brick 48 

Silo  Chutes  57 

Roofs  57 

Skylight  Glass  85 

Skylights  78  to  85 

Slip  Joint  Corner  Casings 51 

Snips,  Tinners  37 

Solder,  Tinners’  36 

Soldering,  Copper  Handles 36 

Coppers  36 

Spun  Half  Balls 95 

Square  Corrugated  Conductor  Pipe 12 

Cut-offs  14 

Elbows  13 

Standing  Seam  Roofing 45 

Continuous  Cleat  47 

Starters,  Hip  Shingle 20  to  23 

Hip  Tile  20  to  23 

Steel  Buildings  128  to  135 

Ceiling  Beam  Moulding 229-230 

Ceiling  Border  Filler 226-227 

Ceiling  Border  Plates 207  to  224 

Ceiling  Borders  and  Frieze 223-224-228 

Ceiling  Center  Pieces 219 

Ceiling  Chair-rail  222 

Ceiling  Combinations  151  to  200 

Ceiling  Cornices  220  to  222 

Ceiling  Cornice  Miters 220  to  222 

Ceiling  Field  Plates 206  to  219 

Ceiling  Filler  225 

Ceiling  Individual  Plates 206  to  230 

Ceiling  Molded  Filler 227 

Ceiling  Mouldings  222-227-230 

Ceiling  Paint  232 

Ceilings  142  to  231 

Covered  Doors  136-137 

Eaves  Trough  Hangers 9 

Garages  129-130 


Page 

Oil  Filling  Stations 131  to  134 

Roofings  and  Sidings 38  to  51 

Sidewall  201  to  205 

Sidewall  Combinations  201  to  205 

Stone  Siding,  Dressed 49 

Rock  Face  48-49 

Store  Fronts  91 

Stove  Pipe  Sheets 35 

Strainers,  Wire  14 

Strap  Hangers,  Gutter 11 

Strips,  Wood  Furring 232 

T 

T’s,  Conductor  Pipe 14 

Terminals,  Block  24 

Gable  19  to  24 

Hip  19  to  24 

Peak  19  to  24 

Ties,  Wall  121 

Tile,  Hip  19  to  23 

Ridge  19  to  23 

Roofing  27-28 

Tin,  Box  31-32 

Clad  Fire  Doors 139 

Flashings  18 

“Follansbee  Forge”  31-32 

Roofing  31-32 

Valley  in  Rolls 18 

Tinned  Rivets  36 

Tinners’  Burrs  37 

Hammers  37 

Mallets  37 

Snips  37 

Solder  36 

Tongs,  Edging  47 

Combination  47 

Tools  for  applying  Steel  Roofing 47 

Trough,  Eaves  6 

Troughs,  Feeding  58 

Poultry  58 

Tower  Finials  93 

V 

V Crimped  Roofing 44 

Valleys,  Formed  18 

Galvanized  18 

Rolls  18 

Tin  18 

Vanes  and  Finials 93 

Animal  69 

Ventilation,  Barn  60  to  73 

Ventilators,  Barn  65 

Globe  76-77 

Hog  House  68 

W 

Wall  Ties  121 

Washers,  Lead  42 

Weather-board  Siding  49 

Well  Curbing  127 

Window  Casings  222 

Windows,  Basement  140 

Fireproof  138 

Roof  74 

Wire  Eaves  Trough  Hangers 9 

Wire  Strainers  14 

Wood  Furring  Strips 232 

Y 

Y’s,  Conductor  Pipe 14 

“Young’s”  Combination  Cut-offs 14 


z 

Zinc  Brackets  

Mouldings  

Ornaments  


235 


104 

..98  to  101 
102  to  108 


FREIGHT  CLASSIFICATH  >NS 


For  the  convenience  of  our  customers  we  publish  below  freight  classifications  applying  to  the  prin- 
cipal sheet  metal  materials  illustrated  in  this  catalog.  The  rates  have  been  taken  from  the  latest  issue 
of  the  Consolidated  Classification  applying  to  the  Western  territory  and  are  therefore  correct  and  de- 
pendable. 

RATES  APPLYING  FROM  SAINT  PAUL,  MINNESOTA,  TO  


First  Class Second  Class Third  Class Fourth  Class 

The  following  classifications  apply  only  to  steel  and  iron  products;  copper  and  zinc  products  take 
higher  classifications  not  given  here  but  which  will  be  gladly  quoted  upon  request. 


Article — Classification 

Animal  Vanes  First 

Arches,  Corrugated  Third 

Awning  Sheets,  Corrugated Fourth 

Balls,  Spun  First 

Barn  Battens  Third 

Barn  Ventilators  First 

Base  Ground  Bundled....Second 

Crated Third 

Base  Screed  Bundled. ...Second 

Crated Third 

Basement  Sash  Second 

Battens,  Metal  Third 

Bead  for  Plastering Bundled. ...Second 

Crated Third 

Black  Sheets  Fourth 

Brick  Bonds  Fourth 

Building  Corners  Third 

Buildings,  Portable  Steel,  K.  D Third 

Canopies  or  Marquise Third 

Canopies,  Oil  Station,  K.  D Third 

Casings,  Window  and  Door Second 

Ceilings,  Steel  Fourth 

Cement,  Plastic  Third 

Channels,  Rolled  Fourth 

Chutes,  Silo,  K.  D Third 

Conductor  Elbows  and  Shoes....Not  nested.... First 

Nested Second 

Conductor  Ends  First 

Conductor  Heads  Not  nested. ...3xFirst 

Nested First 

Conductor  Pipe  Not  nested.... First 

Nested Second 

Conductor  Pipe  Hooks Third 

Corna-Lath  Crated Third 

Corn  Cribs  and  Dryers Third 

Corner  Bead  Bundled.... Second 

Crated Third 

Corners,  Building  Third 

Cornice  Brackets  and  Ornaments — 

Nested First 

Not  nested. ...3xFirst 

Cornice  Covers,  Flat Fourth 

Cornices  Nested 2xFirst 

Not  nested. ...3xFirst 

Corrugated  Ridge  Roll Third 

Corrugated  Side  and  End  Wall  Flashing Third 

Corrugated  Steel  Arches Third 

Corrugated  Steel  Sheets Fourth 

Covers  for  Cornices,  flat Fourth 

Crosses  for  Churches 2xFirst 

Culverts,  No.  16  ga.  and  heavier — 

All  sizes  to  Minnesota  points Second 


Article — Classification 


Culverts,  No.  16  ga.  and  heavier — 

Inter-State  points: 

24-inch  diameter  and  smaller Second 

24-inch  to  48-inch  diameter First 

Over  48-inch  diameter 2xFirst 

Curbing,  Well  2xFirst 

Curved  Corrugated  Steel Fourth 

Cut-offs,  Conductor  First 

Doors,  Galvanized,  metal  covered Third 

Door  and  Window  Casings Second 

Drops  and  Ends  for  Eaves  Trough — 

Nested Third 

Not  nested....First 

Eaves  Trough  Nested Third 

Eaves  Trough  Hangers Third 

Eaves  Trough  Miters Nested Third 

Not  nested....First 

Edging,  Roof Nested Third 

Elbows  and  Shoes,  Conductor.... Nested Second 

Not  nested. ...First 

Ends  and  Drops  for  Eaves  Trough — 

Nested Third 

Not  nested.... First 

End  and  Side  Wall  Flashing,  Corrugated Third 

Feeding  Troughs Nested  solid Third 

Not  nested... l^xFirst 

Filling  Stations,  K.  D Third 

Filters,  Rainwater  l^xFirst 

Finials  and  Vanes  for  Roofs 2xFirst 

Finials,  Globe  2xFirst 

Fittings  for  Gutters First 

Flag  Pole  Ornaments 2xFirst 

Flashing  Hooks  Third 

Flashings,  flat  or  rolled Fourth 

Formed  Valleys  Third 

Funnels  First 

Furnace  Pipe Seams  open  and  nested.  lp^xFirst 

Furnace  Pipe  and  Elbows,  seams  closed — 

Nested  D/xFirst 

Not  nested. ...2xFirst 

Galvanized  Sheets  Fourth 

Garages,  Portable  Steel,  K.  D.  Third 

Glass  for  Skylights Fourth 

Globe  Finials  2xFirst 

Grain  Bins,  K.  D Third 

Ground,  Base  Bundled....Second 

Crated Third 

Gutter  Fittings  First 

Gutters  Nested  Third 


Not  nested....First 


236 


FREIGHT  CLASSIFICATIONS— Continued 


Article — 


Classification 


Article — 


Classification 


Hangers  for  Eaves  Trough Third 

Heads,  Conductor  Nested First 

Not  nested.. ,.3xFirst 

Hip  and  Ridge  Roll Third 

Hip  Shingles  Third 

Hollow  Metal  Windows Second 

Hooks,  Conductor  Pipe Third 

Hooks,  Flashing  Third 


Marquise  or  Canopies Third 

Metal  Covered  Doors,  Galvanized Third 

Metal  Lath Minnesota  points Fourth 

Inter-State  points Third 

Metal  Lath  Corners Crated Third 

Metal  Shingles  Fourth 

Metal  Tile  Fourth 

Miters  for  Eaves  Trough Nested Third 

Not  nested....Second 

Mould,  Picture  Bundled Second 

Crated Third 


Name  Panels  First 


Ornaments  Nested First 

Not  nested. ...3xFirst 

Ornaments,  Flag  Pole 2xFirst 

Ornamental  Conductor  Ends First 


Paint  for  Steel  Ceiling Fourth 

Panels,  Name  and  Date First 

Picture  Mould  Bundled Second 

Crated Third 

Pilasters  Second 

Pipe,  Conductor  Nested Second 

Not  nested....First 


Rainwater 


Roof  Edging  Nested. 


Roof  Windows 
Roofing  Tin  ... 
Roofing  Tools 


Sash,  Steel  Basement Second 

Screed,  Base  Bundled Second 

Crated Third 

Sheet  Iron  Fourth 

Shingles,  Hip  and  Ridge Third 

Shingles,  Metal  Fourth 

Side  and  End  Wall  Flashings,  Corg Third 

Sidewalls,  Steel  Fourth 

Sidings  and  Roofings Fourth 

Silo  Chutes,  K.  D Third 

Silo  Roofs,  K.  D Third 

Skylight  Frames  in  sections Nested First 

Skylight  Frames,  set  up ll^xFirst 

Skylights,  K.  D Second 

Skylight  Glass  Fourth 

Solder  Third 

Spun  Balls  First 

Stations,  Oil  Filling,  K.  D Third 

Steel  Ceilings  Fourth 

Steel  Ceiling  Paint Fourth 

Steel  Sidewalls  Fourth 

Strainers.  Wire  2xFirst 

Strips,  Wood  Fourth 

Tees  and  Y’s First 

Terminals  2xFirst 

Tile,  Metal  Fourth 

Tinners’  Supplies  First 

Tin,  Roofing  Fourth 

Tools,  Roofing  Second 

Trough,  Eaves  Nested Third 

Troughs,  Feeding  Nested  solid Third 

Not  nested. .l^xFirst 

Valleys,  Formed  Third 

Valleys,  Roll  Fourth 

Vanes,  Animal  First 

Ventilation  Pine,  seams  open Nested. ...Third 

Ventilation  Pipe  and  Elbows,  seams  closed — 

Nested  l^xFirst 

Not  nested 2xFirst 


Ventilators,  Barn  

First 

Third 

Ventilators,  Globe  

....First 

Wall  Ties  

Waterers  for  Poultry 

First 

ll^xFirst 

Well  Curbing  

Window  and  Door  Casings.... 

Second 

Windows,  Hollow  Metal 

Second 

Windows,  Roof  

Wire  Strainers  

Wood  Strips  

Y’s  and  Tees  

First 

Second 

Fourth 

Zinc  Ornaments  

Third 

Not  nested. ...3xFirst 

The  foregoing  classifications  apply  only  to  steeland  iron  products;  copper  and  zinc  products  take 
higher  classifications  not  given  here  but  which  will  be  gladly  quoted  upon  request. 


2i7 


ORDER  BLANK 


St.  Paul  Corrugating  Company 

MANUFACTURERS  OF 

SHEET  METAL  PRODUCTS 
St.  Paul.  Minn. 

Date 

Ship  to  

Town State 


Ship  via Prices  taken  from  Price  List  of 

(Give  date) 


QUANTITY 

SPECIFY  SIZE  AND  STYLE  AS  SHOWN  IN  CATALOG  "G” 

PRICE 

MAKE  ANY  NECESSARY  SKETCHES  ON  BACK  OF  THIS  SHEET. 

Signed 

Address 


238 


AVcr7  LIBRARY 
cqimca  LXiV&sr rr 


at 

fr)02 


TERRITORIES 


Covering  Prices  and  Freight  Allowance 

NORTHWESTERN  TERRITORY 
Northwestern  territory  consists  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State  of 
Minnesota,  lying  south  and  east  of  the  Chicago,  St.  Paul,  Minneapolis  & 
Omaha  Railway,  from  a point  on  the  Iowa  state  line  near  Worthington,  to 
St.  Paul,  and  Minneapolis,  and  south  and  east  of  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee 
& St.  Paul,  from  the  Twin  Cities  to  Duluth;  also  the  city  of  Sioux  Falls, 
S.  D.;  the  states  of  Iowa,  Missouri,  northern  peninsula  of  the  state  of 
Michigan,  and  that  portion  of  Wisconsin  north  of  the  “Soo”  Line.  Actual 
freight  will  be  allowed  on  goods  enumerated  below. 

CENTRAL  TERRITORY 

Central  Territory  consists  of  the  states  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Ten- 
nessee, the  southern  peninsula  of  Michigan  and  that  part  of  Wisconsin 
lying  south  of  the  “Soo”  Line,  with  actual  freight  allowed  on  goods  as 

enumerated  below. 

NORTH  DAKOTA 

North  Dakota  points  take  Northwestern  territory  prices,  f.  o.  b.  St. 

Paul,  on  goods  enumerated  below. 

SOUTH  DAKOTA 

South  Dakota  points  take  Northwestern  territory  prices,  with  actual 
freight  allowed  to  Sioux  Falls,  S.  D.,  on  goods  enumerated  below. 

NEBRASKA 

Nebraska  points  take  Northwestern  territory  prices,  with  actual  freight 
allowed  to  Missouri  River,  on  goods  enumerated  below. 

FREIGHT  ALLOWANCE 

AS  PER  ABOVE  TERRITORIES 

CONDUCTOR  PIPE.  EAVES  TROUGH,  FORMED  VALLEY, 
ROOF  and  BOX  GUTTER,  PLAIN  RIDGE,  ROLL  AND  V CAP— Actual 
freight  only  allowed  on  lots  of  not  less  than  500  feet  or  more. 

MITERS,  END  PIECES  AND  DROPS,  CUTOFFS.  STEEL  AND 
WIRE  HANGERS,  STRAINERS— Freight  allowed  when  shipped  with 

other  goods  taking  freight  allowance. 

ELBOWS  AND  SHOES — Freight  allowed  on  lots  of  15  dozen  or  more, 
or  when  shipped  with  other  goods  taking  freight  allowance. 

CONDUCTOR  HOOKS — Freight  allowed  when  shipped  with  Trough 

and  Pipe  or  in  300  lb.  lots. 


